Docstoc

EXPLORE EXPERIENCE ACHIEVE

Document Sample
EXPLORE EXPERIENCE ACHIEVE Powered By Docstoc
					 EXPLORE
EXPERIENCE
    ACHIEVE
                                                                        GERMAN TWP.            CLAY TWP.               HARRIS TWP.

                                                                         South Bend &        South Bend &           Granger, Mishawaka
                                                                          Niles Area         Granger Area           & South Bend Area
                              OLIVE TWP.               WARREN
                                                        TWP.
                            South Bend &
                           New Carlisle Area        South Bend &                    EDISON
                                                    New Carlisle NAVARRE/COQUILLARD SCHOOL
                                                        Area          SCHOOL               MISH.                          PENN TWP.

                                                                                                                       Osceola, Elkhart,
                                                                                                                        South Bend &
                                                                GREENE TWP.                                            Mishawaka Area
                                                                                        CENTRE
                                                                North Liberty &          TWP.
                                                               South Bend Area

                                                                                                                      MADISON TWP.
                                                   LIBERTY TWP.
                                                                                    UNION TWP.                       South Bend, Wyatt,
                                                   North Liberty &                                                 Wakarusa, Mishawaka,
                                                   Walkerton Area              Lakeville, South Bend               Bremen & Lakeville Area
                        LINCOLN TWP.                                              & Bremen Area
                          Walkerton &
                       North Liberty Area



               2011 4-H CLUBS IN ST. JOSEPH COUNTY AND THEIR COORDINATORS
             IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT 4-H IN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CLUBS, CONTACT:
CENTRE TOWNSHIP                                     LIBERTY TOWNSHIP                                  PENN HARRIS
LIZ PENN-GROVE                   289-2612           JULIE REED                      586-7212          LISA POROWSKI                      271-8477
CHRISSY McCONNELL                309-6164                                                             STACEY ANDREWS                     674-5774
                                                    LINCOLN TOWNSHIP
CLAY TOWNSHIP                                       YVONNE PIERCE                   910-0317
KARRIE WORRELL                   243-0610                                                             PURPLE PORCH
KAREN TOMPKINS                   277-2397           MADISON TOWNSHIP                                  TAMA CRISOVAN                      289-3295
                                                    JEANNE & KIM LEHMAN             633-4611          KRISTA BAILEY                      233-1055
EDISON SCHOOL
                                                    MISHAWAKA CLUB
PAULA LASKOWSKI                  232-9676           JULIE CRAWFORD                  259-4739          UNION TOWNSHIP
                                                                                                      CYNDY KEELING                      250-7617
GERMAN TOWNSHIP                                     NAVARRE CLUB                                      JULIE FARRER                       784-3170
MARK DALE                        271-1314           GAIL McKAY                      229-1895

GREENE TOWNSHIP                                     OLIVE TOWNSHIP                                    WARREN TOWNSHIP
JONELLE LESNIAK                  289-2910           SANDY KLEINE                    654-8408          DEBBIE PODEMSKI                    251-1662

                                                                  2011 4-H Fair
                              4-H Passes                                      *Please call the 4-H office at 235-9604 to update your address, e-mail,
1. Passes will be distributed from the 4-H Fair Board from Monday,            cell or telephone numbers.
   June 27 to Monday, July 4, times to be published before fair.
2. Vouchers will be given to each 4-H member at the time their 4-H                                      Leader Passes
   project is checked in. The voucher MUST be signed by authorized            Each Leader will receive a Gate Pass with two Daily Passes.
   person checking in project. This voucher is to be turned in at the tent
   next to the stage to receive your Daily free pass. The pass must be        A livestock hang tag is available to purchase for those needing to bring
   presented each time the 4-H member enters the fairgrounds either           in feed and supplies from 6 AM - 9 AM, but these vehicles must be
   through the Main Gate or in a vehicle with a Hang Tag at Gate 2.           removed from the grounds by 9 AM.
   If you leave the grounds and plan to return the same day, hand will
   be stamped or receive a return ticket.                                                         Fairgrounds Usage
3. 4-H Parents may purchase a hang tag parking pass that includes
   two Daily 9 day Passes.                                                    The usage of the Fairgrounds the week prior to the Fair will be limited to
4. Youth 8 years of age and younger are Free.                                 project setup and/or project judging. NO PRACTICE OR OTHER NON
5. Passes for non 4-H siblings who reside in 4-Hers household may             4-H FAIR ACTIVITIES ARE ACCEPTABLE OR WILL BE ALLOWED
   be purchased for $10.00 good for the entire Fair.                          DURING THAT WEEK.
6. Limit of one hang tag per family.
                           ST. JOSEPH COUNTY 2011 4-H BOOK
                                                                   TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                           SUPERINTENDENTS ARE LISTED AFTER PROJECTS
   4-H Achievement Record Card..............................................13                       * Goats (Mark Horvath 784-3796 &
   Advisory Council, 4-H Leaders, 4-H Boosters ........................8                                       Bernie Macias 654-8642) ............................................63
* Aerospace (Dennis Miller 574-255-9976)..............................17                             # Guinea Pigs (Cavies) (Charlotte McGinnis 283-0363) ..........65
# Aquatic Science (James Reed 234-9986) ............................17                               * Health & Safety (Sheila Laidig 574-633-0333) ......................37
# Architectural Models (Jim Miller 633-4343)...........................17                            #*Home Environment (Judy Allsop 656-8371) ...........................37
* Awards (Activities, Contests, Scholarships, Trips) ...................9                            * Horse & Pony (Diane Fox 234-8511).....................................65
* Beef (Tom Rupard 256-0522 & Stuart Beehler 229-8633)....55                                            Horsemen without Horses ....................................................67
  Bee-Keeping (Steve Lesniak 289-2910) .................................18                              International Program (Joyce & Dale Sommers 674-9898) ...12
#*Bicycle (Brandon Porowski 229-5747) ....................................18                         # Junior Leaders (Kristen Sikorski 250-5086) ..........................39
#*Cake Decorating (Betty Lou Horvath 232-8991) ....................18                                # Memory Achievement Book (Laura Nemeth 674-6270) ........39
   Calendar (4-H Events and Fair Activities) ........................... 2-5                            Microwave Foods (Janet Monroe 574-289-1121) ..................39
#*Cats (Kathleen Horn 258-1154) ..............................................57                        Mini 4-H Pet Parade (Barbara Peterich 654-7647)................16
* Child Development (Sheila Laidig 574-633-0333).................20                                     Mini 4-H (Amanda Biggs 574-472-1072) ...............................16
   Clover Buds (Annette Wisler 633-4618 &                                                            #*Model Building (Jerry Warrell 234-5571) ................................39
          Jenn Naragon 784-4166) ............................................16                      # Model Railroads (Wade Keller 386-7742) .............................40
   Clowning ..............................................................................20         #*Model Rockets (Randy Smith 273-5064) ...............................40
# Collections (Arlene Schafer 291-6050) .................................21                             Needlecraft............................................................................41
   Computers (Ronda Schafer 633-4951) .................................21                               * Candlewicking ..................................................................42
#*Consumer Clothing (Diane Erdman 674-8841) ......................22                                    * Chicken Scratch ...............................................................42
   Consumer Dairy Foods (Martha Lewis 233-2490) ................22                                      * Counted Cross Stitch (Janice Clark 289-9142) ................41
* Crafts Guidelines ..................................................................23                * Crewel ..............................................................................42
   # Artificial Floral Arranging (Amy Jones 546-3621).............23                                    #* Crocheting (Lari Moser 360-9672 &
   # Ceramics (Dana Simanovich 269-414-4206) ...................24                                             Beverly Hanks 255-1042) ............................................42
   * Christmas Tree Ornament                                                                            * Embroidery (Janice Clark 289-9142) ...............................42
          (Jemiah Feece 219-778-9043) ....................................24                            * Huck Weaving ..................................................................43
   # Decorations for All Seasons                                                                        #* Knitting (Sue Kemble 656-3628) ......................................42
          (Rosana Balmer 574-276-2429) ..................................25                             * Needlepoint (Janice Clark 289-9142)...............................42
      Fabric Painting                                                                                   * Open thread Work ............................................................42
          (Rosetta DeLoof-Primmer 574-654-3091) ...................25                                      Plastic Canvas (Janice Clark 289-9142) ..........................43
   # Gift Wrapping (Rosana Balmer 574-276-2429) ................25                                      * Punch Needlework ...........................................................43
   # Greenware (Sheryl Podemski 574-287-0023)..................25                                       * Quilting (Sandy Ort 289-9942) .........................................43
      Jewelry Making (Heather Kerckhove 656-3181) ..............26                                      * Tatting...............................................................................43
      Latch Hook (Christy Ebersole 654-8167) .........................26                             * Personality (Sheila Laidig 574-633-0333) .............................44
      Leathercraft (Harrison Huys 574-784-2650) .....................26                              #*Photography (Carol Laureys 654-3708 &
   # Metalcraft (Tin Punch) (Theresa Rybicki 654-3065) .........26                                         Dale Holderbaum 784-8843) ............................................44
      Miscellaneous Crafts (Kris Kempf 574-291-8185) ............27                                  #*Poultry (Maurice Battles 291-6830) ........................................67
   # Recycled Articles (Jemiah Feece 219-778-9043) ............27                                    #*Rabbits (Maurice Battles 291-6830) .......................................70
      Scarecrow (Brian Thornton 574-234-4697) ......................27                                  Roller Skating (Nathan Sherman 574-256-0922) ..................45
# Crops (Mel Lenig 633-0012) .................................................27                        Scrapbook (Jennifer Brown 574-252-4074) ...........................45
#* Dairy (Elnora Freeman 633-4142) ........................................58                        * Sewing (Heather Kerckove 656-3181 & Ginger
* Dairy Beef (Annie Wood 360-4656 &                                                                        Moritz 272-9469) ..............................................................46
          Becky Worm 784-2510) ...............................................59                     * Sheep (Sandy Kleine 654-8408 &
* Dog (Cara Greenwood 274-1709) ..........................................59                                   Mike Palmer 532-9316) ...............................................72
   Donkeys & Mules (George Myer 654-8129) ..........................62                                  Shooting Sports Education
#*Electric (George Myer 654-8129) ...........................................28                            Archery ............................................................................47
* Entomology (Insect Collection)                                                                           Shotgun (Brad Langhofer 251-0547 ) ..............................47
          (Carol Thie 574-259-4887) ..........................................28                           Pistol (Eric Kempe 291-8185) ..........................................47
# Farm Toy Scene (Jim Miller 633-4343) .................................29                                 Muzzleloader (Brendan Moore 272-3251) ......................47
* Fashion Revue Coordinator (Ginger Moritz 272-9469) ........ 11                                           Rifle (Jim Sholtey 831-2203) ............................................47
#*Fine Arts (Carol McDougal 574-784-8173) .............................29                            # Small Animals (Alice Tidey 243-0266) .................................. 74
   Fire Science (Patti Youngman 276-0636) ..............................30                           * Small Engines (Bill Feece 219-778-9043) ............................47
* Flowers (Amy Jones 546-3621) ..........................................30                          * Soil & Water Conservation (Jill Van Lew 674-6733) ..............47
* Food Preservation (Diane Zmyslo 272-8473) .......................32                                * Sportfishing (Steve Nelson 546-5918) ..................................48
* Foods (Sue Kemble 656-3628) .............................................31                        * Swine (Doug Millar 289-9675) .............................................. 74
* Forestry (Jim Miller 633-4343) ..............................................33                    * Tractor (Chris Matthys 574-234-0704) ...................................49
* Garden (Val Schafer 291-0677 & Jim Kowalski 291-8735) ....34                                       #*Veterinary Science (Dr. Martin Langhofer 234-3098) .............50
* Potato ...................................................................................34       #*Weather (Rosana Balmer 276-2429) .....................................50
   Strawberry ...........................................................................35          #*Weeds (Mel Lenig 633-0012) .................................................51
#*Genealogy (Chris Creswell 288-2376) ...................................35                          * Wildlife (Julia Miller 633-4343) ..............................................51
* Geology (Holly Swartz 291-5317) .......................................36                          * Woodworking (Steve Nelson 546-5918) ...............................52

       * Denotes State Fair Projects and Activities                                                  # Denotes Projects That Have Required Record Sheets
                                                                                                 1
         2011 ST. JOSEPH COUNTY 4‑H CALENDAR                                  28   Vet Science Meeting (Grades 6-12), Western Vet Clinic, 7:00 PM
                                                                              29   4-H Dog Obedience, Agility, & Showmanship, 6:00 to 9:00 PM, Fair-
Please note: The 4H Advisory Council requests that “no meeting involv-             grounds
ing 4H members at the Fairgrounds should last any longer than 9:00 PM.        29   4H/FFA Dairy & Livestock Judging, St. Joseph and Marshall Coun-
There are no County 4H meetings to be scheduled for 4H members on                  ties, at St. Joseph County
Wednesdays, as Wednesdays are set aside for local club meetings.              29   4-H Dog Showmanship Training, 6:00 PM; 4-H Dog Obedience
                                                                                   Training & Agility, 6:30 PM, Fairgrounds
JANUARY, 2011                                                                 31   4-H Beef Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
 15 National 4-H Congress Applications due in County Extension Office
 15 4-H Accomplishment Scholarship due in County Extension Office            APRIL, 2011
 15 Plant Science Achievement Award Forms due in Ext. Office                    1 Esther Singer Scholarship Applications Due in Extension Office,
 15 4H Foundation Scholarship Applications due in County Extension                   Contact Extension Homemakers for information
    Office                                                                      1 Worker Applications for Exhibit Hall and AgHort Building at Indiana
 31 Vet Science Meeting (Grades 3-5), Western Vet Clinic, 7:00 PM                    State Fair due in State 4H Office
                                                                                1 4-H/Japan Exchange INBOUND HOST FAMILY Applications Due
FEBRUARY, 2011                                                                       in Ext. Office
  1 Citizenship/Washington Focus Applications due in County Exten-              1 4H RoundUp Registrations due in County Extension Office
    sion Office                                                                 1 Food Science Workshop, Computer Workshop, Plant Science
  1 4-H Dairy Beef Leaders Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM                         Workshop, Animal Science Workshop, Aerospace Workshop, Me-
  3 4-H Beef Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM                                       chanical Sciences Workshop, Ambassador Workshop, State Junior
  3 Model Railroad Meeting, Our Redeemer Lutheran Church, Wall                       Leader Conference, registrations due in County Extension Office
    Street and 29th, River Park 7:00 PM                                         2 Roller Skating, U.S.A. Skate, 9:00-10 AM
  7 Vet Science Meeting (Grades 3-5), Western Vet Clinic, 7:00 PM                    Hoosier Horse Fair, Indiana State Fairgrounds
  7 4-H Advisory Council, Singer Building, 7:30 PM                             2 - 7 National 4H Conference, Washington D.C.
  7 4-H Pistol Classroom, Singer Building (Kitchen Area), 7-9 PM               4     4-H Aerospace Mtg, Bittersweet Library, 6 – 8:30PM
  8 4-H Rifle Classroom, Singer Building (Kitchen Area), 7-9 PM                4     4-H Cat Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
 10 4H Rabbit, Poultry, Cavies Meeting, Leaders only, Singer Building,         4     4-H Pistol Classroom, Singer Building (Kitchen Area), 7-9 PM
    7:00 PM                                                                    5     Model Railroad Meeting, Our Redeemer Lutheran Church, Wall
 14 Vet Science Meeting (Grades 3-5), Western Vet Clinic, 7:00 PM                    Street and 29th, River Park 7:00 PM
 15 4-H Dairy Beef Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM                           7     4-H Junior Leader Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
 17 4-H Goat Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM                                 7     4-H Beef Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
 21 4-H Horse & Pony Leaders Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM                 9     Registration forms due to Extension Office for County Share The
 21 Vet Science Meeting (Grades 6-12), Western Vet Clinic, 7:00 PM
                                                                                     Fun
 22 4-H Swine Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
                                                                               9     Roller Skating, U.S.A. Skate, 9:00 – 10 AM
 24 4H Rabbit, Poultry, Cavies Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
                                                                               9     Rabbit, Poultry & Cavy Swap Meet, Fairgrounds, 6 AM - Noon
 26 4-H Beef Club Tagging, Beef Barn, 9:00 AM
                                                                              11 4-H Advisory Council, Singer Building, 7:30 PM
 28 4-H Dog Leaders, Singer Building (Kitchen), 6:00 PM
                                                                              11 4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM
 28 4-H Gardening Meeting, Singer Building, 7:30 PM
                                                                              12 Sheep Club Meeting, Esther Singer, 7:00 PM
 28 Vet Science Meeting (Grades 6-12), Western Vet Clinic, 7:00 PM
                                                                              12 Flowers Meeting, Centre Township Library 7:00 PM
    (field trip to Humane Society, 2506 Grape Rd., near the corner of
                                                                              12 4-H Dog Obedience, Agility, & Showmanship, 6:00 to 9:00 PM, Fair-
    McKinley and Grape Rd.)
                                                                                     grounds
MARCH, 2011                                                                   12 Rifle Classroom, Singer Building (Kitchen), 7-9 PM
      4-H Architectural Models Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM              15 4H Registered Beef Heifer & Cow/Calf Enrollment Forms due in the
  1 Model Railroad Meeting, Our Redeemer Lutheran Church, Wall                       County Ext. Office
      Street and 29th, River Park 7:00 PM                                     15 State 4H Band & Chorus Applications Due in State 4H Office
  3 Junior Leader Meeting, Singer Building, Directors @ 6:30 PM, Ev-          15      4-H Tractor Contest, 5:30PM, Red Hen Turf Farms
      eryone @ 7:00 PM                                                        16 4-H Dairy Beef Tagging, weigh-in & Nose Printing Fairgrounds 8:00
  7 Vet Science Meeting (Grades 6-12), Western Vet Clinic, 7:00 PM                   AM 11AM
  7 4-H Pistol Classroom, Singer Building (Kitchen Area), 7-9 PM              16 4-H Horse & Pony Swap Meet, Esther Singer Building 1:00 PM -
  7 4-H Cat Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM                                        4:00 PM
  7 4-H Aerospace Mtg, Bittersweet Library, 6 - 8 PM                          16 Roller Skating, U.S.A. Skate, 9:00 – 10 AM
  7 4-H Tractor meeting, Red Hen Turf Farms, New Carlisle, 7:00 PM            16 4-H Shotgun Classroom Session, Western Vet Clinic, 9:00 AM
  8 4-H Dog Meeting (MANDATORY), ALL DIVISIONS (Obedience,                    18 4H Horse & Pony Leaders Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
      Agility, & Showmanship). No dogs. Singer Building, 6:30 PM              18 4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM
  8 Rifle Classroom, Singer Building (Kitchen), 7-9 PM                        19 4-H Dog Obedience, Agility, & Showmanship, 6:00 to 9:00 PM, Fair-
  8 Cat Meeting, Singer Building                                                     grounds
 10 Sheep Club Meeting, Esther Singer, 7:00 PM                                19 County Share-The-Fun Contest, Jackson Middle School, 6:30 PM
 12 Roller Skating, U.S.A. Skate, 9:00 - 10 AM                                       Registration, 7:00 PM Contest
 14 Vet Science Meeting (Grades 6-12), Western Vet Clinic, 7:00 PM            19 4-H Swine Meeting, Singer Building, (Exhibit Area), 7:00 PM
 14 4-H Dairy Beef Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM                          21 4H Goat Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
 14 4-H Dog Training & Agility, 6:30 PM, Guest Night, NO DOGS Fair-           21 4-H Shotgun Range Time, Quail Unlimited, 6:00 PM
      grounds                                                                 23 Roller Skating (Free Skate), U.S.A. Skate, 9:00 – 10 AM
 15 4-H Tractor meeting, Red Hen Turf Farms, New Carlisle, 7:00 PM            25 4-H Decorations for All Seasons, Artificial Flowers, Gift Wrapping,
 16 4-H Broiler Chick orders due in the Extension Office                             Recycled Articles, Fabric Painting, Christmas Tree Ornaments, and
 17 4-H Goat Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM                                       Miscellaneous Crafts Meeting, Singer Building, 7:30 PM
 19 Roller Skating, U.S.A. Skate, 9:00 - 10 AM                                25 4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM
 21 4H Horse and Pony Leader Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM                26 4-H Garden Meeting, Singer Building, 7:30 PM
 21 Vet Science Meeting (Grades 6-12), Western Vet Clinic, 7:00 PM            26 4-H Dog Showmanship Training, 6:00 PM, Fairgrounds
 21 4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM                                 26 4-H Dog Obedience Training & Agility, 6:30 PM, Fairgrounds
 22 4-H Gardening Meeting, Singer Building, 7:30 PM                           26 4-H Sportfishing and Woodworking, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
 22 4-H Dog Obedience, Agility, & Showmanship, 6:00 to 9:00 PM, Fair-         28 4H Rabbit, Poultry, & Cavies Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
      grounds                                                                 28 Jewelry Meeting, Centre Twp Library, Beginners @ 6:00 PM, Every-
 22 Entomology Workshop, Singer Building (Kitchen Area), 7:00 PM                     one @ 7:00 PM
 24 Ag Days Set-up, Fairgrounds, 7:00 PM                                      28 4-H Shotgun Range Time, Quail Unlimited, 6:00 PM
 24 4H Rabbit, Poultry, Cavies Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM              30 4-H Goat Tagging, Goat Barn, 8:00 AM
25-27 Ag Days, Fairgrounds Commercial Building
 26 Centre Twp. 4-H Enrollment, 10:00 AM – 6:00 PM                           MAY, 2011
 26 Roller Skating, U.S.A. Skate, 9:00 - 10 AM                                1 Application for State 4-H Electric Workshop due in County Exten-
 28 4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM                                      sion Office
 28 4-H Weather, Forestry & Wildlife Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM        1 State 4H/FFA Horse & Pony Judging Contests, Hendricks County
                                                                         2
      Fairgrounds                                                                  Street and 29th, River Park 7:00 PM
  1   4-H Swine Tagging, Nilus Arena, 1:00 - 3:00 PM                          7    4-H Cake Decorating, Intermediate I, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426 Mish-
  2   4-H Aerospace Meeting, Bittersweet Library, 6 - 8 PM                         awaka Ave., 9 - 11 AM OR 11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
  2   4-H Pistol Classroom, Singer Building (Kitchen Area), 7-9 PM             7   4-H Cake Decorating, Intermediate 2, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426
  2   4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM                                    Mishawaka Ave., 2:00 – 4:00 PM
  3   4H Broiler Distribution, Singer Building, 3 PM 5 PM                      7                                                           ,
                                                                                   Fine Arts Workshop, Penn High School, Entrance “D” Rm. 162,
  3   4-H Dog Showmanship Training, 6:00 PM, Fairgrounds                           6:30 – 8:00 PM
  3   4-H Dog Obedience Training & Agility, 6:30 PM, Fairgrounds             8–10 4-H Science Workshops, Earhart Hall, Purdue University, Cost: $170.00
  3   4-H Swine Tagging, Swine Barn, 6:30 - 9:00 PM                            9   Rabbit, Poultry, & Cavies Meeting, Poultry Entry Due. Singer Build-
  3   4-H Metalcraft Workshop (Tin Punch), Singer Building, 6 PM                   ing, 7:00 PM
  3   Model Building Meeting, Singer Building 7 PM                             9   4-H Cake Decorating, Advanced, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426 Misha-
  4   4-H County-Wide Cake Decorating Meeting, Esther Singer Build-                waka Ave., 10:00 AM – Noon OR 12:30 – 2:30PM
      ing, 7 PM                                                               10 Key Club applications due in Ext. Office
  5 Model Railroad Meeting, Our Redeemer Lutheran Church, Wall                10 4-H Dog Agility Judging Registration for all Divisions, Behind the
      Street and 29th, River Park 7:00 PM                                          Dairy Barn, 5 PM
  5 4-H Shotgun Range Time, Quail Unlimited, 6:00 PM                          11 4-H Dog Obedience Judging for Divisions 1A, 1B, 2A, 2B & All Divi-
  5 4-H Jr. Leader Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM                               sions of 4-H Dog Showmanship. Brother Nilus Show Arena, regis-
  6 Set-up for 4-H Dog Fun Match, Swine Barn, 5:00 PM                              tration @ 7:30 AM
  7 4-H Dog Fun Match, Swine Barn, Registration 7:30 AM, Show @               11 4-H Dog Obedience Judging for Divisions 3 and Higher, Brother
      8:00 AM                                                                      Nilus Show Arena, registration @ 10:00 AM
  9 4H Cat Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM                                  11 4-H Rabbit Tattooing, Rabbit Barn, 8:00 - 11:30 AM
  9 4-H Dairy Beef Demonstrations, Nilus Arena, 6:30 PM                       11 Rabbit Ambassador Competition, Rabbit Barn, 10:00 AM
  9 County 4-H Advisory Council, Singer Building, 7:30 PM                     11 4-H Model Rocket Launch, West Parking Lot, 7:00 AM
 10 Rifle Classroom, Singer Building (Kitchen), 7-9 PM                        11 4-H Goat Barn Clean-up, Goat Barn, 8:00 AM
 10 Sheep Tagging, Fairgrounds, 6:00 PM 8:00 PM                               11 4-H Bicycle Rodeo, Family Living Pavilion, 8:00 AM
 10 Madison Twp. 4-H Club Meeting                                             13 4-H Cake Decorating, Beginner, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426 Misha-
 11 4-H Model Rocketry Meeting, Singer Building, 8:00 PM                           waka Ave., 9 - 11 AM OR 11:30 AM - 1:30 PM OR 2 - 4 PM
 11 Sheep Tagging, Fairgrounds, 6:00 PM – 8:00 PM                             13 4-H Dairy Meeting, Esther Singer Bldg, 7:00 PM
 12 4-H Shotgun Range Time, Quail Unlimited, 6:00 PM                          13 Garden Club, Exhibit Area, 7:30 PM
 15 4H Dairy, Horse & Pony, Sheep, & Swine Enrollment Forms due in            14 4-H Cake Decorating, Intermediate I, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426 Mish-
      the County Ext. Office                                                       awaka Ave., 9 - 11 AM OR 11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
16 4H Horse & Pony Leaders Meeting, Singer Building (Exhibit Area),           14 4-H Cake Decorating, Intermediate 2, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426
      7:00 PM                                                                      Mishawaka Ave., 2:00 – 4:00 PM
 16 4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM                                 14 Public Speaking Demo, Centre Twp. Library, 1:00 PM
 17 4-H Dog Showmanship Training, 6:00 PM, Fairgrounds                        14 Rifle Classroom, Singer Building (Kitchen), 7-9 PM
 17 4-H Dog Obedience Training & Agility, 6:30 PM, Fairgrounds               14-17 State 4-H Jr. Leader Conference, Univ. of Indianapolis.
 17 Area 10 Share-the-Fun                                                     16 4-H Cake Decorating, Advanced, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426 Misha-
 19 4H Goat Meeting, Goat Barn, 7:00 PM                                            waka Ave., 10:00 AM – Noon OR 12:30 – 2:30PM
 19 4-H Shotgun Range Time, Quail Unlimited, 6:00 PM                          16 Junior Ambassador Reception, Singer Building, 1:00 PM
 19 4-H Metalcraft Workshop (Tin Punch), Singer Building, 6 PM                16 Ambassador Interview/Reception, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
 19 4H Rabbit & Poultry & Cavies Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM            16 Jewelry Meeting, Centre Twp. Library, Beginners @ 6:00 PM, Ev-
 21 Fairgrounds closed to 4-H Programming                                          eryone @7:00 PM
 21 4-H Entomology Meeting, (TBA)                                             16 4-H Goat Meeting, Singer Building, 8:00 PM
 23 4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM                                17-19 4-H Electric Workshop, Purdue University, Cost $115.00
 23 4-H Sheep Meeting, Nilus Arena, 7:00 PM                                   18 4-H Cat Show, Commercial Building, 11:00 AM
24-29 Fairgrounds closed to 4-H Programming                                   18 4-H Rabbit, Poultry and Cavies Set-Up, Rabbit/Poultry Barn
 26 Jewelry Meeting, Centre Twp. Library, Beginners @ 6:00 PM, Ev-           18-20 4-H Band Workshop, Purdue University, Cost $175.00
      eryone @7:00 PM                                                        18-22 4-H Chorus Workshop, Purdue University, Cost $250.00
 26 4-H Shotgun Range Time, Quail Unlimited, 6:00 PM                         20-22 4H Youth RoundUp, Shreve Hall, Purdue University cost $160.00
 30 Memorial Day, Observed                                                    20 County 4-H Advisory Council, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
 31 4-H Dog Obedience, Agility, & Showmanship, 6:00 to 9:00 PM, Fair-              Set-up
      grounds                                                                 20 4H Horse & Pony Leaders Meeting, Singer Building (Exhibit Area),
                                                                                   7:00 PM
JUNE, 2011                                                                    20 4-H Cake Decorating, Beginner, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426 Misha-
  1  Application due for National 4H Dairy Conference, State 4H Office             waka Ave., 9 - 11 AM OR 11:30 AM - 1:30 PM OR 2 - 4 PM
  1  Deadline for Ambassador, Junior Ambassador, Outstanding Jr.              20 4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM
     Leader. Applications due by 4:30 PM in the Extension Office              21 4-H Goat, Sheep, Beef, Dairy Beef & Swine Barn Set-up, 7:00 PM
  1  Project Achievement Award, and Friend of 4H applications due by          21 4-H Cake Decorating, Intermediate I, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426 Mish-
     4:30 PM in Ext. Office                                                        awaka Ave., 9 - 11 AM OR 11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
  1  4-H Ten Year Member Scholarship Applications Due in Extension            21 4-H Cake Decorating, Intermediate 2, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426
     Office                                                                        Mishawaka Ave., 2:00 – 4:00 PM
  2  Junior Leader Meeting, Singer Building, Directors @ 6:00 PM, Ev-                                                                      ,
                                                                              21 Fine Arts Workshop, Penn High School, Entrance “D” Rm. 162,
     eryone @ 6:30 PM                                                              6:30 – 8:00 PM
  2  4-H Cake Decorating, Advanced, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426 Misha-               23 4-H Sheep Carcass Show, Weigh-in 4:30-5:30, Show starts @
     waka Ave., 10:00 AM – Noon OR 12:30 – 2:30PM                                  6:30
  4  Fairgrounds Closed to 4-H Programming                                    23 4-H Cake Decorating, Advanced, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426 Misha-
  4  4-H Beef Club Meeting, (TBA), 7:00 PM                                         waka Ave., 10:00 AM – Noon OR 12:30 – 2:30PM
 6-8 Indiana High School Ag Teacher Workshop, Beck Center, Purdue             25 Sheep Carcass Rail Show
     University                                                              25    4-H Rabbit, Poultry and Cavies finish set-up, Rabbit/Poultry Barn
  6  4-H Dairy Beef Demonstrations, Nilus Arena, 6:30 PM                     26    Swine Carcass Show, Weigh-in Noon -2:00 PM, Show @ 3:00
  6  4-H Aerospace Mtg, Bittersweet Library, 7 – 8:30 PM                     27    4-H Cake Decorating, Beginner, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426 Misha-
  6  4-H Cake Decorating, Beginner, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426 Misha-                    waka Ave., 9 - 11 AM OR 11:30 AM - 1:30 PM OR 2 - 4 PM
     waka Ave., 9 - 11 AM OR 11:30 AM - 1:30 PM OR 2 - 4 PM                  27    Fashion Revue, Penn High School
  6  4-H Pistol Classroom, Singer Building (Kitchen Area), 7-9 PM            27    4-H Dairy Beef, Barn Set-Up, 5:30PM
  6  4-H Cat Meeting, Singer Building (Exhibit Area), 7:00 PM Notebook       27    4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM
     & Poster turn-in.                                                       28    4-H Cake Decorating, Intermediate I, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426 Mish-
  6  4-H Dog Costume Contest, Grandstand Area, 6:30PM. Pre-regis-                  awaka Ave., 9 - 11 AM OR 11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
     tration with Leader Required.                                           28    4-H Cake Decorating, Intermediate 2, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426
  6  4-H Dog Notebooks OR Poster Due (MANDATORY), 6:30 -7:30 PM                    Mishawaka Ave., 2:00 – 4:00 PM
  7  Model Railroad Meeting, Our Redeemer Lutheran Church, Wall              28    Model Railroad Meeting, Our Redeemer Lutheran Church, Wall
                                                                         3
       Street and 29th, River Park 7:00 PM                                          8     4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM
28                                                      ,
       Fine Arts Workshop, Penn High School, Entrance “D” Rm. 162,                  8     County 4H Advisory Council Meeting, Singer Building, 7:30 PM
       6:30 – 8:00 PM                                                               10    Auction Meeting, 7:00 PM
30     4-H Cake Decorating, Advanced, LaCandy Shoppe, 1426 Misha-                   15    4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM
       waka Ave., 10:00 AM – Noon OR 12:30 – 2:30PM                                 15    4H Horse & Pony Leaders Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
JULY, 2011                                                                          15    Dairy Beef Leaders Meeting, Singer (Kitchen Area), 7:00 PM
1      Goat, Poultry, Rabbit, Cat, Dog, & Horse/Pony preentries post-               18    4-H Beef Club Meeting, Enrollment for Lottery Steers, Esther Sing-
       marked by 4H’er to State Fair                                                      er, 7:00 PM
       State Fair Youth School applications due by 4:30 PM in Ext. Office           18    4-H Goat Club Dinner, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
 1– 9 ST. JOSEPH COUNTY 4H FAIR                                                     22    Dairy Beef Year End Dinner, Singer Building, 6:30 PM
 1     4-H Cake Decorating Check-in 8:00 AM-10:30 AM, Judging can be-
       gin at 9:00 AM                                                               SEPTEMBER, 2011
       St. Joseph Co. 2011 Swine Classic Open Show, St. Joseph County               17   4H Dairy Beef Ear Tagging & Nose printing for 2012, Fairgrounds,
       Fair Grounds                                                                      8:00 11:00 AM
       St. Joseph Valley Cattleman’s Classic, Fair Grounds, July 1 (info call       19   County 4H Advisory Council Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
       574-291-4870)                                                                19   4H Horse & Pony Leaders, 7:30
5      4-H Dog Club Demo and Awards Night, Brother Nilus Show Arena,                24   Madison 4-H Club Awards Banquet, Commercial Bldg., 6:00 PM
       7:30 PM
18     4H Horse & Pony Leaders Meeting, Singer Building (Exhibit Area),             OCTOBER, 2011
       7:30 PM                                                                       2 - 6 National 4H Dairy Conference, Madison, Wisconsin
 18    4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM                                     17 4H Horse & Pony Leaders Meeting, Singer Building, 7:00 PM
22     10 Year Member Recognition and Leader Appreciation Dinner,
                                                                                    NOVEMBER, 2011
       Singer Building, 6:30 PM
 25    4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM                                     14 Fair Board Annual Meeting, 7:00 PM
 26    4-H Beef Leaders Meeting, Superintendents Office, 7:00 PM
                                                                                    NOTE: The 4H Advisory Council requests that “no meeting involving 4H
AUGUST, 2011                                                                             members at the Fairgrounds should last any longer than 9:00 PM.
1       4-H Dog Drill Team Training, 6:30-7:30 PM                                        There are no County 4H meetings to be scheduled for 4H mem-
2 - 6 State Fair Youth Leadership Conference, www.four-h.purdue.edu/isfyl/               bers on Wednesdays, as Wednesdays are set aside for local club
5 - 21 2010 INDIANA STATE FAIR                                                           meetings.


                                                       Fair Schedule (Tentative)
MONDAY, JUNE 6                                                                      WEDNESDAY, JUNE 22
  6:00 pm Dog Posters and Notebooks Due between 6:00 pm and                           8:30 am-4:00 pm Setup 4H Exhibit Building
           7:00 pm
  7:00 pm Dog Obedience Costume Class, Registration starts at                       THURSDAY, JUNE 23
           6:30 pm                                                                     8:30 am-4:00 pm Setup 4H Exhibit Building
                                                                                       4:30 pm-5:30 pm Sheep Carcass Show Registration, Sheep Barn
FRIDAY, JUNE 10                                                                        6:30 pm Sheep Carcass Show, Nilus Arena 7:00 pm
   6:00 pm Dog Agility Show, Behind Dairy Bar, Registration @ 5:30                     7:00 pm Beef, Dairy Beef & Dairy Barn Set-up
            PM
                                                                                    FRIDAY, JUNE 24
SATURDAY, JUNE 11                                                                      8:30 am-4:30 pm Setup 4H Exhibit Building
   8:00 am Dog Obedience judging (Division 1A, 1B, 2A, & 2B), Nilus
              Arena, Registration 7:30 am - 8:00 am                                 SATURDAY, JUNE 25
   8:00 am Dog Showmanship Judging, Registration 7:30 am - 8:00                        8:00 am Rabbit & Poultry Barn Set-up
              am
   8:00 am Rocket Launch, West Parking Lot                                          SUNDAY , JUNE 26
   8:00-11:30 Rabbit Meat Class Tattooing                                              Noon-2:00 pm Swine carcass show registration, Swine Barn
   8:30 am 4-H Bicycle Contest Registration                                            3:00 pm Swine carcass show, Nilus Arena
   9:00 am 4-H Bicycle Rodeo and Skill Contest, Outdoor Living Pavil-
              lion                                                                  MONDAY, JUNE 27
   9:00 am Rabbit Ambassador Contest                                                  8:30 am - 9:30 am Check in for Junior Fashion Revue, Penn High
   10:00 am Dog Obedience Judging (Division 3A & up), Nilus Arena,                              School
              Registration 9:30 am - 10:00 am                                         9:30 am Junior Fashion Revue Judging, Penn High School
                                                                                      12:30 pm Check in for Senior Fashion Revue, Penn High School
SUNDAY, JUNE 12                                                                       1:00 pm Senior Fashion Revue Judging, Penn School
   1:00 pm Rocket Launch, West Parking Lot (RAIN DATE)                                2:00 pm-6:00 pm The following 4-H projects are to be entered: Bee-
                                                                                                keeping, Christmas Tree Ornament, Crops, Electricity
TUESDAY, JUNE 14                                                                                (Open Judging), Fire Science, Forestry, Geology, Horse-
   7:00 pm Goat Barn Set-up                                                                     men w/out Horses, Memory Book, Needlecraft (Open
                                                                                                Judging), Recycled Articles, Scarecrow, Soil & Water,
THURSDAY, JUNE 16
                                                                                                Sportfishing, Vet Science, Weather, Weeds, Wildlife, and
   1:00 pm Junior Ambassador Reception
                                                                                                Woodworking.
   7:00 pm Ambassador Interview/Reception
                                                                                      2:00 pm-6:00 pm MINI 4H AND CLOVER BUD exhibits entered in
SATURDAY, JUNE 18                                                                               Exhibit Building.
   11:30 am-12:30 pm 4-H Cat Show Registration, Commercial Building
   12:30 pm 4-H Cat Showmanship, Show, and Costume Class, Com-                      TUESDAY, JUNE 28
             mercial Building                                                          8:00 am-10:00 am Sewing entered and Judged (Open Judging) in
                                                                                                 Singer Building Meeting Area
MONDAY, JUNE 20                                                                        10:00 am-6:00 pm The following 4-H projects are to be entered: Aero-
  7:30 pm Exhibit Building Booth/Project set-up                                                  space, Architectural Models, Artificial Flowers, Cavy (Guin-
                                                                                                 ea Pig) Notebooks and Posters, Ceramics, Child Develop-
TUESDAY, JUNE 21                                                                                 ment, Clowning, Collections, Computers, Decorations for
   8:30 am-4:00 pm Exhibit Building Clean Up                                                     all Seasons, Fabric Painting, Farm Toy Scene, Genealogy,
   7:00 pm Sheep, Swine, & Goat Barn Set-Up                                                      Giftwrapping, Greenware, Health, Home Environment,
                                                                                4
              Jewelry Making, Latch Hook, Leathercraft, Miscellaneous               3:00pm     4H Dairy Beef Judging, Nilus Arena
              Crafts, Model Building, Model Railroad, Model Rocketry,               4:00 pm    Rooster Crowing Contest, Poultry Barn
              Personality, Photography, Poultry Display, Poultry Science,           6:00 pm    Horse & Pony Contesting, Horse & Pony Arena
              Rabbit Posters, Rollerskating, Scrapbook, Small Engines,
              Tin Punch, and Tooling                                            TUESDAY, JULY 5
    10:00 am-6:00 pm MINI 4H AND CLOVER BUD exhibits entered in                    8:00 am 4H Horse & Pony Judging, Horse & Pony Arena
              Exhibit Building.                                                    8:30 am Swine Show Nilus Arena
    4:30 pm Registration for Consumer Clothing Fashion Revue, Sing-                10:00am-10:00pm 4-H Exhibit Hall, Singer Building Open
              er Bldg. Meeting Area                                                10:00 am Rabbit Showmanship , Rabbit/Poultry Barn
    5:00 pm Consumer Clothing Fashion Revue Judged (Open Judg-                     12:30-12:45 pm Registration, Mini 4-H Pet Parade
              ing) Singer Bldg. Meeting Area                                       1:00 pm Mini 4H Animal Friends Pet Parade, Nature Center
    5:00 pm Home Environment Judged (Open Judging)                                 1:00 pm Rabbit Costume Judging, Rabbit/Poultry Barn
                                                                                   3:00 pm-4:00 pm 4-H Guinea Pig Registration, Rabbit/Poultry Barn
WEDNESDAY, JUNE 29                                                                 4:00 pm 4H Guinea Pig Judging, Rabbit/Poultry Barn
  8:00 am-9:30 a.m. Fine Arts entered in Singer Bldg. Meeting Area                 6:00 pm 4H Horse & Pony Contesting
  8:00 - 10:00 am 4H Food Preservation entered, Singer Bldg                        6:45 pm Share-The-Fun Youth Talent Contest Check-In (Must be
  8:30 am 4H Judging in Esther Singer Building                                               pre-registered)
  9:00 am-5:00 pm Enter and setup Aquatic Science exhibits (bring                  7:00 pm 4-H Rabbit Meat Class Judging, Rabbit/Poultry Barn
             record sheets)                                                        7:30 pm 4-H Dog Demonstrations and Awards, Nilus Arena
  9:30 am Fine Arts judged, Singer Bldg.                                           7:15 pm-10:00 pm Share-The-Fun Youth Talent Contest, Grand-
  10:00 am Food Preservation judged (Open Judging)                                           stands

THURSDAY, JUNE 30                                                               WEDNESDAY, JULY 6
    8:00 am-8:45 am           Small Animal projects entered                       8:00 am 4H Horse & Pony Judging, Horse & Pony Arena
    8:00 am-10:30 am          Consumer Dairy and Microwave Foods en-              8:30 am 4H Rabbit Judging, Rabbit/Poultry Barn
              tered, Singer Bldg.                                                 9:30 am Dairy Goats Released
    8:30 am        4H Judging in Esther Singer Building                           9:30 am 4H Dairy Judging, Nilus Arena
    9:00 am        Small Animal project judged (Open judging) (Animals            10:00am-10:00pm 4-H Exhibit Hall, Singer Building Open
              released after judging!)                                            3:00 pm 4H Beef Judging, Nilus Arena
    9:00 am                   Microwave Foods judged (Open                        6:00 pm 4H Horse & Pony Contesting
              Judging)
 9:00 am      Consumer Dairy Foods judged (Open Judging)                        THURSDAY, JULY 7
    3:00 pm-7:00 pm           Dairy Beef entered and weighed                       8:00 am 4H Horse & Pony Judging, Horse & Pony Arena
    3:00 pm-7:00 pm           Dairy Heifers entered                                9:00 am 4H Pygmy Goat Judging, Nilus Arena
                                                                                   9:00 am Chicken Fly Off Contest, Grandstand
FRIDAY, JULY 1                                                                     10:00am-10:00pm4-H Exhibit Hall, Singer Building Open
   7:00 am-10:00 am Swine & Sheep entry                                            11:00 am Rocket Launch Demonstration, Pull Strip
   8:00 am-10:30 am Cake Decorating entered, Singer Bldg.                          3:00 pm 4H Beef Fitting Contest, Nilus Arena
   8:00 am-11:00 am Foods entered and Judged (Open Judging) Sing-                  6:00 pm 4H Horse & Pony Contesting, Horse & Pony Arena
             er Building Meeting Area                                              6:00 pm Round Robin Showmanship, Nilus Arena
   8:00 am-4:00 pm ALL Rabbits entered
   8:00 am-4:00 pm ALL Poultry Entered and Blood                                FRIDAY, JULY 8
             Tested                                                                4H LIVESTOCK AUCTION ALL DAY
   9:00 am 4H Aquatic Science judged                                               7:00 am Auction Registration
   9:00 am Cake Decorating judged                                                  8:00 am 4H Horse & Pony Judging, Horse & Pony Ring
   10:00 am Fashion Revue Practice, Grandstand Stage                               9:00 am Rabbit Auction, Nilus Arena
   1:00 pm-3:00 pm Entomology entered and judged (Open Judging)                    9:00 am 4H Swine Sale, Nilus Arena
             in Singer Bldg                                                        10:00 am Poultry Auction, Nilus Arena
   6:00 pm Parade immediately followed by Opening Ceremonies and                   10:00am Pygmy Goats Released
             Fashion Revue                                                         10:00am-10:00pm         4-H Exhibit Hall, Singer Building Open
   8:00 pm-10:00 pm 4-H Exhibit Hall, Singer Building Open                         12:00 pm Goat Auction, Nilus Arena
                                                                                    1:00 pm Champion Milk Sale, Nilus Arena
SATURDAY, JULY 2                                                                    1:30 pm Lamb Carcass Sale, Nilus Arena
   7:00 am-10:00 am Swine entry                                                     1:45 pm 4-H Pork Loin Auction, Nilus Arena
   8:00 am Mule & Donkey Show, H&P Arena                                            2:30 pm 4H Lamb Sale, Nilus Arena
   10:00 am-12 Noon Goats entered (All Dairy and Market Goats en-                   4:00 pm 4H Dairy Beef Sale, Nilus Arena
             tered)                                                                 6:00 pm 4H Horse & Pony Contesting, Horse & Pony Arena
   10:00am-10:00pm\ 4-H Exhibit Hall, Singer Building Open                          7:00 pm 4H Beef Sale, Nilus Arena
   1:00 pm Market Goats weighed
                                                                                SATURDAY, JULY 9
SUNDAY, JULY 3                                                                    8:00 am      4H Horse & Pony Release
    1:00 pm Sheep judging (Breeding followed by Market and Show-                  9:00 am-9:30 am 4-H Poultry released
              manship, Nilus Arena                                                9:00 am-9:30 am 4-H Rabbits released
 6:00 am-10:00 4-H Beef entered and weighed                                       9:30 am      4-H Rabbit & Poultry Barn clean-up
    12 Noon - 2:00 pm Pygmy Goats entered                                       12:00 Noon     4-H Exhibit Hall, Singer Building Open
    1:00 pm-10:00pm 4-H Exhibit Hall, Singer Building Open                       6:00 pm       4-H Exhibit Hall, Singer Building Closes
                                                                                 9:00 pm       Showcase of Champions and Schalliol Champion Animals
                                                                                               Released
MONDAY, JULY 4
  8:00 am-11 am Dairy Cows entered                                              SUNDAY, JULY 10
  8:00 am-11:00 am Horse & Pony entered                                            2:00 pm-4:00 pm      4-H Project release in Singer Building
  8:00 am-12 Noon Flowers, Garden, 10X10 Garden, Potato, and                       4:00 pm-5:00 pm      Tear Down of Singer Building
            Strawberry exhibits entered, Singer Bldg.
  8:30 am 4H Poultry Judging Poultry Building                                   The St. Joseph County 4H Clubs, Extension Office, and 4H Leaders are
  9:00 am 4H Goat Judging (Dairy, Market, and Showmanship), Nilus               not responsible for accidents, injuries, loss of property or damage to ex-
            Arena                                                               hibits. Members taking entries out earlier than these times will forfeit all
  10:00am-10:00pm 4-H Exhibit Hall, Singer Building Open                        ribbons and recognition of exhibit at the St. Joseph County 4-H Fair. If you
  12 Noon Horse & Pony Judging, Horse & Pony Arena                              are unable to pick up exhibit, please make prior arrangements with an-
  1:00pm    Flowers, Garden, 10X10 Garden, Potato, and Strawberry               other club member or coordinator to pick up exhibit on Sunday afternoon.
            judged
                                                                            5
                                          INDIANA 4-H PROGRAM POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
INDIANA 4-H PROGRAM PHILOSOPHY & EXPECTATIONS: The Indi-                             together on projects.
ana 4-H program serves the youth of Indiana by providing a strong educa-                   The NON-COMPETITIVE learning environment for Mini 4-H in-
tional youth development program. This program delivers educational ex-              cludes:
periences in a variety of settings. Caring, capable, and contributing adults         1.    Planned learning activities in which children are invited to be active
assist in the 4-H program as models for youth. The rich heritage of the              and explore materials and ideas without the pressure of completing a spe-
4-H program is one to be valued and passed along to future generations.              cific product of exhibit.
                                                                                     2. Low adult/leader to child ratio that allows time for adults/leaders to
      The Indiana 4-H/Youth Policy & Procedures Book sets out certain                provide individual, positive encouragement and assistance.
standards and guidelines to be used to assure that 4-H is a positive youth           3. Simple, interesting activities that are fun.
development program. County 4-H policy is guided by the county 4-H poli-             4. Encouragement of children to participate in a group activity by shar-
cy-making or governing board (i.e., 4-H council) as provided by the County           ing and/or displaying their activity projects.
Extension Board. Legal authority for the 4-H program rests with the Direc-           5. Rewards that are identical and/or ribbons of the same color for every-
tor of Cooperative Extension, Purdue University. No county policy may                one.
conflict with state 4-H policy or with federal guidelines and requirements.          DO NOT JUDGE projects, but instead discuss them with the child.
      Deadlines for county and state participation should be carefully con-
structed so as to encourage rather than discourage participation. Such               Residence: Indiana youth typically enroll in 4-H in the county or state in
deadlines should be well published. Members not complying with estab-                which they reside. However, individuals living in one county may join 4-H
lished and published dates and deadlines for exhibition may be denied the            in another county. There may be educational or social reasons for an indi-
opportunity to exhibit.                                                              vidual joining 4-H in a different county than that of their primary residence.
      It is the policy of 4-H to be an inclusive organization. No county poli-       During a single calendar year, a 4-H member enrolled in a given project is
cy or practice should be used to arbitrarily exclude youth from membership           expected to enroll and exhibit that project only in one county of enrollment.
or participation. Youth should participate in 4-H Youth Development op-                     In the event that a project is not offered in the county of primary 4-H
portunities at levels and times that best suit the youth’s development and           enrollment, a 4-H member may enroll in that specific project in a different
support family involvement.                                                          county. Approval of this special exception rests with the county 4-H policy-
                                                                                     making or governing board (i.e., 4-H council) and/or the Extension Board
Membership: Youth may become 4-H members when they enter the                         of the receiving county. Participation in 4-H related activities and events
third grade and may continue their membership through the completion                 (i.e., judging; share-the-fun) must be in the county of primary 4-H enroll-
of grade 12. Each individual may continue membership for a maximum of                ment.
ten (10) consecutive years.                                                                 The above policy is not intended to provide an escape mechanism for
Exceptions:                                                                          troubled 4-H members and families who are unwilling to follow the terms
(1) Youth who enroll in grade three and are advanced academically (thus              and/or conditions in their current county of 4-H membership. Decisions
    graduating early) may continue for a total of 10 years ONLY if the en-           regarding 4-H membership in a non-resident county (a county you do not
    rollment occurs in consecutive years.                                            live in), rest with the County 4-H council and/or the Extension Board in the
(2) Those youth who are academically advanced and “skip” 3rd grade,                  receiving county.
    may begin the program as a 4th grader and may continue for a total of                   Note: In a statement from our federal partner in Washington, DC, the
    10 years ONLY if the enrollment occurs in consecutive years.                     following statement appears: “Anytime there are procedures for exclusion
(3) Those youth who entered the program in 3rd grade and for one reason              of individuals from events which use the 4-H name there are potential
    or another leave formal education prior to the completion of the 12th            challenges to enforcement of the exclusions. The challenges have a sub-
    grade may continue for a total of 10 years ONLY if the enrollment oc-            stantial potential to prevail and they frequently result in negative publicity
    curs in consecutive years.                                                       for the organization. Therefore, before choosing a policy of exclusion it is
                                                                                     wise to evaluate the exclusion being considered, to be sure there is an
NOTE: 10 years of membership in the 4-H Youth Development is an op-                  overwhelming educationally based need for the exclusion.        ”
portunity-- not an entitlement. Those youth who do not enroll as 3rd grade
students or meet the exceptions above, conclude their involvement with               Behavioral Criteria: 4-H members, volunteers, parents and the public:
the program during the summer immediately following the completion of                When attending, participating or acting in behalf of the 4-H program, all
their senior year in high school.                                                    persons are expected to conduct themselves in accordance with accepted
      An individual’s 4-H grade is determined by the school grade in which           standards of social behavior, to respect the rights of others, and to refrain
he or she is classified regardless of the time of year he or she enrolls in          from any conduct which may be injurious to the 4-H program. The follow-
4-H. A member does not advance in 4-H grade until he or she enrolls in               ing actions constitute misconduct for which 4-H members may be
4-H for the subsequent school year. Each member should enroll in the                 subject to disciplinary penalties and/or dismissal from the program:
division of a project that would best suit his/her interest and potential for        (a) Dishonesty in connection with any 4-H activity by cheating or know-
personal growth and would enhance their family involvement.                              ingly furnishing false information.
      Opportunities in the 4-H program are available to all Indiana youth            (b) Alteration or the unauthorized use of 4-H records.
as defined regardless of race, religion, color, sex, national origin, mari-          (c) Obstruction or disruption of any 4-H activity or aiding and encouraging
tal status, parental status, sexual orientation, or disability. Married young            persons to engage in such conduct.
men and women of 4-H age may participate in any of the 4-H projects and              (d) Failure to comply or aiding or encouraging other persons not to comply
activities. However, married persons must participate by the same terms                  with specific terms and conditions of a given project, contest, or an
and conditions and/or guidelines as unmarried participants. Membership                   activity.
in 4-H is gained by annually enrolling through a Purdue University Coop-             (e) Failure to comply with directions of 4-H officials acting in the proper
erative Extension Service Office located in each of Indiana’s 92 counties.               performance of their duties.
      The 4-H club year usually extends from one annual 4-H exhibit to               (f) Inhumane treatment of 4-H animal projects.
the next. Enrollment is an annual process attained by completing the ap-
propriate county 4-H enrollment form. Each county establishes its own                There are many opportunities for 4-H members, volunteers, parents, and
enrollment deadline.                                                                 the public to participate in 4-H events and activities. When involved in
                                                                                     such experiences, members, volunteers, parents, and the public are ex-
Mini 4-H Non-Competitive Policy: Mini 4-H is a program designed to                   pected to follow all rules and regulations as outlined by those responsible
encourage positive development of children, Kindergarten through second              for the specific program or activity. In all such 4-H activities, the following
grade. The goal of Mini 4-H is to help young children explore friendships            constitute a violation of behavior expectations:
outside the family; explore the way in which things work; practice both              1. Possession or the use of fire crackers, gun powder, firearms, chemi-
small and large muscle control; and think about the ways people work                     cals or other materials that can be used to create an explosive mixture.
                                                                                 6
2. Misuse of the fire equipment or sounding a false fire alarm.                      •	 4-H	animals	shown	under	different	ownership	(than	they	are	listed	on	
3. Having a guest of the opposite sex in your sleeping quarters.                        the 4-H enrollment from) after the 4-H animal enrollment deadline,
4. Physical or verbal abuse of any person or conduct which threatens or                 shall not be eligible to be shown in the 4-H show at the Indiana State
   endangers the health or safety of any person.                                        Fair. This term/condition does not apply to siblings who may show
5. Theft of or malicious damage to property.                                            each other’s animals at any show during the year without jeopardizing
6. Possession, use, or distribution of alcohol, illegal drugs, tobacco and              State Fair eligibility, regardless of whether or not the sibling is a 4-H
   tobacco-like products or other dangerous substances.                                 member.
7. Lewd, indecent, or obscene conduct.                                               •	 4-H	animals	are	expected	to	be	in	the	personal	possession	and	regular	
8. Unauthorized entry, use or occupancy of any facility.                                care of the 4-H member who owns/leases them (unless other arrange-
9. Any conduct which threatens or interferes with the maintenance of ap-                ments have been agreed upon by the county 4-H council) from the
   propriate order and discipline or invades the rights of others.                      animal enrollment deadline until the conclusion of the county and/or
                                                                                        State Fair.
When violations occur at county, area, district, state, and/or national
4-H events, the following procedures will be followed:                                Grievance Guidelines for County 4-H Program Issues
(a) The parents/guardians will be contacted to arrange transportation                          (Activities, Programs, and Projects)
    home for the violator(s) and
(b) The local extension educator will be notified.                                   1. A grievance regarding a project or activity during the county 4-H Fair
                                                                                        will first be processed by the local 4-H policy making body (i.e., 4-H
Participation: Attendance and participation at 4-H meetings is highly                   council). The chair of that body will appoint a small unbiased subcom-
encouraged as part of the overall educational experience. However, at-                  mittee to conduct the original investigation and render a decision.
tendance or participation at club meetings cannot be required as criteria            2. The 4-H Advisory Council has established a fee of $100 for filing the
for project completion. 4-H club meetings should be of the quality that 4-H             grievance. Filing fee will be waived in hardship situations.
members should want to attend, participate and learn something benefi-               3. A grievance may be lodged with the President of the 4-H Advisory
cial. Also, rewarding 4-H clubs, 4-H club members and 4-H leaders for                   Council or the superintendent of the project. The burden of proof shall
attendance and participation in club meetings, tours, workshops, local and              reside with the party filing the grievance.
county exhibits, etc., is encouraged. The rewards for participation in 4-H           4. Person filing grievance must complete the Grievance/Appeal Form.
meetings, tours, and activities should be significant enough to cause the            5. A grievance shall be filed and a fee paid (if a fee is assessed) within
4-H member to see the advantage of reacting positively. 4-H club leaders                24 hours of the incident. The 24-hour guideline pertains to fair related
and members of local clubs may establish goals for attendance, exhibits,                issues where timing is an issue. In all other grievances, there will be a
completion, etc., to meet the criteria established for awards and recogni-              14-day limit in which the grievance must be filed.
tion for their clubs as long as they do not conflict with stated county, area/       6. Grievance sub-committee will be called together to act within 24 hours
or state policies.                                                                      of a filed grievance, or in a more timely manner if situation warrants.
                                                                                        (See note below for programmatic grievances.)
Exhibition: Exhibition of 4-H projects in local, county or state exhibits/           7. The sub-committee renders a decision.
fairs is considered a privilege and is voluntary on the part of the exhibi-          8. The person filing the grievance may appeal decision to the 4-H Advi-
tor. The exhibition of 4-H projects provides 4-H members an opportu-                    sory Council. The 4-H Advisory Council reviews the facts in evidence
nity to display their 4-H projects, enter into competition and participate              and renders a decision.
in an educational/social environment with their peers. With the privilege            9. The person filing the grievance may appeal a decision to the Extension
of exhibition also comes the responsibility for abiding by all of the terms             Board. The Extension Board reviews facts in evidence and renders a
and conditions pertaining to the respective 4-H project. Not following the              decision. This is the final level in the appeal process.
established rules of the projects will be grounds for exclusion from the
competition/exhibition or the project itself.                                        Note: The above procedure will also be followed for program issues. Time
                                                                                     constraints of above procedure are not as crucial in most instances for
Completion: The completion of a 4-H project must not be misinterpreted               programmatic concerns. However, there will be a 14-day limit on the part
as exhibition of said project as a local county or state Fair. A 4-H mem-            of the person filing the grievance. The Extension Educator does have the
ber is considered complete in their project work for that year when they             obligation to inform all parties that there is a grievance procedure if there
have (1) completed an “official” 4-H club member enrollment form prior to            are disagreements with policies. Form is available in the 4-H Office.
the established and published date for enrolling (2) turned in a completed
4-H project record sheet prior to the established date and (3) had an offi-                    COUNTY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
cially recognized 4-H leader/extension educator verify the existence of the
completed project or activity. Though exhibiting in local/county and state           Exhibits: The county enrollment deadline is JUNE 1ST. If a 4-H proj-
exhibits/fairs is not required for project completion as it does not neces-          ect is entered late, project will be graded down one letter grade and not be
sarily directly relate to the learning received in the development of the 4-H        eligible for a Champion. Any exhibit receiving an “A” placing and warrants
project, project exhibition should be encouraged as a continuation of the            selection as a champion or reserve champion shall be awarded that honor.
educational experience.                                                              Honor ribbons will be made available for up to 10% of the number of mem-
                                                                                     bers enrolled in each division of a project. Champion, Reserve Champion,
Guidelines for Animal Exhibits: Each 4-H member shall own his/her                    and State Fair entry projects are NOT awarded Honor Ribbons. Projects
own 4-H exhibit. Ownership must be in effect on or before the county and             entered after judging is completed will receive a participation ribbon.
state enrollment deadlines and continuously until after the show date.                     An exhibit may not be entered in more than 1 county and/or state fair
•	 For	4-H	breeding	animals,	family	corporations	and/or	partnerships	of	             except in some designated animal classes. Where one or more articles
    4-H members with one or more parents, siblings, grandparents, aunt,              make up one exhibit, ALL parts of the exhibit must belong to the same 4-H
    uncle, legal guardian are acceptable.                                            exhibitor.
•	 For	4-H	dairy	cattle,	family	corporations	and/or	partnerships	of	the	4-H	               All 4-H exhibits at the St. Joseph County 4-H Fair must be prepared
    member with unrelated persons or dairy operations are also accept-               during the current 4-H year.
    able.                                                                                  Any 4-H exhibit removed from display prior to the official release will
•	 Dairy	heifers,	horses,	ponies	and	llamas	may	be	leased.		These	leased	            be disqualified. Any 4-H placing/prizes awarded that exhibit will be for-
    animals may be 4-H projects, subject to approval of the county 4-H               feited.
    dairy, horse and pony, or llama committee.                                       4-H exhibitors having an entry in animal lots are expected to show/sell
•	 4-H	animals	purchased,	sold,	or	offered	for	sale	after	the	animal	enroll-         their own animals. In cases where this cannot be done, the owner may
    ment deadline and prior to the Indiana State Fair shall not be eligible to       have animals shown/sold by another 4-H exhibitor, but must have prior
    be shown at the Indiana State Fair                                               approval from the 4-H livestock superintendent.
                                                                                 7
Penalties: If, in the opinion of the 4-H leader or designee, evidence of                     4-H POSTER EXHIBIT REQUIREMENTS
alteration and/or excessive outside help and/or unethical preparation and/
or misconduct is noted, the exhibit and/or 4-H’er may be disqualified from         Many 4-H projects have an exhibit requirement for an educational poster.
the show and/or all premiums and/or awards forfeited and/or the 4-H’er             Posters may be made in many ways, but for 4-H there are specific rules
may be subject to a one year disbarment from participation in that project         that MUST be met. In general:
and/or other related 4-H projects and/or events and/or activities. Further,                                               ,
                                                                                   A 4-H poster must be made 22” X 28” displayed horizontally: backed with
enforcement may be selective which does not waive the 4-H leader’s right           a stiff backing, for example; paneling, plywood, foam board, corrugated
to enforce collectively at a future date and appropriate circumstance.             cardboard, and not over 1/2” thick. A label not larger than 2” X 4” placed
Special Note: When infractions in regulations and/or policies take place           in the lower right hand front corner. The entire poster must be covered
in the livestock project, special penalties will be enacted. In addition to        with clear plastic.
the above stated penalties, animals unethically fitted altered for show and        Copyrighted characters or materials are prohibited. An envelope
sold at 4-H auctions will have all premiums associated as a 4-H reward             MUST be attached to the back of the poster to place record sheets and
removed from the sale price of the animal. The animal sale price provided          score cards so they don’t get lost during judging and the fair!
the 4-H’er will be that of the day’s going market value with anything above        Definitions:
said market price retained by the 4-H organization as a penalty for the
action.                                                                            Poster Material: Poster material is sold in office supply stores, department
                                                                                   stores, and other places where school supplies are sold. The standard
County Entries to State Fair: If a 4-H’er has a project selected as State          size is 22” X 28” and must not be trimmed. Poster material may be any
Fair Entry to represent St. Joseph County at the State Fair, they must             color that is suitable for the project.
notify the Extension Office if they do not wish to send their projects to
the State Fair. If a member chooses not to send their exhibit, then the            Displayed Horizontally: Posters are made both horizontally and vertically,
Reserve Champion will be sent.                                                     HOWEVER, FOR 4-H THEY MUST BE HORIZONTAL, that is, the 28”
      Every project may have a Grand and Reserve Champion Overall.                 sides of the poster make up the                       28"
The Grand Champion Overall will be the designated project to go to the             top and the bottom of the poster.
State Fair unless it does not fit the State Fair Guidelines.                       (See diagram for proper horizontal                 Title
      If there are more Grand Champions than State Fair Categories, final          position.) Racks that are used to
selection of State Fair entries will be made by the project judge from the         display posters both at the county
Grand Champions.                                                                   and at the State Fair are made to               Poster




                                                                                                                          22"
                                                                                   display posters horizontally. That
                                                                                   is why posters made to be dis-
       ST. JOSEPH COUNTY ADVISORY COUNCIL                                          played any other way are not ac-                             Label
                                                                                   ceptable.
     The County 4-H Advisory Council is responsible for the total 4-H Club
Program in the county. The purpose is to help plan a county 4-H Program,           Stiff Backing: Most poster material, under the hot and humid conditions
secure the necessary support, cooperate with local leaders, and coordi-            found at fairs, will buckle and not stay in the poster racks. A stiff backing
nate all activities connected with an active 4-H program.                          is required to keep the posters from buckling and falling from the display
     The Township 4-H Advisory Committee’s purpose is to serve as an               racks. The stiff backing also helps prevent posters from becoming dam-
Advisory Group to the 4-H leaders, secure leadership, and provide repre-           aged as they are being judged. Scrap pieces of thin paneling or plywood
sentation on the County 4-H Advisory Council.                                      are economical and can be used for several years by removing the previ-
                                                                                   ous poster. Heavy corrugated cardboard such as used in shipping boxes
                                                                                   works also if the cardboard is cut with the corrugations running vertically.
                            4-H LEADERS                                            In all cases, the backing must not be over 1/2” thick and must be the same
                                                                                   size as the poster (22” X 28”).
4-H Leaders are adults (or former members who have used up their 4-H
eligibility) who advise and encourage 4-H members in planning and car-             Labels: A label that gives the name of the exhibitor, the club, the project
rying out their projects. A 4-H club may have several leaders with different       name, and the division/level must be placed in the lower right hand corner
jobs. Project leaders are recommended to the County Extension Office by            of the poster. The label should be placed so that it will be covered with the
the local 4-H Advisory Committees.                                                 plastic cover on the poster. Some projects have specific size requirements
      Coordinators give overall guidance to the club. He/she helps with            for the label and some projects have labels supplied. Specific project rules
organizing the club, guides its activities, and maintains necessary records        should be followed. In any case, the label should be no larger than 2” X 4”  .
for the County Extension Office. They help set up project work sessions,           Posters should be designed so that the label does not cover the display.
organize local clubs and help relay information to and from the County
Extension Office. Leader’s enrollment forms must be sent to the County             Plastic Covering: The display buildings at most fairs are open and ex-
Extension Office, Room 336, County-City Building, South Bend 46601 by              hibits can get very dirty in a short period of time. All posters must be
May 1.                                                                             covered to protect them from dirt and normal handling during judging. The
      The Project Leader may teach particular subject matter to young peo-         least expensive, clearest, and reasonably thick plastic should be used to
ple enrolled in a project. He/she sets up special training classes and helps       cover posters. The type of flexible plastic that is used for temporary storm
the 4-H member prepare demonstrations, or develop talent for Share-the-            windows works the best. Clear flexible food wrap is not large enough to
Fun.                                                                               cover the poster in one piece and not heavy enough to stand up to the
                                                                                   handling. The clear plastic panels used to replace glass in storm doors is
                                                                                   too expensive and thicker than needed. Some plastic is glare proof, but it
                4-H BOOSTER ORGANIZATION                                           does not always show off what is on the poster to its best advantage. The
                                                                                   plastic should be pulled tightly behind the poster and secured with heavy
This group of interested individuals 19 years and older, promote, serve and        tape, such as duct tape.
help fund 4-H in St. Joseph County. 4-H Boosters were organized in 1973.
Booster membership is $2.00 per year or $25.00 for a Lifetime Member-
ship per couple. Some events sponsored by the 4-H Booster Organization
include: Pedal Tractor Pull, 10 Year 4-H Awards, King and Queen Recep-
tion, Financial Drive for Indiana 4-H Foundation, Information Booth at 4-H
Fair, and selling 4-H memorabilia. Also, the 4-H Boosters sponsor the
Junior, Senior and Career Outstanding Adult 4-H Leader Award.

                                                                               8
                           ST. JOSEPH COUNTY 4-H AWARDS, TRIPS, ACTIVITIES & SCHOLARSHIPS
There are many recreational and educational 4-H activities available
which are designed to fulfill the objectives of 4-H. The younger 4-H mem-
ber (grade 3,4,5, & 6) is eligible for all local and county events and county
phases of area, state and national programs. The older 4-H member
(grade 7 through 12) is entitled to participate in state and out-of-state ac-
tivities and for state awards at national contests. A brief explanation of
the activities available follows. These activities generally require that the
4-H member apply or register to participate. Contact the County Extension
Office to participate. Contact the county Extension Office for more informa-
tion on any of these activities.


                               AWARDS
AMBASSADOR (Formerly King & Queen) - Due between May 1 and
4:30 P.M. June 1st in the Extension Office.
The County Award is based upon: Project Achievement and 4-H Activi-
                                                                                    emonies Parades. Crowns are not to be worn at anytime.
ties (50%); personal interview (30%); and a speech & essay (20%). A
                                                                                    JUNIOR AMBASSADOR (Formerly Prince & Princess Award) - Due
completed application is required and must be accompanied by the essay
                                                                                    between May 1 and 4:30 P.M. June 1st in the Extension Office
and a completed white Achievement Record form. Entries are submitted
                                                                                    You must apply to your local Club Advisory Board, and then the club sub-
to Club Advisory Council for selection and then forwarded to the Extension
                                                                                    mits their two nominees for County selection. Two Junior Ambassadors
Office. A 4-H member may only win County award once. Only sashes
                                                                                    will be selected to be honored during the Fair. Township Junior Ambas-
and awards presented by the county are to be worn during fair week.
                                                                                    sadors will be selected by each township or club to represent them as can-
All local club sashes and awards are to be removed immediately following            didates in the County 4-H Junior Ambassador Contest. Candidates must:
Opening Ceremonies Parade. Crowns are not to be worn at anytime.                    a. Submit a completed application form to the Extension Office.
This award is for 4-H members grades 10 - 12.                                       b. Must be a St. Joseph County 4-H’er with at least 2 years of 4-H.
                                                                                    c. Must be at least in the 6th grade and not past 8th grade. (Grade is
FRIEND OF 4-H – Due between May 1 and 4:30 PM June 1st in the                           determined by grade in school during the 2009-2010 school year)
Extension Office                                                                    d. Must complete 4-H this year.
Applications are available from the Extension Office to any individual or           e. Are encouraged to wear the sashes that are awarded to them at all
group who would like to nominate an individual to receive this award. Cri-              official fair functions. If, and when the award winners are in the process
teria for selection is based on the person’s significant contribution to 4-H,           of presenting 4-H projects for judging the sashes are not to be worn.
years devoted to 4-H, and description of activities involved in throughout              Only sashes and awards presented by the county are to be worn
the years. This award is sponsored by the Junior Leader Organization.                   during fair week. All local club sashes and awards are to be removed
                                                                                        immediately following Opening Ceremonies Parades. Crowns are not
KEY CLUB AWARD – Due June 10 in the Extension Office                                    to be worn at anytime.
This is an award presented at the State level to acknowledge outstanding
4-H’ers. The award is a certificate of accomplishment. Applications are             Judges will select the county Junior Ambassadors on the basis of:
available at the Extension Office and are due by June 10. The 4-H Key               Attitude             20%       Following Directions 10%
Club honor certificate will be awarded to each Junior Leader completing             Appearance           20%       Questions and Activities    30%
the necessary application, and who qualifies by earning the required 130            Enthusiasm           20%
points. Application is available to Junior Leaders between 16-18 years old,
who have completed 5 years of 4-H and 3 years as Junior Leaders.                    The reception will be June 16 at 1:00 PM at the Fairgrounds

4-H TENURE AWARD                                                                    COUNTY PROJECT ACHIEVEMENT AWARDS - June 1st, 4:30 PM
To give public recognition to two 10 year members from each county hav-             The only project areas that are eligible for the awards are: Crafts, Foods,
ing the best record in terms of tenure in 4-H membership and thereby                Home Environment, Clothing, and Food Preservation. A person can win
encourage Indiana 4-H members to continue in the program for a longer               only once in each of the projects. An explanation of what you have done
period of time, plus the greatest number of projects in your county to en-          in the project area applied for must accompany the white “Achievement
courage greater participation in all 4-H projects. You need not apply for           Record” form. When submitting the White Achievement forms, the proj-
this award, as the Extension Office completes all necessary forms.                  ects that apply to this award must be highlighted. Achievement record
                                                                                    forms may be copied. Optional would be to submit letters from Leaders of
4-H TEN YEAR AWARD - Must be enrolled in 4-H by May 1st                             those projects you are applying for. They may be helpful in showing your
4-H members who have completed 10 years of 4-H club work are recog-                 achievements and leadership in that project. Due in the Extension Office
nized for their years in 4-H. This award is sponsored by the 4-H Booster            by above date and time. Applicant does not need to be currently enrolled
Organization during the 4-H Fair. A memento of their 4-H years, along with          in that project to apply.
a certificate of recognition, is presented to every ten-year 4-H member.

OUTSTANDING JUNIOR LEADERS - Due between May 1 and 4:30                                                               TRIPS
P.M. June 1st in Extension Office
You must apply to your local Club Advisory Board, and then the club sub-            4-H PURDUE ROUND-UP - June 20-22
mits their two (2) nominees for County selection. Two (2) Junior Leaders            Round-up is an opportunity for 4-H members to learn about college life
are selected to be honored during the Fair. They receive a Savings Bond             and career possibilities. The program also includes sections on role mod-
from Farm Credit Services, who sponsor the award. A Junior Leader Book              el development and leadership skills. This three-day inspirational confer-
is turned in - it must be complete with details! This award is based on             ence is held at Purdue University each year in June. Delegates must be
the total career of the Junior Leader, NOT just the current year. Also, past        at least 14 years of age. Delegates are sponsored by various clubs, or
Junior Leader activities can be included on a separate paper by years               4-H’ers pay partial fees. Delegates are selected by the Club Advisory
that activities were done. COMPLETENESS COUNTS!! A 4-H member                       Board and Club Coordinator. An estimated fee of $160.00 per delegate is
may only win County award once. All award recipients are encouraged to              required and is the responsibility of the local 4-H Club or Advisory Commit-
wear the sashes that are awarded to them at all official fair functions. If,        tee. The fee covers transportation, some meals and room rent.
and when the award winners are in the process of presenting 4-H proj-
ects for judging the sashes are not to be worn. Only sashes and awards              PURDUE SCIENCE WORKSHOPS - June 8-10
presented by the county are to be worn during fair week. All local club             These are 3-day workshops conducted at Purdue. The workshop will pro-
sashes and awards are to be removed immediately following Opening Cer-              vide each delegate with the opportunity to investigate career opportuni-
                                                                                9
ties, acquaint them with Purdue University campus, and learn about some              NATIONAL 4-H CONFERENCE - April 2-7 (Washington D.C)
of the latest innovations and research from Purdue staff. Several of the             Application due to Extension Office by December 1
workshops are divided into specialty areas listed below. The enrollment              Interviews at Purdue - December 11
fees are usually sponsored. Delegates must be in grades 9-12. Applica-               These trips recognize the participants for their personal character and
tion must be made to the Extension Office by April 1.                                work in 4-H and provide the opportunity for the delegates to share ex-
A. AEROSPACE SCIENCE WORK-                                                           periences with young people from all over the country, gain citizenship
    SHOP                                                                             training, and provide an opportunity for the participants to look at 4-H and
B. AMBASSADOR                                                                        contribute to its future planning. An application form can be obtained from
                                                                                                                                           th
C. ANIMAL SCIENCE WORKSHOP                                                           the Extension Office. Applicants must be at least 10 grade and not have
    – aquaculture, beef, companion                                                   reached 19 by December 31 of this year.
    animals, dairy, goat, horse, poultry,
    rabbit, sheep, swine, and veteri-                                                NATIONAL 4-H CONGRESS - Nov. 25-29
    nary science.                                                                    Application due to Extension Office by January 15
D. COMPUTER SCIENCE WORK-                                                             This event, held once a year, has four objectives: 1) To offer new and
    SHOP                                                                             stimulating educational experiences for 4-H members. 2) To motivate
E. ENGINEERING SCIENCE WORKSHOP                                                      4-H members to greater effort and to recognize their achievements. 3) To
F. ENTOMOLOGY SCIENCE                                                                provide opportunity for industrial, agricultural, and educational leaders to
G. FOOD SCIENCE WORKSHOP                                                             contribute cooperatively to the development of young people. 4) To focus
H. PLANT SCIENCE WORKSHOP – agronomy, fruit and vegetable, and                       public attention on the values of the 4-H program in developing competent,
    ornamentals                                                                      dedicated youth for service to a democratic society.

CITIZENSHIP WASHINGTON FOCUS IN WASHINGTON, D.C. - June 26                           NATIONAL 4-H DAIRY CONFERENCE – October 2-6
- July 3                                                                             This program is in Madison, Wisconsin and is conducted for a one week
The Citizenship - Washington Focus trip is a weeklong session in our na-             period in September. All expenses are paid. Selection is made on the
tion’s capitol. The program is for youth who are 16 years old or older and           basis of Dairy Achievement Records. Participants must be at least 15
who are still active 4-H’ers. The program is conducted during two differ-            years old. Applications are made before June 1, at the Extension Office.
ent weeks in the summer months from which the individual can select                  Applicants must write a brief story about his/her dairy operation and man-
which is best for his or her schedule. The program stresses citizenship by           agement practices. Be sure to include a completed copy of “My Record
learning more about the Federal government. Meetings with congress-                  of Achievement.”
man and government officials besides touring Washington D.C. are part
of the week’s activities. The participants reside at the National 4-H Center.
Applications are due in the Extension Office by February 1.                                                       ACTIVITIES
ELECTRIC WORKSHOP - June 17-19                                                       4-H DEMONSTRATION CONTEST - June 14
This is a 3 day workshop held at Purdue. This workshop is open to any                Objectives:
4-H’er who is enrolled in Division III or above 4-H Electric Program. Inter-         1. Develop skills in putting words and actions together.
ested participants must notify the Extension Office by May 1. The camp               2. Develop leadership skills in poise and confidence.
will provide participants with the opportunity to: wire switches and re-             3. Develop an understanding of values
ceptacles using a computerized wiring program; actually wire (hands on)                 of learning by doing.
switches and receptacles, both two and three way; and learn to prepare               4. Learn to organize materials in a logi-
and present an electrical demonstration.                                                cal sequence.
                                                                                     5. Have fun sharing with others.
STATE FAIR YOUTH LEADERSHIP CONFERENCE - August 2-6                                  Rules:
Applications due between June 1 and 4:30 P.M., July 1 in the Extension               1. Participants must be 4-H Members!
Office. State Fair Youth Leadership Conference is a program for boys and             2. Divisions:
girls who are in grades 10 through college freshmen and are not show-                a. Clover - Clover contestants whose
ing livestock or working at the State Fair. Indianapolis area businesses,               grade will be 3rd - 5th
industries, and the State Capitol are some places visited. This program is           b. Junior - Junior contestants whose
open to non-4-H’ers.                                                                    grade will be 6th - 8th
                                                                                     c. Senior - Senior contestants whose grade will be 9th - 12th grade
STATE 4-H BAND - June 18-20                                                          *NOTE: All grades are determined by the grade in school during the
Applications due April 15 to State 4-H Office.                                       2010-2011 school year.
The State 4-H Band is under the coordination of the Purdue Band Director.            3. The demonstration should be original with the participant.
Members are selected on a written basis with support of their High School            4. Length of demonstration: Clover demonstration should be 3 to 5 min-
Band director. Once you have been selected, you need not apply again.                   utes long. Junior demonstrations should be 5 to 7 minutes long. Senior
You are automatically in the band in successive years as long as you are                demonstrations should be 7 to 10 minutes long. The judges will penal-
                                                                       th
in 4-H. Selection is done at the State level. Applicants must be in 9                   ize contestants not meeting these time limits (under or over).
Grade or higher.                                                                     5. Each demonstration will be rated and will receive a blue, red or white
                                                                                        ribbon. One Clover, one Junior, and one Senior demonstrator from the
STATE 4-H CHORUS - June 18-22                                                           high placing demonstration will be named the winner in each category.
Applications due April 15 to State 4-H Office                                           The winning demonstration in the Junior and Senior category will be
The State 4-H Chorus is under the direction of the Purdue University Cho-               eligible to compete in the State contest. One alternate will also be
ral Director. Members need to complete a 4-H Chorus application and are                 named.
selected on a confidential rating by their Choral Director. Performances             6. There is no limit to the number of times a member may participate in
of the chorus are made at the Annual 4-H Round-up and at the State                      the 4-H Junior Demonstration Contest at the State Level. Note: Clo-
Fair. Selection of members is made at the State Level. Once selected,                   vers are not eligible to advance to State competition.
the member is invited to join the chorus in succeeding years, provided               7. A demonstration should be of a practical nature. Special, elaborate ex-
                                                       th
membership in 4-H is current. Applicants must be in 9 Grade or higher.                  pensive equipment or that which is difficult to move cannot be justified.
                                                                                        The use of large live animals which cannot be carried up the stairs by
STATE JUNIOR LEADER CONFERENCE - June 14-17                                             one person will not be allowed.
Applications due May 15 to State 4-H Office.                                         8. Any demonstration presented by a team (limit of two individuals) must
State Junior Leader Conference is a program for youth in grades 9 - 12                  be entered in the “Team Demonstration Category, regardless of sub-
who are Junior Leaders. The conference is designed for youth to attend                  ject. If an assistant is included, the demonstration must be a “Team
sessions related to leadership, teamwork, communication, goal-setting,                  Demonstration.” A team demonstration is not eligible in any other cat-
and learn activities to share back home. Please notify County Extension                 egory.
Educators if you have an interest in participating.                                  9. A 4-H’er who participates in the State Fair Achievement Trip, as a win-
                                                                                10
    ner or representing a winner in the State Demonstration Contest, may               one Champion and one Reserve Champion in the Senior Fashion Revue.
    not re-enter the demonstration contest in any category in succeeding               7) Participants in the Junior Fashion Revue may model garment(s) from
    years.                                                                             the Wearable or Non-wearable categories. 8) Each participant may only
10. There are 9 demonstration categories to choose from. They are:                     enter one outfit per division/category.

        Livestock - Selection, production, care, and marketing of beef                 PURPOSE - To give the members enrolled in the clothing project an op-
        cattle, sheep, hogs, poultry, and/or eggs and rabbits. Production              portunity to model their garment for the judging of: (a) Appropriateness of
        and handling of milk and cream or the selection, care and feeding              dress for the individual; (b) Construction of the garment in terms of general
        of dairy cattle or dairy goats.                                                appearance and fit; (c) The grooming and poise of the individual.

        Color, Texture, Design - Selection, construction, and care of                  Judging criteria is as follows: The Model - 1) Posture; 2) Poise in mod-
        wearing apparel, furniture, room accessories, wall treatments,                 eling; 3) Grooming. The Outfit - 1) Fabric suitable to the style and pat-
        floor coverings, etc.; building or refinishing of furniture; techniques        tern: 2) Pattern suitable to the individual; 3) Color combination: 4) Fit; 5)
        used in any craft or fine art field.                                           Accessories; 6) Outfit appropriate to category. Construction as it Affects
        Foods - Preparation, preservation, and use of fruits and vegeta-               Outward Appearance - 1) Construction of style features (collars, sleeves,
        bles, milk and milk products, breads, pasta, and pastries, and/or              waistlines); 2) Finishing details (hems, fasteners, trims, pressing).
        meats, poultry and eggs, and seafood.
                                                                                       SENIOR CATEGORY - The judging order will be posted. Members must
        Animals for Pleasure - Selection, feeding, breeding, care, groom-              be 8th grade or above. If you are in grades 8 through 12 during the 2010-
        ing, training, and showing of horses, ponies, dogs, cats, pocket               2011 school year, you must enter Senior Fashion Revue and be enrolled in
        pets, etc. Also includes managing and caring for equipment for                 the respective sewing level. Each participant will receive a participation
        the above.                                                                     ribbon. An Honor Group will be selected from each category. The judges
                                                                                       will decide the number to be in the Honor Group. A Champion and Re-
        Mechanical Science and Safety - Selection, care, use, and                      serve Champion will be selected out of each category (if warranted). The
        maintenance of computers, bicycles, automobiles, tractors, small               Champions will represent the county at the State Fair in Senior Fashion
        engines, or machinery; lighting, wiring, care of appliances, con-              Revue. If the champion is unable to participate in both days of the State
        sumer problems, electronics, and safe and proper use of electric-              Fashion Revue the Reserve Champion will represent the County. If the
        ity. Also safety information regarding use or handling of any listed           Reserve Champion is unable to participate, an alternate will be chosen
        above.                                                                         by the judges. Participants have until the day of local construction
                                                                                       judging to inform the Fashion Revue Coordinator if they are unable to
        Natural Resources - Subjects related to our                                    attend State Fashion Revue judging. Only one (1) outfit per category,
        natural environment, such fields as entomolo-                                  but may also be in children’s clothes.
        gy, forestry, wildlife, geology, weather, soil and
        water conservation, and shooting sports.                                       Categories are: 1) Children’s Clothes - An outfit made by the 4-H mem-
                                                                                       ber that completes division requirements and coordinating outfits, also
        Plants - Production, harvesting, care, storage,                                made by the 4-H member, made for one or more youths (19 and younger).
        and marketing of field crops, fruits, vegetables,                              Garments for the youth(s) should coordinate with the 4-H member’s fabric
        flowers, ornamentals, or evergreens. Includes                                  and/or style; 2) Casual Wear: A complete outfit of one or two pieces suit-
        soil science as related to production, fertiliza-                              able for school, weekend, casual, or informal activities. 3) Dress Up: This
        tion, and methods of cultivation. Also includes flower arrange-                is suitable for special, church, or social occasions that are not considered
        ments, terrariums, potted plants and landscape design.                         to be formal. It may be an outfit of one or more pieces with or without its
                                                                                       own costume coat or jacket (lined or unlined). This is not an outfit that
        General - All demonstrations that are not eligible for any of the              would be worn to school, weekend, casual, or formal activities. 4) Free
        above seven classifications. Includes such topics as cake deco-                Choice: These are garments that do not fit in the other classifications. Ex-
        rating, health, models, nutrition, photography, personality, rock-             amples include: tennis wear, swim wear or other active sportswear, lounge
        etry, aquariums, etc.                                                          wear, riding habits, historic, dance, theatrical, or international costumes,
                                                                                       unlined coats, and capes. 5) Suit or Coat: The suit consists of two pieces
        Team - Demonstration on any subject, but presented by a team                   including a skirt or pants and its own lined jacket. It is not a dress with
        of two individuals. (A team demonstration is not eligible in any                                               .
                                                                                       a jacket as in “dress up wear” The coat is a separate lined coat for your
        other category.) If an assistant is included, the assistant will be            wardrobe. It will be judged separately as a coat with its own accessories.
        considered a participant, and therefore the demonstration must be              6) Separates: Consists of three garments that must be worn as a coordi-
        a team demonstration.                                                          nated complete outfit. Each piece should be versatile enough to be worn
                                                                                       with other garments in your wardrobe. 7) Formal Wear: This outfit may
FASHION REVUE - Registration forms due June 27th at Registration                       be one or more pieces suitable for any formal occasions, such as proms,
Junior - Monday, June 27 (Penn HS) Check-in 8:30 a.m. - 9:30 a.m. Judg-                weddings, and formal evening functions.
   ing starts at 9:30 a.m.
Senior - Monday, June 27 (Penn HS) Check-in at 12:30 p.m. Judging                      JUNIOR CATEGORY - Members must be in grades 3 through 7 during
   starts at 1:00 p.m.                                                                 the 2010-2011 school year and enrolled in the respective sewing level (1
Please see the back of Fairbook for the Registration form.                             through 5). Each participant will receive a participation ribbon. An Honor
Fashion Revue Practice - Friday, July 1st on the Grandstand Stage,                     Group will be selected from each sewing year. The judges will decide the
   10:00 am                                                                            number to be in the Honor Group. A Champion and Reserve Champion
Fair Fashion Revue - Friday, July 1st on the Grandstand Stage, 7:00 pm                 will be selected in each sewing level (if warranted).

REGULATIONS - 1) Fashion Revue is open to all sewing members en-                       Categories are: 1) Children’s Clothes - An outfit made by the 4-H mem-
rolled in a division of clothing. Member is to make what is required in the            ber that completes division requirements and coordinating outfits, also
project manual and the St. Joseph County Clothing Standards for that                   made by the 4-H member, made for one or more youths (19 and younger).
division of that project. Hand-crafted garments made in the 4-H craft proj-            Garments for the youth(s) should coordinate with the 4-H member’s fabric
ects may be modeled in the 4-H Fashion Revue whenever the finished                     and/or style. 2) Sewing 1 - elastic shorts, skirt or pants, or tote bag. 3)
garment(s) meets the requirements of a Fashion Revue category. 2) All                  Sewing 2 - Simple shirt or top, shorts, pants, skirt, or BBQ apron. 4)
garments are to be completed and will be subject to inspection by the                  Sewing 3 - Sundress, shirt, jumper, 2 piece pajamas, duffel bag, tote bag,
judges on the day of the County Fashion Revue Judging. 3) Garment(s)                   or hat. 5) Sewing 4 - 2 garments that can be worn together, tote bag, or
that the 4-H’er models at the Fashion Revue must be judged in its cat-                 duffel bag. 6) Sewing 5 - School or sports outfit, one or more pieces.
egory for construction or awards will be forfeited. 4) A selection commit-             Each participant may only enter one outfit per division/category.
tee reserves the right to consult with the member if they feel the member                The judging order will be: 1st) Sewing 1; 2nd) Sewing 2; 3rd) Sewing 3;
is entered in the wrong category. 5) Member may model any garment                      4th) Sewing 4; 5th) Sewing 5; 6th) Children’s Clothes.
made since the previous Fair. 6) Participants may receive no more than
                                                                                  11
4-H PUBLIC SPEAKING CONTEST - June 14                                                following final year of 4-H. Applicants will need to submit a cover letter, 1-2
Objectives:                                                                          page resume and a demographics page. This can be typed or neatly hand
1. To develop speaking skills and build confi-                                       written in black ink. No pictures. Additional details are available through
    dence in youth                                                                   the Extension Office.
2. To teach youth to speak out, explore ideas,
    organize thoughts and share beliefs with                                         STATE 4-H SCHOLARSHIPS
    others.                                                                          Many other scholarships are also available. Contact the Extension Office
Rules:                                                                               for details and application forms.
1. Participants must be a 4-H member.
2. Clover participants are those in 3rd - 5th                                        PLANT SCIENCE ACHIEVEMENT SCHOLARSHIP - 4-H members,
    grade                                                                            grades 10 and up, in 4-H field crops or 4-H horticulture projects are eli-
3. Junior participants are those 6th - 8th grade                                     gible. There will be up to four winners from the state. Due January 15.
4. Senior participants are those 9th - 12th
    grade                                                                            4-H CLUB SCHOLARSHIP - High school seniors attending Purdue
*NOTE: All grades are determined by the                                              School of Agriculture or Consumer & Family Science. Renewable up to
grade in school during the 2010-2011 school year                                     eight semesters. Due January 15.
5. The theme must pertain to the theme of the year. For 2011, the theme
    is, “I PLEDGE MY HEALTH TO BETTER LIVING”        .                               4-H FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP - Non-renewable scholarship open
6. Speeches must be original. Preferred time is 3-5 minutes for Juniors              to Seniors in high school planning some post high school study (college,
    and 5-7 minutes for Seniors.                                                     trade school, or short course). Does not have to be in Indiana. Over 200
7. One typewritten copy of each speech must be available to the speaker              awarded each year. Due January 15.
    in charge at the beginning of the contest.
8. There is no limit on the number of times a member may participate in              ST. JOSEPH COUNTY 4-H FAIRBOARD SCHOLARSHIP - DUE BY
    the State Junior Public Speaking Contest.                                        JUNE 1st IN THE EXTENSION OFFICE
9. Members who have previously been first place winners in the State                 This nonrenewable scholarship is open to any St. Joseph County 4-H
    Fair Senior Public Speaking Contest are not eligible to participate.             member. In order to qualify as a recipient of a scholarship under this trust,
10. Each speech will be rated and will receive a blue, red or white ribbon.          the person must have completed ten (10) years as an eligible member of
    One Jr. and one Sr. boy and one Jr. and one Sr. girl winner will be              St. Joseph County 4-H, and who has yet reached the age of twenty (20)
    named to go to the State Public Speaking Contest. One boy and one                years of age in the calendar year. Applications can be obtained from the
    girl alternate will also be selected.                                            Extension Office. Applicant must be planning some form of some post
11. A previous winner of the State Fair Achievement Trip to Washington               high school studies or training (i.e. college, trade school, short course,
    cannot repeat this trip.                                                         etc.). Schooling does not have to take place in Indiana. Money may be
12. The State Contest will be August 9.                                              requested after participating in one a term of study by submitting proof
                                                                                     in the form of a fee statement, grade transcript, or completion certificate.
4-H/FFA AG JUDGING
Ag Judging is an educational activity sponsored jointly by the Cooperative           ESTHER SINGER SCHOLARSHIP - Sponsored by the Extension
Extension Service and high school vocational agriculture departments.                Homemakers and is due April 1 in the Extension Office.
This activity is open to any member or high school FFA member. Judg-                 Applicant must be a resident of St. Joseph County, a 4-H member in St.
ing events take place in the spring of the year and the categories include           Joseph County for at least 5 years, or son or daughter of a St. Joseph
crops, entomology, forestry, poultry, dairy, livestock, and horse and pony.          County Extension Homemaker Association member. The student must
Students usually compete on teams, but may compete as individuals.                   be enrolled in an agricultural or home economics curriculum in an Indiana
Through this competition, students develop sound reasoning and deci-                 college by September 1, 2011.
sion-making skills.

SHARE-THE-FUN - Applications due April 11
County Contest - April 19 - Jackson Middle School
Area Contest – May 17 - St. Joseph County
The 4-H talent contest is a great opportunity for 4-H’ers to show their
talents with others. 4-H’ers can share various talents including: dancing,
puppetry, magic acts, instrumental, singing, mimicry, acrobatics and other
entertainment. Curtain acts should be 3 to 5 minutes in length, with 1 to 4
performers in the act. Group acts should be 5 to 8 minutes in length, with
five or more performers in the act.

4-H INTERNATIONAL YOUTH EXCHANGE
4-H members can travel to Poland, Japan, or Australia in even numbered
years. Japanese youth come to Indiana every summer for approximately
one month. The program is geared for 14-18 year olds. Applications for
hosting are due by April 1st (or until homes are found). Cost of being a host
family is the room and board you provide for the youth during the program
and arrival/departure driving. 4-H members can travel to Japan every year.
Applications for outbound programs are due by February 1st.

Youth from Poland come every odd year and outbound is every other year.
There are other opportunities to travel to other countries. Cost of Indiana
youth going outbound vary by destination. There are also opportunities to
host a yearlong youth.

For more information contact the International Coordinator Superinten-
dents or Extension Office.

SCHOLARSHIPS

INDIANA 4-H/YOUTH ACCOMPLISHMENT SCHOLARSHIP – Due Jan-
uary 15 in the Extension Office
The Accomplishment Scholarship is for youth 10th grade through the year
                                                                                12
                                                                                                    4-H 620-W

                                My Record of 4-H Achievement
                                  (To be kept in your Record Book)


Name     ____________________________________        Date of Birth    _________________________________
                                                                       Month        Day          Year

Address ____________________________________         Telephone ____________________________________

         ____________________________________
             Town                       zip

Club     ____________________________________        Township ______________           Boy or Girl ___________

Parent or Guardian’s Name ____________________________________________________________________

                        Div./       Number of Garments                                   Exhibits      Record
  Year        Project   Lev.       Dishes, Articles, Animals             Exhibit         Placing       Grade
                                                                                       Local –
Ex. 90     Garden         I      17 varieties vegetables 100’ x 75’    1 plate green   County – Blue
                                                                           beans       State – Red        A




                                                    13
 Year      Meetings   Attended   Committee Work   Offices Held     Activities      Workshops       Judging
                                                                  Participated      Attended       Events
                                                                       In

Ex. 1990      7           8        Refreshments     Secretary     Fashion Revue      Clothing     Dairy Foods




 Year        Public Speaking/       Community     4-H Promotion       Trips          Awards       Field Trips,
             Demonstrations          Service                        Attended        Received         Tours
                                                                                                  Mass Media

Ex. 1990   Growing Squash        County Home      Indiana 4-H     4-H Camp        1st Year Pin   Weather
                                 Visit            Week Display                                   Station




                                                    14
                                                      Grievance/Appeal Form
           WARNING: You must read and initial this section before proceeding to complete this document.

1. _____                   I understand and agree that filing a grievance that alleges
                           A. facts that are not true, or
                           B. facts that I know are not true, or
                           C. facts I should know are not true:
                  will be considered a violation of the 4-H behavioral expectations.

2. _____          I understand and agree that all statements made herein by me are subject to the pains and penalties of
                  perjury and I hereby affirm that my statements herein are true.

3. _____                    I understand that perjury is a crime in Indiana.


I, the undersigned, allege that the following term(s) and condition(s) have been violated:

                                    The facts which support this allegation are set out as follows:
                                           (If needed, additional sheets may be attached)




I swear of affirm under the penalties of perjury (1) (2) that I have read, understand, and accept the above statements to be
true, accurate, and complete.

Signed: ________________________________ Date: _________ Time Submitted:________


Print your name: ____________________________________________________

         Adderss: ____________________________________________________

           Phone: ____________________________________________________

Oath (3)
Before me, ________________________________ A Notary Public in and for _____________________ County, State of

Indiana, personally appeared _____________________ and he/she being first duly sworn by me upon his/her oath, says
that the facts alleged in the foregoing instrument are true.


(Signed) ________________________________________ My commission expires: _________________

(SEAL)
     1. Perjury - knowingly making a false material statement under oath or affirmation. In Indiana, a person who commits perjury commits a Class D
        felony (4), which may be punishable by imprisonment, fine, or restitution (Indiana Code 35-44-2-1 and 35-50-2-7).
     2. Prosecution for violations of Indiana law will be referred to the proper authorities.
     3. Oath - an affirmation of truth of a statement before an authorized person.
     4. Felony - a crime of graver of more serious nature than those designated as misdemeanors.

                                                                       15
                                                                             MINI 4-H
                                                  Projects entered on Monday, June 27 from 2:00 pm - 6:00 pm
                                                         OR Tuesday, June 28 from 10:00 am - 6:00 pm

1. Open to 4-H’ers who are in Grades 1 and 2. Grade will be determined                    GOATS:
   by the grade in school during the 2010-2011 school year. (If 4-H’ers are               You will have the opportunity to learn about the different breeds of goats,
   in 3rd through 12th grade this year they are eligible for traditional 4-H).               fitting and showing techniques, and general care requirements.
2. Completed 4-H’ers will receive a 4-H ribbon when they bring their                      Exhibit Requirements: Your exhibit will consist of a 14” X 22” horizontal
   exhibit to the Fairgrounds.                                                               poster and have a title. You are to exhibit pictures of you and your goat
                                                                                             or something new you learned about goats. You will also have the op-
Each Mini 4-H’er can exhibit only one of the projects offered.                               portunity to participate in the mini 4-H Goat show held on Monday, July
                                                                                             4, following the dairy goat show in the Nilus Arena.
ANIMAL FRIENDS:
In this project you will learn about selecting a pet, it’s safety, shelter, food,         HEALTH & SAFETY:
                  exercise and all about caring for an animal you love. You               In this project you will learn about activities and advantages of being
                  will also learn the 4-H Pledge from the manual.                             physically fit.
                  Exhibit Requirements: You will exhibit a 14” X 22” hori-                Exhibit Requirements: Make and exhibit one of the following items: (1)
                  zontal poster with two photographs and your completed                       Draw a picture or make a collage of people doing activities to be physi-
    record sheet on it. The title on the poster should be “MY ANIMAL                          cally fit; (2) Draw a picture or make a collage of what your family does
             .
    FRIEND” You should participate in the Mini 4-H Pet Parade at 1:00                         to spend time together working or playing; (3) Draw a picture or make
    p.m. Tuesday, July 5 at the Nature Center.                                                a collage of what you might see on a bicycle outing with your family or
                                                                                              friends; (4) A first aid kit you put together. Pictures or collages must be
MINI 4-H PET PARADE - ANIMALS FRIENDS                                                         displayed on a 14” X 22” horizontal poster and a title.
Date: TUESDAY, July 5, 11:00 p.m. at the Nature Center
Registration: 10:30 - 12:45 p.m.                                                          HORSE & PONY:
AGENDA:                                                                                   You will learn: how to groom, identify parts, safety rules, types of tack,
Register at Nature Center                                                                    breeds of horses, and the needs of your horse.
2. Line up entrants                                                                       Exhibit Requirements: Your exhibit will consist of a 14” x 22” horizon-
3. Parade with music in numerical order                                                      tal poster and have a title “Mini Horse & Pony” Please refer to your
                                                                                                                                             .
4. Recommended 4-H’er and pet dress in costume                                               manual for details.
5. Interview of Mini 4-H’er at microphone
6. Receive 4-H ribbon and gifts                                                           LEATHER:
7. Winner announced                                                                       You will learn to work with leather to make a complete project - which you
                                                                                             can use for years to come.
ARTS & CRAFTS:                                                                            Exhibit Requirements: Small basic kit to make a key ring, bookmark,
You will create a piece of art by experiencing the fun of exploring and feel-                wrist band, etc. Member will learn to use basic stamping tools and
   ing new textures and art forms.                                                           simple lacing techniques.
Exhibit Requirements: You will select and make one arts and crafts ex-
   hibit from the Mini 4-H Arts and Crafts Manual.                                        MODELS:
                                                                                          In This project you will learn how to put
COLLECTIONS:                                                                                  together a model kit of the snap type
You will build a 4-H Collection of                                                            requiring no gluing. You may pick out
   stamps, unusual rocks, coins, thim-                                                        a model boat, car, airplane or whatever you want. An adult can advise
   bles, campaign buttons, etc.                                                               you but you are to do all the work yourself.
Exhibit Requirements: Your exhibit                                                        Exhibit Requirements: You will exhibit your finished model at the County
   will be a poster 14” x 22” (of stiff                                                       Fair. It must be a snap-type model.
   backed material and horizontally
   displayed) labeled “MY 4-H COL-                                                        SEWING:
   LECTION.” Ten to twelve items                                                          In this Mini 4-H project you will collect the basic
   should be attached to your poster.                                                         tools for sewing which will be your sewing
                                                                                              kit. You will learn how to make a tote bag.
FOODS:                                                                                        Your mother or friend can teach you.
You will learn how to mix and measure ingredients, plus                                   Exhibit Requirements: You should exhibit your tote bag OR sewing kit
   learn how to make a no-bake cookie. An adult can                                           and pin cushion you made.
   help you learn how.
Exhibit Requirements: You should exhibit six cookies                                      WILDLIFE:
   of exact size on a small paper plate at the County                                     In this project you will learn to observe more
   Fair.                                                                                      of the wonders of nature by learning to
                                                                                              identify birds and mammals. In this proj-
GARDENING:                                                                                    ect you will be supplied the pictures to color and cut-out for your poster.
You will learn how to plant and care for your garden. An adult can instruct               Exhibit Requirements: You will exhibit a 14” x 22” horizontal poster with
   you in the procedure, but you are to do everything yourself.                               3 birds and 3 mammals. The title on the poster should be “WILDLIFE
Exhibit Requirements: Your exhibit at the County Fair will be three dif-                                   .
                                                                                              IN INDIANA” Under each animal give its name and the main kind of
   ferent vegetables you have grown and a photograph of you, in your                          food they eat.
   garden.

                                                                       CLOVER BUDS
                                                  Projects entered on Monday, June 27 from 2:00 pm - 6:00 pm
                                                         OR Tuesday, June 28 from 10:00 am - 6:00 pm
1. Open to youngsters who will be 3 years old by December 31, 2010                       6. Completed Clover Buds will bring their exhibit to the Fairgrounds and
   through Kindergarten. Grade is determined by Grade in school during                      receive a 4-H ribbon when entering their projects.
   the 2009-2010 school year.
2. You must fill out an enrollment card from the Extension Office.                                 * OTHER 4-H FAMILY PROJECTS OPEN TO ALL
3. There are two program book manuals, one for 3 year olds through pre-                               AGES: ROLLERSKATING, SCARECROW,
   school and one for Kindergartner’s.                                                         CHRISTMAS ORNAMENT, CLOWNING, AND GENEALOGY.
4. Each program booklet has activities designed especially for Clover Buds
   in their age/grade groups.                                                                     *PLEASE SEE TABLE OF CONTENTS IN FRONT OF
5. Exhibit at the 4-H Fair is: only one (1) activity chosen by the child and                          FAIRBOOK FOR PAGE LISTING PROJECT.
   labeled properly.
                                                                                    16
                             AEROSPACE                                                   include at least two egg-layers (same kind). The remaining fish may be
                                                                                         either live-bearers or egg-layers; however, if live-bearers are used they
                    Projects entered Tuesday, June 28                                    must be paired. Tank for artificial may use any kind of rock (colors),
                                                                                         artificial plants, and decorations.
                   Division 1 - 3rd, 4th, and 5th Grades
                   Division 2 - 6th, 7th, and 8th Grades                              Aquarium Beautiful Natural - Exhibit must include four (4) to eight (8)
               Division 3 - 9th, 10th, 11th, and 12th Grades                            healthy fish of your choice, but live bearers have to be paired (male and
                                                                                        female). Only natural rocks, plants, and rock work allowed. No colored
1. Club meetings will be held the first Monday of each month, 7-8:30 Penn               or Grolux lighting is allowed.
    Mishawaka Bittersweet Library, March thru June. Each meeting will
    consist of a club business meeting followed by an educational class or            Aquarium Beautiful Artificial - Exhibit must include four (4) to eight (8)
    activity relating to aviation. The course will have an emphasis toward              healthy fish of your choice, but live bearers have to be paired (male and
    gaining the Private Pilots License. Classes will include fundamentals               female). Tank for artificial may use any kind of rock (colors), artificial
    of flight, flight operations, aviation weather, performance and naviga-             plants, and decorations. No colored or Grolux lighting is allowed.
    tion, integrating pilot knowledge and skill, aviation history and aviation
    careers.                                                                          Breeding - The 4-H’er must exhibit a mated pair and at least six (6) se-
2. Attendance at monthly meetings will be considered part of this project                lected young (a minimum of 60 days or older). Either live-bearers or
    and all participants must be enrolled in the 4-H Aerospace program.                  egg-layers may be exhibited.
3. All divisions will exhibit an aviation related educational poster project.
4. See “4-H Poster Exhibit Requirements” in the front of this manual for              Marine - The 4-H’er must exhibit two (2) Marine fish. Only natural salt
    specific poster requirements.                                                       water decorations may be used. Sea creatures such as Inverts, Crus-
5. Standards of evaluation:                                                             taceans, etc. may be included, but will not be judged.
    a. Content and information (accuracy and completeness) -
        40 points                                                                     Educational Exhibit - Display a poster related to the field or study of
    b. Originality and creativeness (attracts interest and                              Aquatic Sciences. This project is meant to increase interest and knowl-
        encourages thought) - 25 points                                                 edge in the Aquatic Science Field for 4-H members and the general
    c. Overall appearance/appealing (neatness, arrangement,                             public. The poster should be educational in nature. Posters must be
        background, workmanship, and attention to detail) -                                                              ,
                                                                                        displayed horizontally, 22” X 28” mounted on firm backing (foam-core
        15 points                                                                       board or other), and covered with clear plastic or other transparent
    d. Suitable subject and age appropriate (matches child’s                            material. See 4-H poster exhibit guidelines for further instructions.
        age and ability) - 10 points
    e. Conveys message/accomplishes purposes - 5 points                                  A 4-H Aquatic Science Member may exhibit two (2) classes not requir-
    f. Meets exhibit requirements - 5 points                                             ing a 10 gallon tank in addition to one (1) class listed above that does
        Total - 100 points                                                               require a 10 gallon tank. (Due to space limitations each 4-H member
6. Ribbons will be awarded to each exhibit. An exhibit must have been                    will only be allowed to display one ten gallon tank at the fair).
    awarded a blue ribbon to compete for Division and Division Reserve
    Champions. Grand and Reserve Grand Champion Overall will be cho-                                    ARCHITECTURAL MODELS
    sen only from the Division Champions. Division Champions qualify
    and may compete at the State Fair.                                                                    Projects entered Tuesday, June 28
                                                                                      The Architectural Models project is designed to allow members to create
                         AQUATIC SCIENCE                                              3-dimensional models. These models should be constructed using blocks
                                                                                      or similar pieces (i.e. Legos, K’nex, Mega Blocks, Tinker Toys, Lincoln
          Aquatic Science Exhibit set-up - Wednesday, June 29                         Logs, Construx, Erector, Duplo Blocks, Craft Sticks).

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:                                                                 1. Projects constructed using blocks or similar pieces (i.e. Legos, K’nex,
  - A 10 gallon tank and standard fluorescent lighting.                                  Mega Blocks, Tinker Toys, Lincoln Logs, Construx, Erector, Duplo
  - A background and decorations are required on all tanks.                              Blocks, Craft Sticks). Kits may be used for the Introductory, Beginning
  - 4-H record book must be completed and accompany each exhibit. It                     and Intermediate levels only. Please read and study the project level
  will be judged with the exhibit, each year adding to the book.                         requirements below.
  - Marine fish may only be shown in the MARINE DIVISION.                             2. Each year a more difficult project should be chosen to show progress
  - Classes not requiring a 10 gallon tank include:                                      over the year before.
  Betta exhibit and Educational exhibit                                               3. Members have the option of constructing a poster displaying their archi-
                                                                                         tectural model, along with the related information, in place of displaying
BEGINNER - Grades 3-6 - This division can only be taken one time. Ex-                    the actual model.
  hibit two (2) fish of the same kind. Live-bearers must be male and                  4. Members are limited to 1 exhibit per year. Members will exhibit based
  female. Egg-layers should be male and female if possible (male and                     on the following grade groupings:
  female are not always identifiable).
                                                                                         INTRODUCTORY (Grades 3-4)
ADVANCED - Grades 4-12 Choose one of the following:                                       Construct items using up to 750 pieces or blocks. Kits are permitted.
  Aquatic Life - The exhibit may include any crustacean, amphibian, or                   Motors are not permitted in this level. Item must be displayed on a
  reptile that spends some of its life in the water.                                     board of at least 1/4” thickness. Board may be finished and a “theme”
                                                                                         may be used. The project size must not exceed 18” X 18” X 18” If a .
Betta Exhibition - The 4-Her may exhibit a betta fish in a flat-sided con-               cover is used, it must be removable and the overall project size includ-
   tainer with a background. Both items will be provided. The 4-Her need                 ing cover must not exceed the size limitations.
   only bring a healthy betta, water, and a small heater (if desired). A heat-
   er is recommended for the Betta to show at its best, but not required.                BEGINNER (Grades 5-6)
   This division will not be considered for Grand or Reserve Champion                    Construct items using up to 1500 pieces or blocks. Kits are permitted.
   Overall.                                                                              Motors are not permitted in this level. Item must be displayed on a
                                                                                         board of at least 1/4” thickness. Board may be finished and a “theme”
Community Aquarium Natural - The exhibit must include at least three                     may be used. The project size must not exceed 24” X 24” X 24” If a .
  (3) kinds of fish, but no more than eight (8) fish total. The exhibit must             cover is used, it must be removable and the overall project size includ-
  include at least two egg-layers (same kind), and at least one pair (male               ing cover must not exceed the size limitations.
  and female) of live- bearers. The remaining fish may be either live-
  bearers or egg-layers; however, if live-bearers are used they must be                  INTERMEDIATE (Grades 7-9)
  paired. Tank for natural must contain natural gravel and real plants.                  Construct an item or scene using unlimited pieces or blocks. Kits and
  Natural rockwork may also be used.                                                     motors are permitted. Item must be displayed on a board of at least 1/4”
                                                                                         thickness and a “theme” may be used. The project size must not exceed
Community Aquarium Artificial - The exhibit must include at least three                                 .
                                                                                         30” X 30” X 30” If a cover is used, it must be removable and the overall
  (3) kinds of fish, but no more than eight (8) fish total. The exhibit must             project size including the cover must not exceed the size limitations.
                                                                                 17
   ADVANCED (Grades 10-12)                                                                                 BICYCLE
   Construct an item or scene using unlimited number of pieces or blocks.
   Kits are not allowed, but motors are permitted. Item must be displayed                     BICYCLE RODEO AND SKILL TEST
   on a board of at least 1/4” thickness and a ”theme” may be used. The                             SATURDAY, JUNE 11
                                                .
   project size must not exceed 36” X 36” X 36” If a cover is used, it must                      Registration starts at 8:30 AM
   be removable and the overall project size including the cover must not                         Contest starts at 9:00 AM
   exceed the size limitations.
                                                                                      1. There will be 2 divisions in the rodeo:
                             BEEKEEPING                                                   A.      Junior division – grades 3 – 7 within the
                                                                                          academic year.
                    Projects entered Monday, June 27                                      B.      Senior division – grades 8 – 12 within the academic year.
                                                                                      2. One participant, per division (junior and senior) will be sent to the state
   Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the bee-                   4-H bicycle rodeo.
   keeping project this year. Posters are to be displayed horizontally, sized         3. All participants must be enrolled in the 4-H bicycle program.
   22” X 28” mounted on a firm backing (Foam-core board or other), and
            ,                                                                         4. Participants may use their own bicycle and are encouraged to do so.
   covered in clear plastic or other transparent material. Choose one of              5. Official judges may deem a bicycle unfit for use in the rodeo because
   the topics listed below, appropriate for your grade in school, and use                 of maintenance and/or safety hazards.
   that topic for your exhibit title, so the judges know which activity you           6. The penalty scoring system is to be used. Unanswered or incorrectly
   completed. You can also use a creative sub-title if you wish.                          answered questions and violation of the terms and conditions will draw
                                                                                          penalty points for the participant. In each division, the participant who
   A 4-H member may exhibit only one project.                                             completes the rodeo with the lowest total score or number of penalty
                                                                                          points will be the winner.
NOTES:                                                                                7. In case of a tie score, the tie will be broken by using the following system:
   * There are no age specifications for beekeeping exhibits.                             1st tie breaker – participants’ written exam score
   * No bee hives may be brought to the Fair.                                             2nd tie breaker – participants’ maintenance/safety check score
   * Honey water content will be measured.                                                3rd tie breaker – participants’ parts identification score
   * Fill level: the honey should be filled to the jar shoulder, not over, not        8. Participation in the bicycle rodeo as well as attendance of at least 50%
                                                                                          (2 out of 4) of the meetings is required for completion of the bicycle
     under.
                                                                                          project..
   * Chunk honey should go in a wide-mouth jar, preferably one spe-
                                                                                      9.. Any terms or condition or interpretation not covered here will be decided
     cially made for chunk honey (see beekeeping catalogs).
                                                                                          by the superintendent and assistants of the contest. Their decisions
   * Be careful to distinguish “chunk honey” (comb in jar) from “cut
                                                                                          shall be final.
     comb” (comb only in box).
   * Honey (including chunk, cut comb, and comb) must be collected
                                                                                      BICYCLE RODEO
     since the previous county fair.
                                                                                      1. All participants will be scored on written quiz, maintenance/safety check
                                                                                          of bicycle, parts, tools and accessories identification, bicycle operation
Exhibit Requirements:
                                                                                          on skill events, and safety while at the rodeo.
Division I - (may do 1 to 2 years) - Only 1 State Fair entry per county.
                                                                                      2. Each participant will take a written quiz. The junior division quiz will
   Exhibit one of the following topics on a poster, as specified above.
                                                                                          consist of 15 questions and the senior division quiz will contain 25
   1. Flowers Used to Make Honey - display pressed flowers from 10 dif-                   questions. Each question incorrectly answered will add 4 points to the
   ferent Indiana plants that bees use for making honey.                                  participant’s score.
   2. Uses of honey and beeswax.                                                      3. Quiz questions will be drawn from the Indiana 4-H bicycle manuals.
   3. Setting up a bee hive.                                                              State traffic rules and regulations pertaining to the operation of bicycles
   4. Safe handling of bees.                                                              will be covered.
                                                                                      4. Junior division participants will be expected to find 5 maintenance and/
Division II - (may do 1 to 2 years) - Exhibit one of the following:                       or safety problems on a bicycle provided. Senior division participants
   1. Extracted honey - 2 one-pound jars, shown in glass or clear plastic,                must find 10 maintenance and/or safety item missed or incorrectly listed.
   screw-top jars holding one pound of honey each.                                    5. Junior division participants will identify 10 bicycle parts, tools or ac-
   2. Chunk honey (comb in jar) - 2 one-pound jars (wide-mouth glass or                   cessories and senior division participants will identify 20. Each item
   clear plastic).                                                                        incorrectly identified will result in a 5 point penalty.
   3. Cut comb honey - 2 one-pound boxes. (These are usually 4 1/2” x 4               6. Participants will be required to wear a helmet at all times when operating
   1/2” in size).                                                                         a bicycle on the rodeo course.
   4. Working with Honey Bees - Present a topic from your manual to                   7. Participants will compete in a selection of skill events as specified in
   teach fairgoers about working with honey bees. Use your knowledge                      4-H 733 “Suggestions for conducting an Indiana 4-H bicycle rodeo.”
   and creativity to dispay this information on a poster or in a notebook.                Penalty points will be assessed as provided for in 4-H 733 “Suggestions
   Posters must follow the guidelines as listed above.                                    for conducting an Indiana 4-H bicycle rodeo.”
                                                                                      8. Terms and conditions are outlined in 4-H 733 “Suggestions for conducting
Division III - (may do multiple years) - Exhibit two of the four kinds of                 an Indiana 4-H bicycle rodeo.”
   honey listed below. One exhibit per member
   1. extracted honey - 2 one-pound jars (glass or clear plastic)                                                         CAKE DECORATING
   2. chunk honey - 2 one-pound jars (wide-mouth glass or clear plastic
   3. Cut comb honey - 2 one-pound boxes - Boxes are usually 4 1/2” x 4                                                  Projects entered Friday, July 1
   1/2”.
   4. comb honey - 2 sections of (honey built by bees in frames of wood
   commonly called “sections.” Boxes are usually about 4 1/2” x 4 1/2” in                 The Beginners and Intermediate I will be judged by grade groups.
   size).                                                                                     Intermediate II Sections will be judged by Flat Character,
                                                                                                       3-D and Cut-Up Category, and Grade Group.
Independent Study: Grades 9 - 12, Exhibit one of the following topics.                  3rd & 4th Grade, 5th - 7th Grade, 8th & 9th Grade, 10 - 12th Grade
   Only 1 State Fair entry per county
   Advanced topic - Learn all you can about a beekeeping topic and                                The Advanced Division will be judged by the follow-
   present it on a poster. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs,                                      ing categories and grade groups:
   and list the works cited to describe what you did and what you learned.                   Layered - Fancy - Doll Mold - Tiered Party - Tiered Wedding-
   Title your poster, “Advanced Beekeeping - Independent Study.”                                Stacked Party - Stacked Wedding - Sculptured - Open
                                                                                               6th & 7th Grade, 8th & 9th Grade, 10th - 12th Grade
   Mentoring - Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger
   4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges                            ******DISPLAY REQUIREMENTS******
   and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful                IF ALL DISPLAY REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT MET, OR CAKES ARE
   in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged.                  EXHIBITED WITH MORE ADVANCED TECHNIQUES THAN LISTED
   Title your poster, “Advanced Beekeeping - Mentor.”                                 FOR THE DIVISION, OR A COMPLETED”SKILLS CARD” IS NOT PRO-
                                                                                 18
VIDED, EXHIBIT WILL BE SCORED DOWN “1” LETTER GRADE.                                     A. PRINTING: NO WRITING!! May use round or star tips.
                                                                                         B. SUGAR MOLDS: Simple, one color per mold and no more than
ALL EXHIBITS MUST have a Cake Decorating Skills Card attached to the                        two different shapes..
cakeboard listing the categories, techniques, and tips used to complete
your exhibit. All Intermediate cut-up cakes and Advanced stacked or tiered          INTERMEDIATE I EXHIBIT:
cakes must also have a diagram on or with the Skills Card showing how               1.  THE BOARD: See display requirements, page 1.
the cake exhibit was put together (i.e. cake sizes, dowel rods, separator           2. THE CAKE: A two-layer 8” or 9” (4”high) round or square or a single
plates, etc.). Skills Cards are available from your leader.                                layer 9” X 13” X 2” rectangle.
                                                                                    3. WRITING: NO PRINTING!! MUST write using plain round tip(s) or
ALL BEGINNER AND INTERMEDIATE CAKES MUST BE DISPLAYED                                      star tip(s).
ON A TRIPLE THICK (approx. 3/8”) CAKE BOARD THAT IS COVERED                         4. FLOWERS: MUST have at least two varieties made on a flat surface
NEATLY AND WELL TAPED. See below for additional size require-                              (not on a flower nail). They MUST have centers (the rosette) and
ments.                                                                                     leaves where needed; stem and vine is optional. No other variet-
                                                                                           ies may be used except the Rosette with star tips and the Sweet
ALL ADVANCED BASE CAKE BOARDS THAT SIT ON THE TABLE                                        Pea, Rosebud, Half Rose or Half Carnation made with tip(s) #102,
MUST BE ONE-HALF INCH (1/2”) THICK TO SUPPORT THE WEIGHT                                   #103, or #104.
OF A “REAL” CAKE EVEN IF YOU CHOOSE TO EXHIBIT A FAKE                               5. MUST HAVE AT LEAST ONE (1) OF THE FOLLOWING:
CAKE/DUMMY. See below for additional size requirements.                                 A. FIGURE PIPING: Clowns MUST use star tip 21 or 22 for body,
                                                                                           arms and legs. Ruffles may be added using METAL tip 67. Plastic
For board covering use plastic coated freezer paper, cake foil or an origi-                clown heads may be used. Or, make people, animals, etc. using
nal idea. Original ideas and doilies must be covered with clear plastic or                 the appropriate tips.
contact paper to protect them from icing oils. All edges must be taped                  B. COLOR STRIPING: Stripe bag with colored icing, gel, or paste
neatly and securely to underside of the cake board. Tiered cakes must be                   food color.
assembled as if they were real (i.e. dowel rods, boards, separator plates,              C SUGAR MOLDS: 2 or more colors MUST be used in the same
and/or columns, etc.) and may need special display equipment to com-                       mold.
plete the cake.                                                                     6. BORDERS: (MUST use one tip per border.) MUST have borders on
                                                                                           the top and on the bottom. MUST use either grass or the reverse
                       DISPLAY BOARD SIZE                                                  shell for one of your borders. You may choose an additional bor-
            (Read above for board thickness for your division)                             der to compliment the required border from the dot, ball, rosettes,
                                                                                           (plain not the flower), shells or choose to use the two required
BEGINNERS: Board must be three (3”) inches larger than the cake (9”                        ones.
cake + 3” = 12” cake board or an 8” cake + 3” = 11” board).                         7.  TRANSPARENT/PIPING GEL: Use for water or accents. See ad-
                                                                                           ditional resources for directions and ideas.
INTERMEDIATE I and II: Boards for the character, 3-D and cut-up cakes               8. ADDITIONAL TECHNIQUES: These are optional, but you may use
are to be cut to the approximate shape of the cake design and be approxi-                  any listed in the “Beginners” learning activities section of your
mately 1 1/2” from the edge of the cake to the edge of the board (all the                  cake decorating manual.
way around). Intermediate I boards are to be 3” larger than the 8” or the
9” or the 9” X 13” exhibit cake (i.e. 9” X 13” cake + 3” = 12” X 16” board).        INTERMEDIATE II EXHIBIT:
                                                                                    1.  THE BOARD: See display requirements, page 1.
ADVANCED: The base board must be 4” larger than the cake. The board                 2. THE CAKE: Exhibit one of the following on the required cake board
may be a smaller size for a smaller cake, but may not be larger than an 18”                not on another cake: a flat character cake, OR a 3-D cake made
X 26” rectangle or a 22” square or a 22” round (18” cake + 4” = 22” board).                in a two-piece cake pan (bear), OR a cut-up cake using 3 or more
The upper tier plates and sizes may vary.                                                  pieces of cake cut from a single layer round, square, rectangular
                                                                                           and/or heart shaped cake(s) to create a “New Shape” such as a
THERE MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 1” DISTANCE BETWEEN THE OUT-                                    butterfly.
ER EDGE OF THE BOTTOM BORDER AND THE EDGE OF THE CAKE                               3. MUST HAVE AT LEAST ONE TECHNIQUE FROM FOUR (4) DIF-
BOARD. (EXCEPTION: CHARACTER AND CUT-UP CAKES WHICH                                        FERENT LETTERS (A THRU G).
MAY REQUIRE A SPECIAL BOARD SHAPE AND THE UPPER TIER                                    A. BORDERS: May have top and bottom borders (example - may
PLATES OF TIERED CAKES).                                                                   use one border technique with two tip sizes - #18 on top and #21
                                                                                           on bottom). Choose from Rosettes (plain not the flower), Reverse
MAKE DISPLAY BOARD NEAT AND CLEAN WITH NO ICING ON                                         Shells, Grass, Ruffles, Puffs, or zigzag. Top and bottom borders
BOARD, ETC.                                                                                do not need to be the same, but should complement each other.
                                                                                        B. FLOWERS: Must be made on a flat surface (not on a flower nail)
BEGINNERS EXHIBIT:                                                                         and have centers and leaves where needed. NO other variet-
1. THE BOARD: See display requirements, page 1                                             ies may be used except the Sweet Pea, Rosebud, Half rose, or
2. THE CAKE: A single-layer cake, round or square 8” or 9” by ap-                          Half Carnation made with tip(s) #102, 103, or 104 and the Rosette
      proximately 2” high, properly frosted with no cake or cake crumbs                    Flower made with star tips which require a center. Stem or vine is
      showing through frosting.                                                            optional.
3. TOP DESIGN must include A & B:                                                       C. WRITING: NO PRINTING!! MUST write using plain round or star
   A. DROP FLOWERS: MUST use two (2) varieties of either plain,                            tip(s).
      swirled or both, using at least one of the following tips: Small 224,             D. FIGURE PIPING: Clowns MUST use star tip 21 or 22 for body,
      Medium 129 or Large 2D. NO OTHER TIPS MAY BE USED. ALL                               arms and legs. Ruffles may be added using METAL tip 67. Plastic
      FLOWERS MUST HAVE A CENTER AND LEAVES. Use tip #3 or                                 clown heads may be used. Or, make people, animals, etc. using
      #16 for centers and #352 for leaves.                                                 the appropriate tips.
   B. STAR-FILLED PATTERN(S): MUST be made using pattern                                E. COLOR STRIPING: Stripe bag with colored icing, gel, or paste
      presses, cookie cutters and/or your own design. Outlining is op-                     food color.
      tional using either round or star tips. Star fill-in MUST be done                 F. SUGAR MOLDS: 2 or more colors MUST be used in the same
      with tip number(s) 15, 16, 17 and/or 18.                                             mold; more than one mold may be used.
4. STAR BORDER: Top border MUST be made with a tip 16, 17 or 18                         G. OTHER TECHNIQUES: May add bows and ribbons in a “top de-
      and the bottom border MUST be made with a tip 18, 21, or 22.                         sign” only (i.e. floral spray bow, animal, or person).
      NO OTHER TIPS OR TIP COMBINATIONS MAY BE USED ON                                  4. ADDITIONAL TECHNIQUES: These are optional, but you may
      EITHER BORDER. Each border should be one color only. NOTH-                           use any listed in the “Beginners & Intermediate I” learning activi-
      ING MAY BE HANGING OVER THE TOP EDGE OR ON THE                                       ties section of your cake decorating manual.
      SIDE OF THE CAKE. NOTE: Only for 2nd year cake decorator                          NOTE: Character pan decorating, you must adapt the category re-
      and above - Side decorations - Dots or Stars ONLY, one tip only,                     quirements to the pan design to meet cake decorating require-
      cannot be combined into shapes, such as flowers, etc. AND for                        ments.
      Borders for 2nd year - Shells, Dots, Balls, Zigzag, Rosettes (not
      the flower). Each border should be one color only.                            ADVANCED EXHIBIT: (Royal icing is recommended, but not required.
5. ADDITIONAL TECHNIQUES - THESE ARE OPTIONAL & NOT RE-                                  Cakes may be real or dummy.) Choose a cake idea from the fol-
      QUIRED (but best to choose at least one):                                          lowing exhibit areas numbered 1 through 9. The specific require-
                                                                               19
        ments for each category are listed. You may not repeat an exhibit                     ditional resource books for method. See page 89 of WSDC for
        number until all numbered ideas have been exhibited one time.                         method.
        Assemble all cakes/dummies as though they were real cake                              Category E) Fondant Icings - Try Chocopan or use RTR (Ready-
        and attach a diagram showing how it was done, (i.e. dowel                             To-Roll) or make your own to cover the cake as icing or to make
        rods, proper size plates, etc.) to the required, completed                            decoration items.
        Skills Card. Wedding cakes may be exhibited only by 6th                               Category F) Gum Paste or Sugar Paste - Try ready-made or
        year members and above. When required, flowers, centers,                              make your own.
        and leaves must be of appropriate size. IN ALL EXHIBITS,                              Category G) Sculptured Cakes - Same or different size layers of
        THE CAKE MUST STILL USE AT LEAST ONE (1) TECHNIQUE                                    a cake that are stacked together, then cut and contoured to make
        FROM FIVE (5) DIFFERENT CATEGORIES. THREE (3) OF THE                                  one uniform shape such as a turkey or seashell.
        FIVE (5) MUST BE CHOSEN FROM THE “STATE ADVANCED                                      Category H) New and Improved Techniques & Methods - Use
        CATEGORIES” LISTED (a) THROUGH (i) AND SHOULD FOL-                                    a new method, such as sugarveil, marzipan, luster dust, brush
        LOW “DISPLAY BOARD REQUIREMENTS” (CAKE BOARD      .                                   embroidery, pastillage, airbrushing, painting on fondant, etc. Bring
        SIZE, THICKNESS, AND COVERING)                                                        your book, reference source or a photocopy to show the judge the
1.   LAYERED EXHIBIT: The cake MUST be of two layers of the same                              selected new or improved technique.
        size and MUST have two or more varieties of flowers made on                           Category I) Chocolate Molding or Candy Clay - This is a heat
        a flower nail. The cake MUST also have a top, bottom and side                         sensitive category that may or may not work for your county fair.
        border or side design. You MUST use at least five (5) techniques.                     NOTE: Remember, you must send the Advanced Level Cake
        Three (3) of the five MUST come from the “State Advanced Cat-                         Decorating Skills Card with your cake listing the categories and
        egories” .                                                                            tips used in your exhibit and a diagram of how you assembled the
2.   FANCY EXHIBIT: The cake MUST be a single or double layer, MUST                           cake.
        have top and/or bottom borders, and can have side decorations or
        borders which may include marzipan, Color Flow, sugar molds,                            CHILD DEVELOPMENT
        or additional molds, baskets(s), etc. For ideas, refer to “State Ad-
        vanced Categories” for at least three (3) of the required five.                       Projects entered Tuesday, June 28
3.   DOLL MOLD EXHIBIT: The cake MUST be made in a doll-skirt
        mold, requires a doll’s upper body to complete the figure. Deco-
                                                                                      EXHIBIT:
        rate the doll with the five (5) required techniques three (3) MUST
                                                                                      Level A (3rd & 4th Grade)
        be from the “State Advanced Categories” and exhibit it, only on a
                                                                                         1. Choose one activity that you completed in this level. Design a 22”
        cake board, that meets the advanced cake board requirements.
                                                                                         X 28” poster or a binder notebook that shows or tells what you did with
4.   TIERED PART CAKE EXHIBIT: The cakes in this category MUST
                                                                                         this activity. OR
        have at least two tiers, with one (or more) tiers separated with pil-
                                                                                        2. Create a display no larger than 36” X 36” X 36” using one of the ac-
        lars, etc. to create a cake design to celebrate any party occasion.
                                                                                         tivities from your project manual. Complete an activity card and attach
        Five (5) techniques MUST be used and three of the five MUST
                                                                                         it to the exhibit. A sample activity card is on page 40 of your manual.
        come from the “State Advanced Categories”     .
                                                                                         Use a 5” X 8” index card or larger cardstock to create your card.
5.   TIERED WEDDING CAKES EXHIBIT: The wedding/wedding anni-
        versary cake MUST have at least two tiers, with one or more tiers
                                                                                      Level B (5th & 6th Grade)
        separated with pillars, etc., and should have appropriate top, side,
                                                                                         1. Choose one activity that you completed in this level. Design a 22”
        and/or bottom borders. Flowers may be made on a flower nail or
                                                                                         X 28” poster or a binder notebook that shows or tells what you did with
        hand formed. Plastic pieces and/or figures may be used as an
                                                                                         this activity. OR
        accessory in the cake design, but should be in addition to the five
                                                                                        2. Create a display no larger than 36” X 36” X 36” using one of the ac-
        required techniques. Three (3) of the required MUST come from
                                                                                         tivities from your project manual. Complete an activity card and attach
        the “State Advanced Categories” You MUST be at least a 6th year
                                           .
                                                                                         it to the exhibit. A sample activity card is on page 40 of your manual.
        cake decorating member to exhibit in this category.
                                                                                         Use a 5” X 8” index card or larger cardstock to create your card.
6.   STACKED CAKES EXHIBIT: Cakes of more than one layer/tier
        stacked to create a single cake design to celebrate any party oc-
                                                                                      Level C (7th, 8th , & 9th Grade)
        casion. There MUST be no separation between them and layer/
                                                                                         1. Design a 22” X 28” poster based on one of the activities you com-
        tiers do not need to be the same shape. Five (5) techniques
                                                                                         pleted in your manual or one that promotes physical, emotional, or
        MUST be used to complete the creation, three (3) from the “State
                                                                                         cognitive skills OR
        Advanced Categories”    .
7.   STACKED WEDDING CAKES EXHIBIT: Cakes of more than one                               2. Display a binder notebook that includes information from the one
        layer/tier stacked to create a single cake design to celebrate a                 (1) activity you completed this year. OR
        wedding or wedding anniversary. There MUST be no separa-                          3. Create a display no larger than 36” X 36” X 36” using one of the
        tion between them and layer/tiers do not need to be the same                     activities from your project manual or one that promotes physical, emo-
        shape. Plastic and /or figures may be used as an accessory in                    tional, or cognitive skills. Complete an activity card and attach it to the
        the cake design, but MUST be in addition to the five (5) required                exhibit. A sample activity card is on page 40 of your manual. Use a 5”
        techniques, three (3) MUST come from the “State Advanced Cat-                    X 8” index card or larger cardstock to create your card.
                 .
        egories” Wedding cakes may only be exhibited by sixth through
        tenth year cake decorating members.                                           Level D (10th, 11th, & 12th Grade)
8.   SCULPTED CAKES EXHIBIT: Create a cake by using same or dif-                        1. Design a 22” X 28” poster based on one activity that you completed
        ferent size layers of cake that are stacked together, cut or trimmed             in your manual or one that promotes physical, emotional, or cognitive
        and contoured to make one uniform shape such as a turkey or                      skills OR
        seashell. MUST use five (5) techniques, three MUST come from                     2. Display a binder notebook that includes information from the one
        the “State Advanced Categories”    .                                             (1) activity you completed this year. OR
9.   OPEN EXHIBIT: Cakes which do not fit any of the above categories,                    3. Create a display no larger than 36” X 36” X 36” using one of the
        but still MUST have five (5) techniques with three (3) from the                  activities from your project manual or one that promotes physical, emo-
        “State Advanced Categories”    .                                                 tional, or cognitive skills. Complete an activity card and attach it to the
        The following are the “State Advanced Categories” Advanced
                                                                 .                       exhibit. A sample activity card is on page 40 of your manual. Use a 5”
        cake decorators must choose at least one (1) technique from at                   X 8” index card or larger cardstock to create your card.
        least three (3) different categories to complete the five (5) required
        categories for this project.                                                                    CLOWNING
        Category A) Nail Flower - Daffodils, Violets, Lily, Bluebells, Da-
        ises, Chrysanthemums, Roses, Wild Flowers, etc.                                       Projects entered Tuesday, June 28
        Category B) Fancy Borders - Ruffled Garland and Reverse
        Shells, Shell and Flute, Puff and Flower, Zigzag Garland and                  1. Clowns must complete a minimum of 6 hours of
        String Work or Other Border Combinations.                                        actual “Clowning” 4-H activities. Types of activi-
        Category C) Design Techniques - Basket Weave, String Work,                       ties include; Ag Days, parades, festivals, and the
        Lattice Work, Cornelli and other Laces, Wired Flowers and Leaves,                clowning skit show the week of the 4-H Fair.
        etc.                                                                          2. Clown are required to learn to apply their own make-up.
        Category D) Color Flow - (also known as run sugar) See ad-                    3. Clowns are required to attend two (2) make-up applying meetings and
                                                                                 20
   a minimum of four (4) skit rehearsal meetings prior to the clown skit                 photographs (or photocopies) of previous years collection. (ONLY First
   performance at the 4-H Fair.                                                          year in Collections, may or may not have photographs (or photocopies)
                                                                                         of their First year collection).
EXHIBIT:                                                                              5. Neatly arranged photographs of very large or valuable items attrac-
  Exhibit a 22” X 28” stiff backed, horizontal poster covered with clear                 tively arranged in either a notebook or on a poster. YOU WILL NOT BE
  plastic. A minimum of 10 photographs of you participating in clowning                  JUDGED LOWER FOR DOING THIS.
  activities this year. Captions with each picture. The title “Happiness is           6. You MUST have your name and club name on each piece you wish to
  Being A Real 4-H Clown” must appear on the poster. Leave a 2 1/2”                      leave for exhibit.
  X 4” space in the lower right hand corner for your 4-H exhibit label
  (provided). Posters cannot be reused, but photos from previous year                    NOTE: Leaves, insects, weeds, and rocks are NOT to be exhibited
  may be used. (See “Poster Construction Hints” in your 4-H Fairbook).                   in the Collections project. 4-H members must enroll and complete in
                                                                                         the Forestry, Entomology, Weeds or Geology projects to exhibit these
EXHIBITS ARE JUDGED BY DIVISION                                                          items
DIVISION 1 - 3rd GRADE DIVISION 6 - 8th GRADE
DIVISION 2 - 4th GRADE DIVISION 7 - 9th GRADE                                                           COMPUTERS
DIVISION 3 - 5th GRADE DIVISION 8 - 10th GRADE
DIVISION 4 - 6th GRADE DIVISION 9 - 11th GRADE                                                 Projects entered Tuesday, June 28
DIVISION 5 - 7th GRADE DIVISION 10 - 12th GRADE
                                                                                      EXHIBIT one of the following:
   Cloverbuds, Mini 4-H members, and adults are not required to do post-              1. A 22” x 28” poster mounted on stiff backing, displayed horizontally, and
   ers, but will receive ribbons if posters are turned in. Grand, Reserve                covered with clear plastic.
   Grand, Champion and Reserve Champion ribbons will be awarded to                    2. Notebook Report (prepare proposal-like report covering the five W’s
   Divisions 1 through 10 only.                                                          and H. Who, What Where, When, Why, and How.) Please include
                                                                                         screen shots in the report.
                            COLLECTIONS                                                  Note: If you choose to develop a computer program, a poster, or note-
                                                                                         book depicting the program will be necessary for display at the fair.
                    Projects entered Tuesday, June 28
                                                                                      Level 1 - Grades 3-5
Collections can be defined as the gathering of similar articles, objects, etc.           Your poster may cover one of the following areas (The exhibit topic
The collectible items listed in the Collections Project Manual are just an               each year must be different from previous years’ exhibit.)
example of the wide variety of collections you may choose from. Your proj-            Exhibit Topics:
ect is not limited to the items on the list, use your own ideas. Remember,            1. An educational exhibit you could use at school or for a demonstration
collecting is a hobby, have fun and be imaginative.                                      that shows one part or several parts of computer equipment. Example:
                                                                                         A poster showing the parts of a home computer system, or a poster
GENERAL GUIDELINES:                                                                      illustrating the differences in the storage devices used in computers, or
1. Each collection must be accompanied by a project notebook. The col-                   a poster showing how CD-ROM works. (Anything educational illustrat-
   lection must be added to each year in order to show growth in the                     ing computer hardware would be acceptable).
   project. Clearly label or otherwise identify collected items that were             2. A poster showing how computers are used to accomplish different
   added each project year by putting tabs for each year in notebook. The                tasks.
   notebook must contain:                                                             3. A poster showing how a career or occupation has been dramatically
     a. COMPLETED RECORD SHEET available in the back of Fairbook.                        changed by computer technology.
     b. “Story About My Collection” giving information of interest about              4. A poster on any topic covered in the manual
        your collection, i.e. where to purchase cost, the history of the item,        5. Any exhibit as described in the Level 1 Manual
        etc.                                                                                a. Cards for all occasions
     c. Photograph of the complete collection for the current project year.                 b. Graphic Illustration
        (NOTE: Photographs from previous years must also be in the                          c. Computer Presentation
        notebook in order to visually show growth in the project from year                  d. Photograph Series
        to year.)                                                                           e. Scrapbook or Poster
2. Members with very large or valuable collection should provide a pho-                     f. Storybook
   tograph or group of small photographs of the collections or addition to
   your collection. (Follow Poster Instructions)                                      Level 2 - Grades 6-8
3. Collections that will remain at the fair must be prepared for display                 Note: The exhibit topic each year must be different from previous years’
   by the member in a manner that will assure the safe keeping of the                    exhibit.
   collection. It is recommended that valuable objects be protected by                Exhibit Topics:
   exhibiting them in a securely covered display case, securely fastened              1. Create an educational poster that illustrates what DOS, Windows,
   to a display board or left at home.                                                   OS/2, or Mac OS, is and some of its major functions or contrast or
                                                                                         compare operating systems.
EXHIBIT DIVISIONS:                                                                    2. Design an educational poster that illustrates the advantages of word
INTRODUCTORY                    BEGINNING                                                processing.
DIV. 1 – 3RD GRADE              DIV. 3 – 5TH GRADE                                    3. Create a database on any database software and illustrate the different
DIV. 2 – 4TH GRADE              DIV. 4 – 6TH GRADE                                       ways to manipulate data using the software. OR Establish a network
                                                                                         and diagram the components and flow.
INTERMEDIATE                    ADVANCED                                              4. Make a simple spreadsheet that uses at least 100 cells. Show how
DIV. 5 – 7TH GRADE              DIV. 8 – 10TH GRADE                                      you created it and how you plan to use it. Be sure to mention which
DIV. 6 – 8TH GRADE              DIV. 9 – 11TH GRADE                                      software program you used and also submit a removable storage unit
DIV. 7 – 9TH GRADE              DIV. 10 – 12TH GRADE                                     (i.e. disk, CD-ROM) containing the template you created.
                                                                                      5. Design an educational exhibit that illustrates at least three educational
EXHIBIT REQUIREMENTS:                                                                    computer software programs for children or adults (choose one or the
Collections may be exhibited in any one of the following manners:                        other). Show how these programs benefit the user. OR
1. On a poster (22” X 28”) following the St. Joseph County General Poster                Illustrate decisions flowchart on whether to repair or replace a system
   Requirements.                                                                         or establish a network security. OR
2. Neatly and attractively arranged in a box not to exceed 18” X 24” and                 Prepare a poster or display board that illustrates the importance of
   securely covered with a clear glass or rigid plastic.                                 computers in the classroom and how school has changed because of
3. Securely fastened on a display board not to exceed 22” X 28” and cov-                 computer use.
   ered with clear plastic for protection.                                            6. Prepare a poster or display board that illustrates how computer games
4. Your completed project notebook must be turned in with your exhibit.                  can be beneficial to people. OR
   Your notebook must include “Story About My Collection” record sheet
                                                            ,                            Design an educational exhibit that illustrates how computer games are
   listing your collection, and a completed record sheet (indicating your                made, what the market is for them, and how big a business the com-
   name, club, division and several questions regarding your project), and               puter game industry is.
                                                                                 21
7. Create a homepage that includes at least three HTM files with appro-             d. Animated Program
   priate navigational links. The homepage should include both text and             e. GIS Map
   graphics.
8. Any Exhibit as described in the Level 2 manual.                                                       CONSUMER CLOTHING
     a. T-Shirt
     b. Animated Presentation                                                                             Registration at 4:30 PM and
     c. Magazine                                                                                 Judging starts at 5:00 PM on Tuesday, June 28
     d. Photograph Series
                                                                                    *Do not purchase all new items for this project. The use of existing ward-
Level 3 - Grades 9-12                                                               robe items is encouraged. Outfits that are chosen from mix-and-match
   If you choose to develop a computer program, a poster or notebook                coordinates are not acceptable.
   report depicting the program will be necessary for display at the fair.
Exhibit Topics:                                                                     EXHIBIT: Bring your garment(s), accessories and project book to judging.
1. Using desktop publishing software, prepare an educational poster il-               You will model your garment(s) and the judge will use information in
   lustrating what desktop publishing is and how it is used. Also submit a            your project book to grade your exhibit according to the scorecard in
   written report detailing the information presented with the poster. The            the back of your manual. Poise, grooming and accessories are con-
   report should also include details of a visit with someone who uses                sidered as well as your shopping skill and planning. PLAN TO LEAVE
   desktop publishing professionally. The completed exhibit should use                YOUR ENTIRE OUTFIT (both old and new garments modeled) and
   both graphics and typewritten words to illustrate what desktop publish-            your project book for exhibit. Please use WIRE HANGERS.
   ing is and how it is used.
2. Design a spreadsheet template to solve a problem that could help                 PROJECT BOOK:
   you or someone you know. The template should be created by you,                  1. The project book is 40% of your total grade. It should include the activ-
   and should use at least 500 cells and at least one macro. Exhibit the               ities you completed from your Consumer Clothing manual and explain
   completed template on a removable storage unit (i.e. disk, CD-ROM)                  clearly why you chose your outfit and how it fits into your wardrobe
   and include a typewritten user’s guide that explains what the template              needs.
   does, a listing of all cells, and step-by-step instructions on how to use        2. Project book should be assembled in a three-ring binder, with no loose
   the template.                                                                       pages.
3. Use integrated software (minimum of two software applications - i.e.             3. The outside, front cover of your project should include: A colored pho-
   create a document using a word processor to type the document and                   tograph of you modeling the outfit that will be judged and an exhibit
   import a spreadsheet graph into the word processing document) to                    label with your name, division, township, etc.
   create a document. Exhibit the completed document on a removable                 4. Include receipt(s) and price tag(s) from newly purchased garments you
   storage unit (i.e. disk, CD-ROM) and include a written report detailing             are modeling. Be sure they are well secured in your book.
   the information presented with the display.                                      5. If you were in consumer clothing last year please include last year’s
4. Use a multimedia software package to produce a computer program                     record sheet. Place it at the very back of your notebook.
   that incorporates the features of multimedia. Along with the computer
   program, prepare an educational display or written report explaining                IMPORTANT - All division requirements are on the inside cover of
   how you developed the program.                                                      booklet - Please read!
5. Develop a WWW homepage that incorporates some advanced pro-
   gramming skills such as but not limited to FLASH, Java, or JavaScript.           BEGINNER - Grades 3, 4, and 5 Exhibit Requirements:
6. Any exhibit that you created that fulfills one of these options:                 1. Complete one activity from each group in the manual. Write your re-
      a. Multimedia Computer Presentation                                              sults or answers in a notebook. Label each activity.
      b. Web Site for Organization                                                  2. Help purchase an item of clothing that you’ll wear with other clothes in
      c. Magazine                                                                      your wardrobe. Examples might be slacks, blouse, jeans, shirt, sweat-
      d. Animated Program                                                              er, or sweatshirt. Choose an accessory to go with your purchase. You
      e. GIS Map                                                                       might buy shoes, sweatband, belt, jewelry, or socks.
                                                                                    3. Model your purchases. Tell the judge about them, what you learned,
Level 3 - Grades 9-12                                                                  and about the activities you completed. Take your manual and note-
   If you choose to develop a computer program, a poster or notebook                   book with you.
   report depicting the program will be necessary for display at the fair.
Exhibit Topics:                                                                     INTERMEDIATE - Grades 6, 7, and 8 Exhibit Requirements:
1. Using desktop publishing software, prepare an educational poster il-             1. Complete one activity from each group in the manual. Write your re-
   lustrating what desktop publishing is and how it is used. Also submit a             sults or answers in a notebook. Label each activity.
   written report detailing the information presented with the poster. The          2. Purchase and accessorize a casual or school outfit. You may purchase
   report should also include details of a visit with someone who uses                 accessories or select from items you already own.
   desktop publishing professionally. The completed exhibit should use              3. Model your outfit. Tell the judge about your purchases, what you
   both graphics and typewritten words to illustrate what desktop publish-             learned, and about the activities you completed. Take your manual
   ing is and how it is used.                                                          and notebook with you.
2. Design a spreadsheet template to solve a problem that could help
   you or someone you know. The template should be created by you,                  ADVANCED - Grades 9, 10, 11, and 12 Exhibit Requirements:
   and should use at least 500 cells and at least one macro. Exhibit the            1. Complete one activity from each group in the manual. Write your re-
   completed template on a removable storage unit (i.e. disk, CD-ROM)                  sults or answers in a notebook. Label each activity.
   and include a typewritten user’s guide that explains what the template           2. Choose an outfit and accessorize it. You may purchase or select from
   does, a listing of all cells, and step-by-step instructions on how to use           items you already own.
   the template.                                                                    3. Model your outfit before a group. Tell them about your activities in this
3. Use integrated software (minimum of two software applications - i.e.                year’s project and how you plan to use this year’s purchases in your
   create a document using a word processor to type the document and                   future wardrobe. Take your manual and notebook with you.
   import a spreadsheet graph into the word processing document) to
   create a document. Exhibit the completed document on a removable                            **NOTE: NOTEBOOKS ONLY WILL BE SENT TO
   storage unit (i.e. disk, CD-ROM) and include a written report detailing                          STATE FAIR IN ALL THREE DIVISIONS.
   the information presented with the display.
4. Use a multimedia software package to produce a computer program
   that incorporates the features of multimedia. Along with the computer                                       CONSUMER DAIRY FOODS
   program, prepare an educational display or written report explaining
   how you developed the program.                                                                               Projects entered Thursday, June 30
5. Develop a WWW homepage that incorporates some advanced pro-
   gramming skills such as but not limited to FLASH, Java, or JavaScript.                                     Exhibit product in disposable containers
6. Any exhibit that you created that fulfills one of these options:                                                      (preferably clear).
   a.      Multimedia Computer Presentation
   b.      Web Site for Organization                                                Divisions 1 -5 must include the recipe and instructions on one or more
   c.      Magazine                                                                 recipe card(s) found on the extension website, plus a menu for one meal
                                                                               22
(breakfast, lunch or dinner) on an 8½” x 11” paper, stiffened with card                                    CRAFTS General Rules
board. Don’t forget your fruits and vegetables. The menu sheet and board
are NOT to exceed the 8½” X 11” size of paper. The menu must include                 CRAFT CATEGORIES (See category descriptions):
the exhibited food product.                                                          1. Artificial flower arranging
                                                                                     2. Ceramics (hand formed)
DIVISION 1 (Grade 3)                                                                 3. Christmas Ornament
Exhibit a prepared appetizer or snack. The recipe must include 1 or more             4. Decorations for all Seasons
dairy products that is a major ingredient. Examples include: dips, spreads,          5. Fabric Painting
cheese balls, etc., which could be served with raw vegetables, fruits,               6. Gift Wrapping
crackers, and chips. The goal is an attractive, nutritious, and tasty treat.         7. Greenware (poured from mold)
                                                                                     8. Jewelry making
DIVISION 2 (Grade 4)                                                                 9. Latch hook
Exhibit an individual serving of a cooked pudding made with milk. NO                 10. Leathercraft (Tooling, Suede)
BOX MIXES.                                                                           11. Metalcraft (Tin Punch, Tooling)
                                                                                     12. Miscellaneous Crafts
DIVISION 3 (Grade 5)                                                                 13. Recycled Articles
Exhibit a one layer, simple butter cake, either round or square not frosted.         14. Scarecrow

DIVISION 4 (Grade 6)                                                                 A. Exhibits are judged by grade divisions:
Exhibit a simple coffee cake which does not use yeast.                               Division 1 - 3rd grade                       Division 6 - 8th grade
                                                                                     Division 2 - 4th grade                       Division 7 - 9th grade
DIVISION 5 (Grade 7)                                                                 Division 3 - 5th grade                       Division 8 - 10th grade
Exhibit a pizza no larger than 12” in diameter. Real cheese must be used.            Division 4 - 6th grade                       Division 9 - 11th grade
Convenience products may be used. EXAMPLE: Crust mix, canned                         Division 5 - 7th grade                       Division 10 -12th grade
sauce. Vegetables must be sliced.                                                    B. Member can exhibit one article in each of the craft categories except
                                                                                          Misc. Crafts, which may have 2 entries, Metalcraft, which may have 1
DIVISIONS 6-10 (Grades 8 – 12)                                                            entry in Tooling and 1 entry in Tin Punch, and Leathercraft, which may
Exhibit a baked, nonperishable product which uses at least two dairy                      have 1 entry in Tooling and 1 entry in a Suede project. Exhibits will be
products. For baked product competitions: Filling, frosting, glazing, pie                 judged according to usefulness, originality, choice of material, suitabil-
filling, and meringue, (whether uncooked or cooked) are not permitted to                  ity or design, workmanship, finish and use of color.
contain whipped cream, unpasteurized milk or uncooked eggs/egg whites                C. Exhibits will be judged according to usefulness, originality, choice of
(these require refrigeration). Cream cheese in a baked product only. No                   material, suitability or design, workmanship, finish and use of color.
home-canned fruits, vegetables, or meats are permitted in products. Reci-            D. ALL CRAFT EXHIBITS MUST BE READY TO USE - pictures framed
pes must be provided that show which ingredients were used in each part                   and ready to hang, rugs bound or have suitable finished edge. Those
of the product. Contestants should carefully wash their hands and make                    that are not, will be marked down one letter grade when judged.
sure that their hands do not have any open cuts before preparing foods.              E. The six State Fair entries will be selected from the following craft
Whenever possible, baked products should be transported and stored in                     categories: Artificial Flower Arranging, Ceramics, Christmas Tree
chilled coolers (41 F). If a casserole, exhibit 4 servings maximum. Larger                Ornament, Decorations For All Seasons, Fabric Painting, Gift wrap-
recipes may be cut in half. Include recipe card and menu of one day’s                     ping, Greenware, Jewelry Making, Latch Hook, Leathercraft (Tooling,
meals and snacks on an 8½” x 11” paper stiffened with cardboard. Menu                     Suede), Metalcraft (Tin Punch, Tooling), Recycled Articles, Scarecrow,
sheet and board are NOT to exceed the 8½” X 11“ size of paper. The menu                   and Other Misc. Crafts.
must include the exhibited food product. Exhibits should be different from           **There may be no more than 1 Arts & Crafts exhibit going to State Fair
the Foods Project exhibit and the previous Dairy Foods Exhibit. (OR)                      per exhibitor.
                                                                                     F. If any craft has 50% or more of the completions from the craft group at
DIVISIONS 4-10 (Grades 6 – 12)                                                            least one State Fair Entry will be selected from that project.
   Exhibit may include either an educational poster 22” x 28” horizontal or          G. If there are 10 or more of the same crafts entered in the category of Oth-
   an educational display (3’ x 3’ table space). Choose one of the follow-                er Misc. Crafts, they will be put together and judged as a new category.
   ing categories:
1. Meal planning for Weight Control - Using the FOOD GUIDE PYRAMID,                            1. ARTIFICIAL FLORAL ARRANGEMENT
   develop a daily meal plan (3 meals and 1 to 2 snacks) for each of the
   following: to maintain weight, to lose weight and to gain weight. List the                             Projects entered Tuesday, June 28
   calorie count of each food, each meal, and the total for each daily food
   plan. Explain why each food was chosen.                                           The project is designed for 4-H’ers to learn how to arrange silk and dried
2. Make a NUTRITION GAME for children. It should be based on the                     flowers. The flowers in this project may be purchased and then arranged.
   FOOD PYRAMID. Play the game with children. Your exhibit should                    All divisions must use the type of flowers that are specified. All divisions
   include the game, children’s comments about the game, the age of the              must have their own flowers in a type of complimentary container, unless
   children you made the game for, and who played the game.                          noted. Styrofoam must be covered with moss or other suitable material.
3. Show a COMPARISON of 4 nutritious dairy snacks versus 4 high calo-                Divisions in which wreaths can be made are required to attach hangers to
   rie empty snacks. Compare the nutritional value, cost, and calories               the back of the wreath or wall hanging. Project divisions are characterized
   of each snack. Incorporate one of the good snacks into a day’s meal               according to grade in school. Artificial Floral Arrangement requirements
   plan, illustrating the contribution snacks can make to the overall food           and instruction sheets need to be obtained from your leader or township
   plan.                                                                             coordinator for additional information on floral arranging.
4. Select 8-10 foods and COMPARE THE CALCIUM AND PROTEIN
   CONTENT of each food. At least 5 of the food choices must be dairy                Division 1 (3rd grade) - Rose Arrangement
   products. Using the 3 highest sources of protein from your list, plan a              Silk roses or rose buds may be used. Roses must predominate in
   day’s menus (3 meals and 1-2 snacks). The highest sources of protein                 the arrangement. Roses must be silk flowers. Additional dried or silk
   and calcium may be in the same 3 foods.                                              flowers may be used as filler. Additional greenery may also be added if
5. Develop and prepare an ORIGINAL RECIPE using at least 2 dairy                        needed. This division must make a table arrangement or a centerpiece
   products. The finished product should be shown in one or more of the                 using a basket or other suitable containers. Examples of other contain-
   following ways: actual product, and/or color photograph. Take a series               ers are brass, ceramic, and plastic containers, to name a few.
   of photographs to show the different steps in preparing your recipe.              Division 2 (4th grade) - Wreaths or wall hangings
6. Plan a balanced one-day menu plan (3 meals plus 1-2 snacks), includ-                 Wreaths, vine shapes, hanging baskets, or other forms may be used.
   ing 3-4 dairy products. Identify the major nutrients in each food listed.            All backs of items must be able to be displayed flat against a wall.
   Display at least 3 recipes - a dairy product should be a major ingredient            The arrangement must be ready to hang with a suitable hanger. If
   in one of these recipes. Using the above menu plan, make a poster                    styrofoam wreaths or pieces are used as bases, they must be also be
   which includes menus for one breakfast, one lunch, one dinner, and                   covered completely with moss or other suitable materials. Silk flowers
   1-2 snacks. Serving sizes must be labeled for each menu item.                        must be the main flower used. Dried flowers and greenery may only
                                                                                        be used as fillers. Additional items used in the wreath must not detract
                                                                                        from the flowers used.
                                                                                23
Division 3 (5th grade) - Special Occasions                                            process of completing the piece(s).
   Holiday theme or a special occasion must be chosen and followed.                   * DO NOT USE LEAD BASED PAINT ON ARTICLES USED FOR
   Holiday theme or special occasion must be easily recognized by look-               SERVING FOOD.
   ing at the arrangement. A table arrangement or centerpiece is required
   for this division. Silk flowers must be used. Additional silk greenery          Division 1 - 3rd grade
   may be used as filler. No dried flowers are to be used in this division.           Exhibit one hand-formed article by pinch, coil, strip or slab method.
   You must specify what holiday or special occasion you chose on your                Apply a glaze that must come from a one-bottle simple application.
   score sheet.                                                                       Keep piece simple - handles and lids may be made. Simple figures
Division 4 (6th grade) - Tropical or Wild flowers                                     may use indented marks for details. Three (3) under glaze colors may
   Tropical flowers or wild flowers must dominate in the arrangement. You             be used where small details are needed.
   must choose one or the other, a combination is not allowed.                     Division 2 - 4th grade
                                                                                      Exhibit one article or set of articles which best represent what you
   Either silk or dried flowers must dominate in the arrangement. Silk or             learned in Division I and is more advanced. No stain may be used.
   dried greenery may be used as filler. A table arrangement or a center-          Division 3 - 5th grade
   piece is required for this division. Examples of a few tropical flowers            Exhibit one article made from a HUMP MOLD with modeling and hand
   are: birds of paradise, protea, ginger, and orchids. Examples of a few             building techniques applied. A stain may be used but no special firings.
   wild flowers are: black-eyed Susan’s, wild statice, yarrow, primrose,              Examples: mushroom or turtle. Starting with base or slab; roll out like
   phlox, and prairie aster.                                                          in Division I.
Division 5 (7th grade) - Miniatures                                                Division 4 - 6th grade
   The entire arrangement (including container) must not exceed 5 inches              Exhibit one article or set of articles which best represents what you
   in any dimension. If the judge is in question of the size he/she will              learned in SHAPING techniques. This will be basically in design and
   measure the arrangement. Silk or dried flowers may be used. Ribbon                 decoration. Start like in Division I and keep adding onto it for more
   roses with stems are also acceptable. The flowers must be put into a               detail.
   type of container as you would any other arrangement.                           Division 5 - 7th grade
Division 6 (8th grade) - Dried Arrangement                                            Make and exhibit a HAND-CARVED item from a ball of clay, or exhibit
   Arrangement must use all dried flowers, fillers, and greenery. Arrange-            an item displaying slip trailing, incising, graffito or piercing. Any glaze
   ments can be any of the following; a table arrangement, centerpiece,               or technique may be applied. Start like in Division I and keep adding
   wreath, or other wall hanging. Wreaths and wall hangings must have                 onto for more detail. *Make sure you have a thick coil base and smooth
   the hanger attached to item.                                                       it out before carving flowers or design into it.
Division 7 (9th grade) - Novelty Arrangements                                      Division 6 - 10 - 8th - 12th grade
   Arrangement can use silk or dried flowers. Uniqueness of containers                Exhibit any article showing advanced skills. Choose more difficult proj-
   is a large factor in the arrangement. It is suggested that you use a               ects each succeeding year. MAY USE A WHEEL AT THIS POINT.
   container that would not normally be used in arrangements. Examples
   of such a container would be: watering cans, old shoes, buckets, etc.              *NO PURCHASED OR PREPARED MOLDS ARE PERMITTED.
   The arrangement should be able to fit on a table. Must use a container
   in which stems can be arranged in. Wreaths are not allowed for this
   division.                                                                                     3. CHRISTMAS TREE ORNAMENT
Division 8 (10th grade) - Corsages, Boutonnieres, Headpieces
   Using silk flowers, exhibit either a corsage and complimentary bou-                                 Projects entered Monday, June 27
   tonniere, or a headpiece such as a comb or wreath. Corsages and
   boutonnieres must be displayed with pins, unless it is a wrist corsage.         Make a Christmas ornament which symbolizes Indiana - its culture, its
   This division is geared toward making floral compliments to special             heritage, its fun. This is a family 4-H project. Your ornament’s subject mat-
   occasion outfits such as weddings or proms. Veils are not included in           ter should be representative of something about our county. The size is no
   with head pieces and should not be exhibited. Additional dried flowers          larger than 6 inches in any direction and weighing no more than 5 ounces.
   or greenery may be used as filler only. The majority of the flowers used        It should be handmade (no kits) and be constructed of natural materials
   should be silk. Please specify on the score sheet what the occasion is          from our county such as grapevines, wool, seedpods, wheat, cornhusks,
   that you are making your exhibit. Mechanics of making these items are           copper, wood, clay, etc. Manufactured materials such as paint, ribbon,
   very critical to your success. If in doubt on proper mechanics, please          miniatures, glass, etc. are acceptable supplements for an ornament.
   consult books or seek guidance from your leader or superintendent.
Division 9 (11th grade) - Theme Arrangement                                        All exhibits must be ready for display (eyebolt on hanging ornaments,
   Arrangement must represent the theme of the Fair or a specific 4-H              wires or clips for set-upons, base for toppers, etc.) and clearly labeled
   project, not the float or parade theme. Check the current fair book for         with St. Joseph County and current year on ornament. Include a 3” X 5”
   this year’s theme. Please write the theme or 4-H project you are pro-           index card stating your name and what materials were used to make the
   moting on the score sheet in the space provided for Holiday or Occa-            ornament.
   sion. This division should make a table arrangement, centerpiece, or
   a wreath. Wreaths must include wreath hangers. Silk or dried flowers            Your ornament will be judged on appearance, interpretation of a theme
   may be used.                                                                    about Indiana, craftsmanship and creativity.
Division 10 (12th grade) - Wedding Bouquet or Nosegay
   Silk or dried flowers may be used. Lace collars should be on bouquet            PROJECT REQUIREMENTS:
   holders. Make sure construction is strong enough to withstand an ac-
   tual wedding. A stand should be provided for bouquet otherwise it will          BEGINNER - GRADES K-5 Exhibit a clip-on type ornament or one which
   be displayed laying down.                                                         can be wired to sit on top of a branch.

       2. CERAMICS (HAND-FORMED)                                                   INTERMEDIATE - GRADES 6-10 Exhibit a hanging ornament. The size
                                                                                      is to be no larger than 6 inches in any one direction and weighing no
           Projects entered Tuesday, June 28                                          more than 5 ounces.

General requirements for all levels:                                               ADVANCED - GRADES 11 AND ABOVE Exhibit a tree topper no larger
  * Carve your name and the date (month and year) on the bottom or                   than 10” in any direction.
  inside of your piece.
  * Do not use felt on the bottom of your piece. NOTE: After county or             Exhibits are judged in grade divisions:
  state fair judging, you may want to protect your furniture by covering
  the bottom of the ceramic piece with small pieces of felt.                       Division 1 - K - 3rd Grade      Division 6 - 8th Grade
  * Use ceramic paints, stains, and glazes. No craft paints should be              Division 2 - 4th Grade          Division 7 - 9th Grade
  used. Mixing of glaze colors IS permitted in 4,5 and 6-10.                       Division 3 - 5th Grade          Division 8 - 10th Grade
  * Each piece should be properly fired.                                           Division 4 - 6th Grade          Division 9 - 11th Grade
  * Please include DETAILED steps on how the article was made, pic-                Division 5 - 7th Grade          Division 10 - 12th Grade & up
  tures are encouraged.
  * Each exhibit must include a record sheet detailing each step in the
                                                                              24
           4. DECORATIONS FOR ALL SEASONS                                                able to open to see the inside of the package. The package will be
                                                                                         judges on the neatness of the outside as well as the inside.
                    Projects entered Tuesday, June 28                                 Division 6 (Grade 8): Wrap at least three (3) boxes in a theme. They may
                                                                                         be attached to each other or separate. Be creative. Examples include:
Seasonal Decorations is a way of using your creative talents and imagi-                  a drum set, train, truck, house, castle, or whatever you would like to do.
nation for every conceivable occasion: anniversaries, weddings, bridal                Division 7 (Grade 9): Wrap a package of your choice using materials you
showers, patriotic days, religious celebrations, public occasions, home                  have made. It must be wrapped with paper you have designed. Be
festivities, and other seasonal celebrations.                                            original. Display the skills you have gained through the previous years.
                                                                                         No commercial gift wrapping supplies are allowed.
Each decoration will be judged on its own merit, taking into consideration            Division 8 (Grade 10): Wrap a package using something other than a
neatness and construction. The article must be accompanied by the re-                    paper product. Towels, fabric, clothing, etc. can be used.
cord sheet and judge’s scorecard.                                                     Division 9 (Grade 11): Wrap any type of package(s) using whatever type
                                                                                         of wrapping you would like. You may do any of the previous divisions or
Exhibit Requirements:                                                                    you can create your own idea. Accessories may also be used.
                                                                                      Division 10 (Grade12): Wrap an item without a box. Use your imagina-
Grade 3: Wreath - The wreath may be made from any suitable material                      tion. Ideas include: a mop, a broom, ball, umbrella, shovel, rake, etc.
   (such as: styrofoam, straw, grape vine, etc.). Must be ready to hang.                 Size requirement is waived for this division only.
   Must be decorated for any occasion or holiday.
Grade 4: Basket - Basket may be purchased or handmade. The basket                                                          7. GREENWARE
   may be made of any material. Must be decorated for any occasion or
   holiday.                                                                                                         Projects entered Tuesday, June 28
Grade 5: Table Decoration - This would be anything you would put on a
   table or shelf. This is not limited to one article, but could be a group of                             Greenware Definition: An unfired clay object which
   related items. Must be for any occasion or holiday.                                                     was cast (poured) from a mold which has been pur-
Grade 6: Wall Hanging - This is defined as anything you would hang on                                      chased.
   the wall. No wreaths allowed. Must be ready to hang. Must be for any               Requirement: To clean, paint and/or glaze article or articles as described
   occasion or holiday.                                                               below for each division. You must engrave your initials and year on the bot-
Grade 7: Centerpiece - This is a decorated item that would be placed                  tom of your piece. Exhibit will be judged on cleanliness of mold lines and
   in the center of a table. Must be decorated and finished on all sides.             requirements for division. May use light bulbs, clock parts, thermometers,
   Must be for any occasion or holiday.                                               etc. on piece. No lights with electrical cords. Any questions regarding add
Grade 8: Summer Season - This item must be decorated for any occa-                    ons, please contact your Superintendent. Greenware exhibits will not be
   sion or holiday that occurs in this time of the year.                              allowed to be exhibited in the following years for Decorations for All Sea-
Grade 9: Fall Season - This item must be decorated for any occasion or                sons. Finish the bottom of the piece the same as the rest of the piece and
   holiday that occurs in this time of the year.                                      use a sealer when using acrylic paint. Do NOT put felt anywhere on the
Grade 10: Winter Season - This item must be decorated for any occasion                piece(s).
   or holiday that occurs in this time of the year.
Grade 11: Spring Season - This item must be decorated for any occasion                Division 1 - 3rd grade
   or holiday that occurs in this time of the year.                                   Exhibit: One completed article or matched set of articles from the follow-
Grade 12: Free Choice - The item must be for any occasion or holiday.                    ing list:
                                                                                      1. A glaze piece with no design and application of one color glaze.
                    5. FABRIC ART PAINTING                                            2. A glaze piece with a simple design with an under glaze applied with no
                                                                                         more than five colors.
                    Projects entered Tuesday, June 28                                      a. May be one-color wash off.
                                                                                           b. White is NOT counted as a color.
Division 1 - 10 (3rd - 12th grade)                                                    Division 2 - 4th grade
   Can be liquid painting, tube embroidery, tie dyeing, applique’ painting,           Exhibit: One completed stained and/or glazed article or matched set of
   air brushing, color paint, etc. on any type of fabric.                                articles from the following list:
                                                                                      1. Glazed Piece
   * Must exhibit in proper grade division.                                                a. A more detailed piece than Division I.
                                                                                           b. Used undercoats and glazes.
           6. GIFT WRAPPING                                                                c. Apply no more than 10 colors total.
                                                                                      2. Stained piece
      Projects entered Tuesday, June 28                                                    a. Use no more than 10 colors of acrylic paint.
General rules:                                                                             b. May be antiqued (antiqued is not counted as a color).
  1. Package for exhibit should be empty.                                                  c. May highlight (not dry brush)
  2. Bows should be self-made for all divisions.                                           d. May not use metallic paint.
  3. Record sheet must accompany exhibit. DO NOT ATTACH TO PACK-                      Division 3 - 5th grade
  AGE                                                                                 Exhibit: One completed stained and/or glazed article or matched set of
  4. NO packages are not to exceed 24” in length, height, or width.                      articles from the following list:
  5. No painting of boxes.                                                            1. Using methods from previous divisions, can add:.
  6. Show creativity.                                                                      A. Dry brushing
                                                                                           B. Glitters & Snow
Exhibits are judged by grade divisions:                                                    C. Smack Dab
Division 1 - 3rd grade                     Division 6 - 8th grade                     Division 4 - 6th grade
Division 2 - 4th grade                     Division 7 - 9th grade                     Exhibit: One completed article or matched set using methods from previ-
Division 3 - 5th grade                     Division 8 - 10th grade                       ous divisions and can add:
Division 4 - 6th grade                     Division 9 - 11th grade                    1. More difficult undercoats
Division 5 - 7th grade                     Division 10 -12th grade                    2. Overglazes such as gold, lusters, etc.
                                                                                      3. Decals
Division 1 (Grade 3): Wrap one rectangular box including a self-made                  Division 5 - 7th grade
   bow, no accessories.                                                               Exhibit: One completed article or matched set which offers any advanced
Division 2 (Grade 4): Wrap one square box including a self-made bow,                     techniques with each succeeding year being more difficult.
   no accessories.                                                                    1. Airbrushing
Division 3 (Grade 5): Wrap a deep box. Depth of box is a minimum of six               2. Chalking
   (6”) deep. Decorate the outside of the package to accent the content.              3. Translucent oils
Division 4 (Grade 6): Wrap a cylinder package. You might make an ob-                  Division 6 - 10 -- 8th - 12th grade
   ject from it, such as: a truck, fire engine, clown, etc.                           Exhibit: One completed article or matched set which offers more difficult
Division 5 (Grade 7): Wrap bottom and top of box separately and deco-                    and advanced techniques, (Example, clay lifting) with each succeed-
   rate accordingly. Show creativity in materials chosen. Judge must be                  ing year.
                                                                                 25
                       8. JEWELRY MAKING                                              Division 3 & 4 - 5th & 6th grade
                                                                                         Must be a minimum of 324 square inches and a maximum of 600
                    Projects entered Tuesday, June 28                                    square inches (Example: 20” X 27” or 20” X 30”). Kits are recom-
                                                                                         mended.
Jewelry is the art of creating personal adornment with materials such as,             Division 5 & 7 - 7th - 9th grade
but not limited to; metals, glass, and clay. All jewelry will be judged on               Make an article between 324 square inches and 576 square inches
workmanship, appearance, and creativity. Members must exhibit by their                   (Example 20” X 27” or 18” X 32”). You must design your own pattern.
grade. Workshops are held in May, June, and July. All members are en-                    Kits will not be allowed.
couraged to attend. Postcards are sent to jewelry members in early spring             Division 8 & 10 - 10th - 12th grade
with dates and times for the workshops.                                                  Make an article over 484 square inches. You must design your own
                                                                                         pattern. Kits will not be allowed. You may use other materials in the
All grades MUST display project on a 15” X 15” board covered in either                   project such as furs, felt, etc.
black or soft gray fabric. Directions and a materials list can be found in the
Jewelry Manual. All pieces of jewelry should be securely fastened to the                 All divisions must have the pattern used, in an envelope, and securely
board with pins.                                                                         attached to the project. If the project is a wall hanging, it must be
                                                                                         ready to hang. When making anything but a pillow, the edges should
Beginner - Grade 3 & 4: Members will become familiar with the different                  be worked into the back of the project.
  types of jewelry making and learn the fundamentals of jewelry making.
  The skills to learn include: how to complement colors, adding clasps                   NOTE: Latch Hook rugs should have some kind of nonskid surface
  and closures, choosing appropriate stringing material, stringing beads,                applied to the back..
  knotting, and simple earring construction. The bead loom is not al-
  lowed in this division. ALL jewelry is to be made out of pre-made ma-                  NOTE: WIDTH X LENGTH = SQUARE INCHES
  terials - including kits.
                                                                                                              10. LEATHERCRAFT
        Exhibit Grade 3: Members exhibit exactly 3 pieces of jewelry. One
        piece must include a crimp bead and one piece must include a                                      Projects entered Tuesday, June 28
        headpin. Jewelry MUST be displayed on the required board. One
        pair of earrings counts as one piece of Jewelry. Member may ex-               1. Kits are permissible for use in the Leathercraft project. Member should
        hibit any combination of 3 pieces. Examples: 3 necklaces; bracelet               be aware that there is various thickness of leather which will affect the
        and two pairs of earrings; necklace, bracelet, and earrings.                     final product. It is difficult to work with a thin leather the first year.
                                                                                      2. No member may select a pre-stamped kit for their project.
        Exhibit Grade 4: Members exhibit exactly 3 pieces of jewelry.                 3. Members may enter an article in any or all of the Leather projects
        One piece must include a crimp bead and one piece must include                   (Tooling, Suede, or Burning). No more than one (1) article per cat-
        a headpin. The jewelry MUST be displayed on the required board.                  egory (tooling, suede, or burning).
        One pair of earrings counts as one piece of Jewelry. Member may
        exhibit any combination of 3 pieces. Member should expand upon                TOOLING
        techniques learned in Grade 3.                                                Division 1 - 3rd Grade & Division 2 - 4th Grade
                                                                                         Small coin purse kits - Key fobs - Luggage tags - Pen & Pencil holders,
Intermediate - Grades 5, 6 and 7: Members will expand on the basic                       etc. Follow kit instruction for lacing. *PAINT OR DYE* IS NOT TO BE
    skills previously learned and create more involved pieces. Members                   USED IN DIVISION 1 OR DIVISION 2.
    are encouraged to experiment with different types of materials, tech-             Division 3 – 10      5th Grade - 12th Grade
    niques, and create original pieces. Members may make the beads.                      Follow kit requirements - members can stain or paint and more difficult
    ALL pieces of jewelry must have a pattern. Please see Jewelry Manual                 lacing and painting are required! Belts - Billfolds - Leather kits are per-
    for guidance on patterns.                                                            mitted.

        Exhibit Grade 5, 6, and 7: Members must exhibit exactly 3 pieces              SUEDE
        of jewelry that demonstrates 2 or more different techniques. A                Division 1 - 10 Grades 3 – 12
        technique may include a skill and/or a type of jewelry. Examples:             1. Kits are permissible - follow instructions. Dream Catcher Kits are also
        wire wrapping, fimo, bead looming, knotting, bead stringing, etc.                permitted.
        Variety is stressed at this level. One piece of jewelry must use a            2. Follow lacing instructions with each kit. Suede projects involve stencil
        published pattern. Suitable patterns can be found online, in books,              or paint on designs. Some projects will require a second coat. Take
        at craft stores, etc. One piece of jewelry must be an original de-               time painting because it will soak into the suede material.
        sign. Original jewelry piece must have a pattern. Please see Jew-
        elry Manual for directions on writing a pattern. Jewelry must be              BURNING
        displayed on the required board. Patterns must be in an envelope                 This category is only open to Grades 6 thru 12 due to a hot tool being
        with your name and securely fastened to the back of the board.                   used!!!
                                                                                      Division 4 - 10 Grades 6 - 12
Advanced - Grade 8 - 12: Members will explore advanced jewelry tech-                                            .
                                                                                         Final “Leather Burning” Final project is to be exhibited as it would be
  niques and are encouraged to design their own jewelry using a variety                  displayed at home. If it is a picture, it should be framed and be ready
  of materials. All pieces of jewelry must have a pattern. Please see Jew-               to hang, with hanger attached. Incorporate shading and other design
  elry Manual for guidance on patterns.                                                  techniques as needed. The final product can be stained, painted, or
                                                                                         dyed.
        Exhibit Grade 8 - 12: Members must exhibit exactly 4 pieces
        of jewelry that demonstrate increased difficulty over the previous            All divisions will be judged on projects and designs submitted.
        year. At least two pieces must be original designs. Original jew-             * For source of materials contact the Extension Office.
        elry pieces must have a pattern. Please see Jewelry Manual for
        directions on writing a pattern. Jewelry must be displayed on the                                       11. METALCRAFT
        required board. Patterns must be in an envelope with your name
        and securely fastened to the back of the board.                                          Modeling in Metal (Light gauge aluminum or copper)
                                                                                                         Projects entered Tuesday, June 28
                           9. LATCH HOOK
                                                                                      TIN PUNCH
                    Projects entered Tuesday, June 28                                 Division 1 - 3rd Grade
                                                                                         Punch a simple design on a piece of copper or tin not exceeding 8”
Division 1 & 2 - 3rd & 4th grade                                                             .
                                                                                         x 10” No antiquing or painting for first year members. (Examples:
   Make one small finished article. Article should be between 144 square                 framed pictures, pie tin, etc.).
   inches and 400 square inches. (Example: 12” X 12” or 20” X 20”). Ar-               Division 2 - 4th Grade
   ticle suggestions could be: Pillow, Wall hanging, Small Rug, using                    Punch a more advanced design adding techniques of antiquing on
   simple designs. Kits are recommended.                                                 copper. (Examples: framed pictures, trays, etc.)
                                                                                 26
Division 3 - 5th Grade                                                                 Field/Traditional
   Punch an advanced design using acrylic or enamel paints to color                       Scarecrow should be able to be used in a garden or field. Scarecrow
   the design. (Examples: framed pictures, pizza pan, pie tin, bulletin                   must be securely fastened to the base.
   boards, etc.)                                                                       Decorative
Division 4 - 10 - 6th - 12th Grade                                                        Scarecrow should show imagination and creativity and should be used
   Any technique learned above but in an advanced article; such as                        as a decoration. Scarecrow must be securely fastened to the base.
   wreath centers, lamp shades, cutout figures, large framed pictures,
   candle holders, set of articles, etc. May be painted or antiqued or any                Scarecrows may be made out of any type of building materials, such
   combination (entire surface of metal should not be completely painted,                 as wood, metal or plastic. Any type of clothing material can be used.
   only the design).                                                                      EXHIBIT SHALL NOT BE TALLER THAN 5 FEET OR WIDER THAN
                                                                                          4 FEET (Base included). Scarecrow must be displayed with a base
TOOLING                                                                                   no larger than 2’ X 2’ and must stand on its own for judging and fair
Division 1 - 3rd Grade                                                                    display. Decorations on decorative base will be judged as part of the
   Select and apply a simple design using different types of tools to                     Scarecrow and must be securely fastened.
   achieve a variety of design affects (house number modeled in metal,
   desk name plate, simple plaque - article must be finished and ready to              Division 1 - Grade K – 3        Division 6 - Grade 8
   use).                                                                               Division 2 - Grade 4                       Division 7 - Grade 9
Division 2 - 4th Grade                                                                 Division 3 - Grade 5                       Division 8 - Grade 10
   Select a more difficult design, one requiring interlining or shading. Ap-           Division 4 - Grade 6                       Division 9 - Grade 11
   ply design by modeling or tooling (pictures, wall plaque, and planter).             Division 5 - Grade 7                       Division 10 - Grade 12 & up
Division 3 - 10 - 5th - 12th Grade
   Choose a design with three dimensions. Project may involve appli-                                                    CROPS
   cation of color (room accessory such as wastebasket or other large
   article).                                                                                 (Alfalfa [or other forage crops], Corn, Oats, Soybeans, Wheat)
* Tooling kits can only be used in Division 1 & 2 and must be listed as                                    Projects entered Monday, June 27
    such under MATERIALS PURCHASED on the back side of the Record
    Sheet.                                                                             Project Objectives: 4-H members will learn about the growth and man-
* ARTICLES MUST BE FINISHED AND READY TO USE.                                          agement of crop plants for their chosen project. Emphasis should be fo-
* ARTICLES MUST BE SPRAYED WITH A CLEAR SEALER.                                        cused on educating the public about crops when creating your exhibits.

                 12. MISCELLANEOUS CRAFTS                                              Project Requirements: 4-H members should complete 3-5 project ac-
                                                                                       tivities from the project manuals. Manuals should be enclosed in a ma-
                     Projects entered Tuesday, June 28                                 nila envelope attached to the back of the project display. Manuals will be
                                                                                       evaluated by project leaders or superintendent. Division 1 projects may be
Division 1 - 10 3rd Grade - 12th Grade                                                 exhibited only by 4-H’ers Grades 3-6. 4-H’ers may a exhibit a maximum
Members may exhibit 2 different craft articles. Each year a more difficult             of four projects per year consisting of a corn, a soybean, one forage, and
   project should be chosen to show progress over the year before. Kits                one cereal grain.
   or freehand exhibits are acceptable in Divisions 1-5. Kits are permis-
   sible in divisions 6-10, however, it is suggested that divisions 6-10 de-           Division 1:
   velop skills in freehand. All exhibits must be accompanied by a basic                  For Corn: Exhibit a single plant in a five gallon bucket. The parts of the
   craft record sheet. Each article will be judged based on it creativity,                plant should be identified and tagged according to the diagram given
   neatness, and originality. Articles chosen for a miscellaneous craft                   to each crops project. Tags should include the plant part identified and
   project should not fit the criteria for any other 4-H project. Suggested               a brief description of its biological function. A label with the member’s
   crafts include, but are not limited to: string or wire art, wood craft, reed           name, address, and club must be attached to the exhibit.
   craft, decoupage, basket weaving, plaster craft, mosaic craft, stained
                                      ,
   glass, candle making, macramé’ silk flowers, etc. All projects must be                 For cereal grains, forages, commercial beans and soybeans: Exhibit
   ready for display.                                                                     a single plant that has been pressed, dried, and mounted on a 22” X
                                                                                          28” poster. The parts of the plant should be identified according to the
                    13. RECYCLED ARTICLES                                                 diagram given to each crops project member. Tags should include the
                                                                                          plant part identified and a brief description of its biological function. A
                     Projects entered Monday, June 27                                     label with the member’s name, address, and club must be placed in a
                                                                                          lower right corner.
Judged by grades:
Div. 1 - 3rd grade Div. 5 - 7th grade       Div. 8 - 10th grade                        Division 2:
Div. 2 - 4th grade Div. 6 - 8th grade       Div. 9 - 11th grade                           4-H members will exhibit a poster depicting each of the growth stages
Div. 3 - 5th grade Div. 7 - 9th grade       Div. 10 - 12th grade                          for the crop which they have chosen. Members may photograph their
Div. 4 - 6th grade                                                                        crops at key growth stages for that crop. Labels should include the
                                                                                          name of the stages shown and a brief description of the biological
EXHIBIT REQUIREMENTS                                                                      function.
  An article(s) that has been redone to represent another function or
  made like new. Recycled Articles is a project using your imagination                 Division 3:
  and creating an economically useful item from old materials. Article                    Members will exhibit a dried and pressed plant mounted on a 22” X 28”
  must have a record sheet which is the before and after picture. These                   poster. The plant should show signs of crop insect or disease damage.
  photos must be taped or glued onto this sheet and accompany project.                    A sample of the insect should be included in the exhibit. A label with
                                                                                          the member’s name, address, and club should be placed in the lower
Some suggested exhibits:                                                                  right corner.
1. Clothing - make hats and purses from old blue jeans
2. Furniture - coke cases made into end tables                                         Division 4:
3. Bottles & Cans - made into canister set                                                Members will exhibit a dried and pressed plant mounted on a 22” X
4. Miscellaneous - baskets made from greeting cards.                                      28” poster. The plant specimen should show signs of insect or disease
                                                                                          damage. Members should complete 4-5 4-H Crops Project Scouting
                                                                                          Forms (4-H 672) throughout the project growing season (from germi-
                           14. SCARECROW                                                  nation and at approximately two week intervals).
                     Projects entered Monday, June 27                                  Division 5:
                                                                                          Members will conduct a soil test of their crop field. Soil tests should
A “Family Project” - May include father, mother, single parent, grandparent,              be analyzed by a commercial soil test lab. The tests conducted should
guardian, brothers, sisters, etc.                                                         include pH, phosphorus, and potassium.

                                                                                  27
   Exhibit a poster including:                                                           used for orders and families as required (see chart below) and are to
    1. The information sheet provided to the soil test lab regarding the                 be placed flat against the bottom of the box. Insects must be properly
       soil type as determined by consulting the county soil map, yield                  grouped directly under the correct order and family box label. For ex-
       history, previous and future crops for 3 years, and any previous                  ample, all insects belonging to a particular order must be placed under
       cultural practices.                                                               that order label. Orders to be used are listed in the reference book
    2. The soil test report with a minimum reporting of soil pH, potas-                  ID-401. If family level identification is required, the insects should be
       sium, and phosphorus levels. As well as the resulting recommen-                   further grouped together under that family label.
       dations of lime, potassium, and phosphorus needs. All pertinent                   Educational Box:
       information should be highlighted and explained.                                  * One additional box (educational), based on the specific theme (see
                                                                                         chart below), is required for grades 9-12, in addition to the insect col-
Division(s) 6-10:                                                                        lection boxes. This box can be created in any manner chosen (without
   4-H members will create a 22” X 28” poster exhibiting one of the sug-                 the mounting, pinning, or identifying restrictions specified above).
   gested fair exhibits from their advanced crops manuals.
                                                                                      Grade 3 - Exactly 10 insects, identified and pinned on cards (ID 401A).
                               ELECTRIC                                                  Max. # Boxes 1.
                                                                                      Grade 4 - Exactly 20 insects, mounted (pins or vials). Identify all insects
                    Projects entered Monday, June 27                                     by common name and identify five (5) to order. (Include card ID 401B)
                                                                                         Max. # Boxes 1
Items exhibited must have been made by 4-H member while enrolled in                   Grade 5 - Exactly 30 insects, mounted (pins or vials). Identify all insects
the project. A note needs to be attached to the project explaining the                   by common name and identify 15 to order. (Include ID 401C) Max. #
exhibit and its intended use and the record sheet must be included. All                  Boxes 1
poster exhibits are to be displayed horizontally, sized 22”x 28” mounted on
                                                               ,                      Grade 6 - Exactly 40 insects, exhibit a minimum of 6 orders, mounted
a firm backing (foam-core board or other) and covered in clear plastic or                (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common name and order. (Include
transparent material.                                                                    ID 401D) Max. # Boxes 2.
                                                                                      Grade 7 - Exactly 50 insects, exhibit a minimum of 8 orders, mounted
Division 1 Exhibit one circuit board (using kit provided), and label as                  (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common name and order. Identify
   either parallel or series circuit.                                                    ten (10) to family. (Include ID Card 401E) Max. # Boxes 2. Grade 8 -
Division 2 Exhibit one magnetic powered flashlight or a poster 22” X 28”    .            Exactly 60 insects, exhibit a minimum of 10 orders mounted (pins or
Division 3 Exhibit one of the following: 1) Build an extension cord using                vials). Identify all insects by common name and order. Identify (30) to
   all new parts; 2) Build an incandescent trouble light using all new parts;            family. (Include ID Card 401F) Max. # Boxes 2.
   3) Build a fluorescent trouble light using all new parts; 4) Repair an             Grade 9 - Exactly 70 insects, exhibit a minimum of 12 orders, mounted
   extension cord or trouble light by replacing the cord, plug, connector                (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common name, order, and family.
   body or socket handle with a new part(s). OR Exhibit a poster on one                  One educational box (theme: insect behavior). Include card ID 401I.
   of the following topics: 1) wire size; 2) wire type; 3) current carrying              Max. # Boxes (up to 3 collection boxes plus 1 educational box). Place
   capacity; 4) the parts of an extension cord or trouble light; 5) an impor-            ID 401I in first collection box ONLY.
   tant safety-related topic; 6) any topic covered in the Division III manual.        Grade 10 - Exactly 80 insects, exhibit a minimum of 14 orders, mounted
Division 4 Exhibit one of the following: 1) Made or remade lamp; 2) Dis-                 (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common name, order, and family.
   play board on any topic covered in manual; 3) Poster on any topic                     One educational box (theme: insect pest management). Max. # Boxes
   covered in this manual.                                                               (up to 3 collection boxes plus 1 educational box). Place ID 401I in first
NOTE: Equipment wiring boards differ from display boards in that they                    collection box ONLY.
   show hands-on wiring techniques (i.e., complete wiring of a light con-             Grade 11 - Exactly 90 insects, exhibit a minimum of 16 orders, mounted
   trolled by a three-way switch system). Equipment wiring boards should                 (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common name, order, and fam-
   be a maximum of 3’ x 3’  .                                                            ily. One educational box (theme: insects in the environment). Max. #
Division 5-10 One article made, a written report, a chart, a diagram or                  Boxes (up to 3 collection boxes plus 1 educational box). Place ID 401I
   photographs that tell the story, as listed in project manual. OR one                  in first collection box ONLY.
   electronic exhibit.                                                                Grade 12 - Exactly 100 insects, exhibit a minimum of 18 orders, mounted
                                                                                         (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common name, order, and family.
                                                                                         One educational box (theme: benefits of insects). Max. # Boxes (up to
                            ENTOMOLOGY                                                   3 collection boxes plus 1 educational box). Place ID 401I in first collec-
                             (Insect Collection)                                         tion box ONLY.
                       Projects entered Friday, July 1                                Poster Option
                                                                                                                                                 ,
                                                                                         Posters must be displayed horizontally, sized 22” x 28” mounted on a
Insect Collection Option                                                                 firm backing (foam-core board or other), and covered in clear plastic or
Notes:                                                                                   other transparent material. Be sure to include a label with your name,
     * Reference 4-H 764: “How To Study, Collect, Preserve, and Identify                 grade, and county. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate
        Insects”                                                                         for your grade in school, and use that topic for your exhibit title, so the
     * Reference:”How to Make an Awesome Insect Collection,” ID 401                      judges know which activity you completed. You can also use a creative
Orders:                                                                                  subtitle if you wish.
     * Use the orders listed in the reference material (above), which are             Grades 3-5
        found on page 57 in ID-401 and the Table of Contents in 4-H 764.              Display a poster based on the following activities:
Display:                                                                                 · Big Mouth Bugs — Show the 4 different mouth types that you stud-
   * Collect, mount (pins or vials) and identify insects personally collected            ied. Include the completed chart describing the mouth types, an insect
   in the U. S. only                                                                     with this mouth type, food they eat, and where these insects might be
   * Display your best specimens in 18” X 24” glass or Plexiglas topped                  found.
   boxes, oriented horizontally. When multiple boxes are used: list the box              · Pit Stop — Make two pit traps and use them to collect insects. Exhibit
   order (i.e. “box 1 of 3 boxes”) and include your name in each box.                    your completed record sheet. You can use the format given for your
   * Cards A-F (for grades 3-8) are to be placed inside the display box                  data collection, or make your own. Include some of the insects, or pic-
   in an attractive manner. ID 401-I cards, (for grades 9-12), should be                 tures of your trap and insects collected.
   placed in the lower right hand corner of box #1.                                      · Buz-z-zing Around — Present three to five ways that insects com-
Identification:                                                                          municate. Include an insect, or picture of each insect that communi-
   * Collection display boxes are expected to include the specified num-                 cates in each of the ways you are describing.
   ber of insects, families, and orders specified (see below).                           · FACETnating! — Show how insects see (compound eyes) and ex-
   * All insects must be in the adult stage and be properly mounted on                   plain how they see colors.
   insect pins or be contained in vials as directed.                                     · Ants and Uncles — Compare insects with their non-insect relatives
   Pin Labels: Each pin or vial must contain two labels:                                 by completing the chart in your book (copy or make your own). Include
     1) Top label is to include collection date, location, and collector name            some of the insects and their non-insect relatives, or pictures of them,
     2) Bottom label is to include common name and other optional iden-                  on your poster.
        tification data                                                               Grades 6-8
   Box Labels: Box labels (computer generated or neatly printed) are                  Display a poster based on the following activities:
                                                                                 28
   · Dots Before My Eyes — Show the importance of color for communi-                   Exhibit Guidelines:
   cation, camouflage, and defense. Use the chart in your manual (copy
   or make your own) and one other method.                                             Beginner (Grades 3-5)
   · Designer Bugs — Show your creative talents! Design an insect and                      Exhibit a Farm Scene display not to exceed 18” X 18” X 18” in size. Dis-
   show your drawing and model (or picture of your model). Give it a                       play must be built on rigid wood (i.e. plywood). This division is limited
   name, genus, species, and indicate the habitat you would expect your                    to field tilling/planting equipment (toy plows, disc/tiller, planter, tractor,
   insect to live in.                                                                      cultivator). Roads, lanes, trees, light poles, fencerows, and a backdrop
   · How Sweet it Is — Show how you completed the experiment using                         may be used to set off field or fields. Points will be deducted for each
   water, a diet drink, and a regular drink. Show what you observed using                  item included in the exhibit that is not listed above.
   the chart given or one you make yourself. You may use the scientific                Intermediate (Grades 6-8)
   method (described in Level 3, Chapter 1), if you want to try it. · Com-                 Exhibit a Farm Scene display not to exceed 24” X 24” X 24” in size.
   puter Bugs — Show how you raised mealworms with pictures, informa-                      Display must be built on rigid wood. This division will be limited to any
   tion, and the completed chart (copy or make your own).                                  type of field work (tilling, planting, and harvesting). Equipment may
   · Things that Buzz in the Night — Exhibit your night collection set-up                  include any of the following: disc/tiller, plow (any type), planter, trac-
   and results. You can use pictures, drawings, and include insects (real                  tor, cultivator, combine, grain wagon/cart, truck, hay baling equipment,
   or pictures) that you saw. Include the chart                                            hay wagon. Roads, lanes, trees, light poles, fencerows, backdrop, and
   · GrassHOPper To It — Show some different ways that insects move                        animals may be used. Points will be deducted for each item included
   by completing the chart and a labeled drawing of an insect leg.                         in the exhibit that is not listed above.
Grades 9-12                                                                            Advanced (Grades 9-12)
   · A Meal from a Worm - Show how you used the scientific method to                       Exhibit a Farm Scene display not to exceed 36” X 36” X 36” in size.
   study how mealworm larvae survive on a fixed amount of food. Include                    Display must be built on rigid wood. This division is open to create
   your hypothesis, data charts, and conclusions. Drawings or pictures                     any type of farm scene you want. Example: Farmstead (buildings,
   will help tell the story.                                                               grain handling equipment, field work, harvesting) or a Farm Equipment
   · BEEhavior - Show how you used the scientific method to study hon-                     Store.
   ey bee response to symbols. Include your hypothesis, data charts, and
   conclusions. Drawings or pictures will help tell the story.                                                         FINE ARTS
   · Bugs R Us — Show how you taught others about entomology. In-
   clude all the items listed in the planning outline (copy or make your                            Projects entered Wednesday, June 29, 8-9:30am
   own). Drawings or pictures will help tell the story.
   · Planting for Butterflies — Show how you planned, planted, and                                              Workshops will be held at
   cared for your butterfly garden. Include the table (copy or make your                                       Penn High School 6:30-8pm,
   own) and information about any help you received, resources you used                                           June 7, 14, 21, & 28.
   (people and publications), and the cost of your project. Drawings or
   pictures will help tell the story.                                                  Fine Arts gives 4-H members an opportunity to ex-
   · The Monarch: King or Queen? — Explain the life cycle of the mon-                  press themselves through different mediums in the
   arch by completing the table (copy or make your own). Discuss migra-                area of drawing and painting. A member should ex-
   tion (when and where) of monarchs. Research (library or Internet) to                periment with the techniques and equipment for us-
   find out more. Drawings or pictures will help tell the story.                       ing their selected medium. Select a subject appro-
Independent Study (Grades 9-12)                                                        priate for your background, interest, and experience.
   · Advanced topic - Learn all you can about a topic of your choice
   and present it on a poster or in an Entomology Box. Include a short                 Pictures must have secured attached wire (no duct tape) ready for hang-
   manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the works cited to describe what             ing. Saw tooth hangers are not acceptable. Picture may be matted (win-
   you did and what you learned. Title your poster, “Advanced Entomology               dow style) when applicable. Glass may be added to protect exhibit. Fram-
   - Independent Study”                                                                ing is optional, BUT SUGGESTED. Must be on canvas, canvas board, or
   · Mentoring - Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger                assorted papers.
   4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges
   and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful                 Those 4-H members choosing to do two pictures are required to use dif-
   in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged.                   ferent medium for each picture. These pictures will be entered and judged
   Title your poster, “Advanced Entomology - Mentor”    .                              against each other. Only one craft project per 4-H member is eligible to
                                                                                       go the State Fair.
                          FARM TOY SCENE
                                                                                       REQUIREMENTS
                     Projects entered Tuesday, June 28                                 Members are expected to do original work in any one or a combination of
                                                                                       the common media. Suggested media are:
This project and exhibit is designed to motivate and interest young people             Pencil            Oil                  Ink       Water Colors
in modeling a custom built farm toy display. The 4-H member will create a              Chalk Pastels     Charcoal Acrylics
realistic setting around manufactured or custom built farm toys. Modeling              Oil               Pastels
is very personal and involves much imagination. Members are encour-
aged to display their many artistic abilities in this project.                         Exhibits are judged by grade divisions:
                                                                                       1 –3rd Grade       2 – 4th Grade      3 – 5th Grade
GENERAL RULES:                                                                         4 – 6th Grade      5 – 7th Grade      6 – 8th Grade
1. Projects will be judged by Beginner, Intermediate, or Advanced Division.            7 – 9th Grade      8 – 10th Grade     9 – 11th Grade
2. Exhibit your display according to the guidelines listed below.                      10 – 12th Grade
3. Complete the record sheet, include the signature of your adult 4-H
    leader and turn in with your project at the 4-H Fair.                              If copying a picture for exhibit (such as a photograph), include the original
4. Exhibits will be judged according to the following criteria: artistic ar-           with your finished project. Mount an envelope on the back of the picture to
    rangement of exhibit, detail of exhibit, and realistic setting around toys.        hold the original and your record sheet.
5. Toys used in your display can be any scale desired, but the preferred
    size is 1/64 or 1/16.
6. Model toys may be obtained at farm equipment dealers, department
    stores, farm stores, and farm toy shows. Farm toy shows will probably
    offer the largest selection of toys.
7. Landscape supplies can be obtained at hobby shops, craft supply
    stores, and some items may be found in your back yard.
8. Every effort will be made to keep your exhibit safe, but the St. Joseph
    County 4-H organization is not responsible for lost or damaged items
    from your project.



                                                                                  29
                            FIRE SCIENCE                                              Project Requirements:
                                                                                      Grades 3 & 4:
                    Projects entered Monday, June 27                                  Flower and Plant Exhibit Categories
                                                                                         1. Create a flower arrangement in a simple bud vase, provide your
1. 4-H Fire Science exhibits should be educational in nature. An educa-                  own vase, from cut flowers you grew in your garden. - Vase must be
tional exhibit means one that should teach other people about your topic.                no more than 9 inches tall by 3 inches wide, neck opening of vase not
Choose a topic you think is interesting and apply your imagination.                      to exceed 1.5 inches and be clear or white only. Include 1-3 stems of
                                                                                         a main flower, along with appropriate amount of filler flower (Baby’s
2. Exhibits                                                                              Breath, Status, Wax Flower) and greenery.
Division 1 - Visit a local fire department and create a 22” X 28” poster                 2. Create a flower arrangement in a simple bud vase, provide your own
displaying pictures of your visit. Include descriptions of your pictures as              vase, from fresh flowers you purchased.- Vase must be no more than
well as a summary of your visit.                                                         9 inches tall by 3 inches wide, neck opening of vase not to exceed 1.5
                                                                                         inches and be clear or white only. Include 1-3 stems of a main flower,
Division 2 - (1) Volunteer at your local fire department for a minimum of 10             along with appropriate amount of filler flower (Baby’s Breath, Status,
hours. Create a log describing in detail what you did and record your time               Wax Flower) and greenery. Flowers should be in their natural state,
                                                                                         and not wired for display.
spent. Have it signed by the overseeing officer at the fire department and
                                                                                         3. Create a simple round arrangement (small, compact round cluster
by your Club Fire Science Leader. (2) Create an educational poster (22” X
                                                                                         of flowers) with fresh flowers you purchased. Including the vase or con-
28”) on fire apparatuses or on the day in the life of a firefighter.
                                                                                         tainer, must be no larger than 12” x 12”.
                                                                                         4. Create a simple round arrangement (small, compact round cluster
Division 3 - (1) Volunteer at your local fire department for a minimum of 20
                                                                                         of flowers) with fresh flowers you grew. Including the vase or container,
hours and receive your CPR certification. Create a log describing in detail              must be no larger than 12” x 12”  .
what you did and record your time spent. Have it signed by the oversee-               AND/OR A
ing officer at the fire department and by your Club Fire Science Leader.              Poster or Notebook Exhibits - choose any one (1) of the following
(2) Create an educational poster (22” X 28”) on any subject involved with             topics:
firefighting. (3) Become a cadet at your local fire department. Create a                 1. Chronicle your work in your flower garden (planning, planting, care,
log describing in detail what you did and record your time spent. Have it                harvest, arrangement made with your flowers)
signed by the overseeing officer at the fire department and by your Club                 2. Describe how you planned or designed your garden, including how
Fire Science Leader.                                                                     you chose the kinds of flowers.
                                                                                         3. Explain how you harvested your flowers, cared for them, and used
Each exhibit will be judged against the following standard:                              them in an arrangement.
         Accuracy/Completeness                       35%                                 4. Explore and explain: pollination - what it is, why it is important, differ-
                      Accuracy (25%)                                                     ent ways it occurs or transplanting - what, how, things to watch out for;
                      Completeness (10%)                                                 or role of insects with flowers (good, bad or both).
         Explanation                                 25%                                 5. Explore and explain seed germination or how to care for a ‘sick’
                      Topic Heading (5%)                                                 plant.
                      Picture (5%)                                                       6. Report on interview with a professional (what do they do, types of
                      Topic Explanation (15%)                                            jobs, type of training, hours worked, etc.)
         Originality/Creativity                      25%                                 7. Describe an experiment you did and the results.
                      Was project more than just                                         8. Describe a community service project you did related to your flowers
                      copied out of the manual                                           project.
         Neatness/Appearance                         15%
                                          TOTAL 100%                                  Grades 5 & 6:
                                                                                      Flower and Plant Exhibit Categories
                  FLOWERS (FLORICULTURE)                                                 1. Display a mixed planter that may include herbs with foliage plants
                                                                                         and/or flowering plants. The planter should include 3 or more kinds
                      Projects entered Monday, July 4                                    of plants and have been planted at least two months before the fair.
                                                                                         The container exhibit space must not exceed 18”x 18” (height will be
Notebook and Poster Guidelines:                                                          variable). Must include 4-H 967c “Level B Plant Record” chronicling the
Notebook Guidelines -                                                                    care of your plant.
                                                                                         2. Make an item with dried herbs or dried flowers that you grew your-
   - Needs to be a sturdy 3 ring binder (with stiff covers) or a bound type
                                                                                         self. Examples of items to exhibit are, but not limited to a dried flower
   of notebook (with stiff covers). No report covers or similar styles.
                                                                                         product, or a simple dried arrangement in a container. The exhibit must
   - Make sure the notebook accurately meets the guidelines and objec-
                                                                                         not exceed 18” X 18” (height will be variable).
   tives in the manual.
                                                                                         3. Display one house plant, foliage and/or flowering, in a container not
   - Information printed directly off the web will not be accepted.
                                                                                         to exceed 10 inches in diameter. There must be only one specimen
   - Materials included in the notebook need to be educational, both for                 plant per pot. A flowering plant may be of any color with single or dou-
   the youth and the audience, and should demonstrate that the youth                     ble flowers. Must include 4-H 967c “Level B Plant Record” chronicling
   was able to take what he or she learned from their research (experi-                  the care of your plant.
   ment, or on web, in library, etc) and/or activities to create the notebook.        Poster or Notebook Exhibits - choose any one (1) of the following
   - Work should include references where appropriate.                                topics:
   - Pictures, graphics, and artwork are encouraged.                                     1. Report how you harvested your flowers and/or herbs, cared for them,
Poster Guidelines -                                                                      dried them, and used them.
  - Dimensions = 22” X 28” displayed horizontally with stiff backing and                 2. Explore and explain: insects and your flowers and/or herbs
   must be covered with clear plastic.                                                   3. Explore and explain: starting seeds indoors — the process and pros
  - Identification included in the lower right hand corner (name, grade,                 and cons
   and county)                                                                           4. Explore and explain: perennials — what are they, how are they used,
   - Poster should ”tell a story” or be informative to the audience. Will the            benefits or drawbacks
   viewer of your poster learn something from the exhibit?                               5. Investigate and describe: a butterfly garden — what types of plants,
   - When designing your poster you should consider: lines, shapes, tex-                 benefits to insects and butterflies, etc.
   tures, colors and placement of items.                                                 6. Describe how you planned or designed your garden, including how
   - Pictures, graphics, and artwork are encouraged.                                     you chose the kinds of plants, any problems, successes
   - Make sure the poster accurately meets the guidelines and objectives                 7. Describe your houseplant - how you cared for, transplanted to larger
   of the activities in the manual.                                                      pot, any problems, or successes
   - Information printed directly off the web will not be accepted.                      8. Explore and explain: plant biology — form and function, growth, pho-
   - Materials included in the poster need to be educational, both for the               tosynthesis, etc.
   youth and the audience, and should demonstrate that the youth was                     9. Explore and explain: how to grow plants indoors — things to con-
   able to take what he or she learned from the research (experiment, or                 sider, common problems and solutions
   on web, in library, etc) and/or activities to create the poster.                      10. Explore and explain: environmental effects related to plants (such
                                                                                         as light, water, soil, or temperature)
                                                                                 30
   11. Describe an experiment you did and the results                                     5. Create a centerpiece for an event, such as a banquet, party, wed-
   12. Explore and explain topics from “Imagine That” — plants around                     ding, funeral, or church. Arrangement should be no larger than 24” x
   the world, information about different cultural uses of plants, different              24” x 36” and be made from EITHER fresh flower and/or plant materi-
   ways you used your plants/herbs/flowers.                                               als or artificial or silk flower and/or plant materials. Bows and decora-
Grades 7, 8 & 9:                                                                          tive accessories are okay.
Flower and Plant Exhibit Categories                                                       6. Display a plant that you propagated (and grew and cared for) by
   1. Display a terrarium- Size of the terrarium should be appropriate for                tissue culture or other vegetative propagation methods, or flowering
   use on a table at home, and no larger than 12” deep, 18” long and 16”                  bulbs that you forced. Maximum pot size should not exceed 10” diam-
   high. Must have a cover while on exhibit. See activity information for                 eter. Must include 4-H 969c Level D Record chronicling the care of your
   design.                                                                                plant.
   2. Combination or European planter - Exhibit a container of plants (3 or            AND/OR A
   more kinds of plants) that you have planted and cared for a minimum                 Poster or Notebook Exhibits - choose any one (1) of the following
   of 2 months. See activity for information on plants and design. The                 topics:
   container should not exceed exhibit space of 18” x 18” (height will be                 1. Describe how you created your arrangement, include information on
   variable).                                                                             the design principles utilized.
   3. Create one (1) corsage or two (2) boutonnieres made from only                       2. Explore and explain how you utilize different flowers to make a simi-
   fresh flowers. (Boutonnieres do not have bows). Corsages should con-                   lar style arrangement for different seasons (tulips in spring, mums in
   tain 3 or more blooms. NO artificial flowers or greenery should be used                fall, etc.) or how to utilize similar flowers to make different styles of ar-
   in this category. Bows and decorative items are okay.                                  rangements.
   4. Create one (1) corsage or two (2) boutonnieres made from silk or                    3. Explore and explain: the cost of arrangement and/or a cost compari-
   other artificial flowers and greenery. (Boutonnieres do not have bows).                son with flowers (different types flowers, different time year, etc.).
   Can be created with mixed fresh and artificial materials, or all artificial.           4. Explore and explain: forcing flowers (bulbs, branches, etc.).
   Bows and decorative items are okay.                                                    5. Explore and explain: marketing in the floral industry (large or small
   5. A dried arrangement in a container or a specialty item (such as, but                business) and/ or a market survey and results, and how they can ben-
   not limited to, a wreath or swag) made with dried flowers and dried                    efit the floral industry.
   plant materials. NO artificial flowers/plant materials should be included.             6. Explore and explain: how to start a business related to the floral
   Bows and decorative items are okay. Maximum size 24” x 24” (height,                    industry and may include a business plan.
   will be variable).                                                                     7. Explore and explain the origins of flowers and/or the floriculture in-
   6. Create a flower arrangement using either roses or lilies as the pri-                dustry around the world.
   mary component of the arrangement. Arrangement should be made                          8. Explore and explain: tissue culture, biotechnology, or traditional
   with all fresh materials (NO artificial flowers/plant materials). Bows                 breeding of new flower types — what are they, how are they used, pros
   and decorative items are okay. The exhibit must not exceed 18” x 18”                   and cons.
   (height will be variable).                                                             9. Explore and explain: be a plant detective — what kinds of problems
AND/OR A                                                                                  might you have in growing and caring for flowers, and how to solve.
Poster or Notebook Exhibits - choose any one (1) of the following                         10. Describe an experiment you did and the results.
topics:                                                                                   11. Describe a community service activity you did related to your flow-
   1. Explore and explain: vegetative propagation — how to, different                     ers project: how, why, results.
   types, problems and solutions, different uses of
   2. Explore and explain: plant nutrients — what are they, why does the               The Superintendent in charge will remove flowers from the exhibit when
   plant need them, what happens if the plant has too much or too little,              they have wilted and are no longer attractive to the exhibit.
   planters or containers vs. garden.
   3. Investigate the design of multiple plant containers — how to, things                                               FOODS
   to considers, selecting plant materials, uses of
   4. Describe how you created your corsage or boutonnieres; or dried                                         Projects entered Friday, July 1
   arrangement. Be sure to include appropriate information on design
   principles and how they are used to create your arrangement.                         All baked products must be cooled to
   5. Explore and explain: floral tools and materials (how to use, what they           room temperature before packing to
   are, care of tools, different uses of a tool or material)                           bring for judging. For judging, all food
   6. Explore and explain: preserving cut flowers — how, problems, uses                exhibits must include recipe with ingredi-
   of and/or diseases related to cut flowers                                           ents and directions on the 5 ” X 8” recipe
   7. Illustrate, explore and explain how you dry flowers or other plant               card provided by the Extension Office.
   materials and/or describe different methods and/or how, why use them.               Recipe card cannot be altered in any
   8. Explore and explain: medicinal uses and toxicity of fresh and dried              way. Follow the directions on the card
   flowers and plants.                                                                 continuing on the back when it says so.
   9. Describe an experiment you did and the results.                                  Use two (2) cards if needed. Cover card
   10. Describe a career exploration activity you did, such as job shadow,             with clear plastic.
   interview with a professional.
   11. Describe a community service activity you did related to your flow-             All products should be displayed on a foil covered cardboard (avoid ex-
   ers project — what you did, why, results, etc.                                      cessive decoration) that is disposable, no more than 1/2” larger than the
Grades 10, 11 & 12:                                                                    product. Pies must be in disposable aluminum foil pie pan.
Flower and Plant Exhibit Categories
   1. Create a seasonal arrangement from only fresh flower and/or plant                All food exhibits will be sold at the Fair with proceeds going to the 4-H
   materials. Flowers and plant materials specific to a season or holiday              Scholarship Fund organized by the 4-H Booster Club. For a donation, you
   should be used. For example, fall mums or spring tulips. Maximum size               may receive your food product back.
                    .
   24” x 24” x 36” This category could include a traditional floral arrange-
   ment, but also items such as wreaths. Bows and decorative accesso-                  NOTES: No use of bread machines. You cannot use any box mixes or
   ries are okay.                                                                      bisquick. Recipes must include yield size. Division 8 thru 10 may be com-
   2. Create a seasonal arrangement that can include fresh and/or arti-                pleted in any order, but not repeated.
   ficial flower/plant materials. Flowers and plant materials specific to a
   season or holiday should be used. Maximum size 24” x 24” x 36” This  .              State Fair entry forms are taken care of by the Extension Office, but paper-
   category could include a traditional floral arrangement, but also items             work must be picked up by the 4-H member to be placed on baked goods
   such as wreaths. Bows and decorative accessories are okay.                          and packaged for transport to the State Fair.
   3. Create a modern or contemporary style arrangement using fresh
   flower and plant materials. See manual for suggestions. Maximum size                For baked product competitions: Filling, frosting, glazing, pie filling, and
                   .
   24” x 24” x 36” Include a label that states what type of design you have            meringue, (whether uncooked or cooked) are not permitted to contain
   created (botanical, pavè, parallel, free-form, abstract, etc.)                      cream cheese, whipped cream, unpasteurized milk or uncooked eggs/
   4. Create a bridal bouquet. Proper display of the bouquet should be                 egg whites (these require refrigeration). No home-canned fruits, vegeta-
   considered, but only the bouquet will be judged. Bouquet should in-                 bles, or meats are permitted in products. Recipes must be provided that
   clude only fresh plant materials. Bows and decorative accessories are               show which ingredients were used in each part of the product. Contes-
   okay.                                                                               tants should carefully wash their hands and make sure that their hands
                                                                                  31
do not have any open cuts before preparing foods. Whenever possible,                     FOOD PRESERVATION
baked products should be transported and stored in chilled coolers (41
F). Judges and individuals who will consume products from county and                 Projects entered Wednesday, June 29
state competitions should be informed that they are at risk for food borne
illness since the established policy cannot guarantee that an entry which            1. For judging, all food exhibits must include recipe with ingredients and
is a “potentially hazardous food” has been properly prepared or handled                 directions on the 8 1/2” X 11” recipe sheet provided by the 4-H Exten-
before, during or following the competition.                                            sion Office with no additional decorating of the recipe sheet allowed.
                                                                                        Recipes for frozen food products should be placed in zip-lock bag at-
EXHIBIT REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                        tached with freezer tape.
                                                                                     2. Judge will give oral comments to 4-H’ers, parents and leaders (Lead-
DIVISION 1 - Level A 3rd Grade
                                                                                        ers and 4-H’ers should be present).
Exhibit six (6) drop, shaped or bar baked cookies (NO GLAZE OR FROST-
ING). USE OF COOKIE CUTTERS IS NOT ALLOWED                                           3. Meat should be wrapped in clear moisture proof material and then cov-
                                                                                        ered with protective wrapping. Judges will remove outer wrapping to
Division 2 - Level A 4th Grade                                                          check product.
Exhibit six (6) muffins of any kind (no muffin liners).                              Frozen Foods:
                                                                                     4. Containers - frozen foods and vegetables should be exhibited in trans-
Division 3 - Level B 5th Grade                                                          parent containers that are easily opened. A ½ pint or pint size package
Exhibit a square, oblong or round layer of cake, (without frosting, crumb               is recommended.
topping, or powdered sugar topping). Cake is to be displayed topside up.             5. Syrup, if used, should barely cover the fruit.

Division 4 - Level B 6th Grade                                                       Exhibit Requirements
Exhibit six no yeast, any shaped pretzels (shaped, stick, or nugget) OR
six no yeast rolled biscuits (no drop biscuits). Biscuits must be cut with a         Division 1 - Level A 3rd Grade
biscuit cutter. Bisquick cannot be used in the making of the biscuits.                  One package of six frozen cookies. Display in freezer bag or freezer
                                                                                        container. Include index card with instructions for defrosting. Label
Division 5 - Level C 7th Grade                                                          with name of product, quantity, and date frozen.
Exhibit six breadsticks or yeast rolls (any shape, medium size — not a               Division 2 - Level A 4th Grade
sweet roll).                                                                            Two packages of frozen berries. Display in freezer bag or freezer con-
                                                                                        tainer. Include index card with instructions for cooking or defrosting.
Division 6 - Level C 8th Grade                                                          Label with name of product, quantity, and date frozen.
Exhibit a yeast bread (may be loaf, braid, but not rolls) using a specialty          Division 3 - Level B 5th Grade
grain such as whole wheat, rye, oat bran, etc. or a sweet bread such as                 One uncooked frozen mini pizza using pita bread, English muffin, ba-
tea ring. Glaze cannot use milk or any dairy product.                                   gel or already prepared crust (no larger than 7” in diameter) with top-
                                                                                        pings of your choice. Meat toppings such as hamburger, sausage,
Division 7 - Level C 9th Grade
                                                                                        bacon, etc. need to be cooked. Display on covered cardboard inside
Exhibit one display of a nonperishable invented snack (such as granola
                                                                                        freezer bag. Include index card with instructions for cooking. Label
bar, brownie, fudge, fruit leather, popcorn snack, trail mix, etc) OR another
                                                                                        with name of product, quantity, and date frozen.
invented food product. Exhibit must include a separate folder containing
                                                                                     Division 4 - Level B 6th Grade
a marketing plan with the product name, recipe, how it will be packaged,
a package design, where it will be sold and suggested selling price. La-                Two identical packages of any frozen vegetable or combination veg-
bel should include product name, date, quantity, serving size, and list of              etables. Display in freezer bag or freezer container. Include index card
ingredients.                                                                            with instructions for cooking. Label with name of product, quantity, and
                                                                                        date frozen.
Division 8 - Level D 10th - 12th Grade                                               Division 5 - Level C 7th Grade
Exhibit a single or double crust baked fruit pie (no graham cracker crust)              Two containers of freezer jam. Include index card with recipe and in-
in disposable aluminum foil pie pan. No home canned or purchased pie                    structions for storing. Label with name of product, quantity, and date
filling.                                                                                frozen.
                                                                                     Division 6 - Level C 8th Grade
Division 9 - Level D 10th - 12th Grade                                                  Two jars of a canned tomato product using the Hot Pack Method for a
Exhibit a nonperishable baked international food product (such as apple                 boiling water canner, such as tomato juice, catsup, barbecue sauce,
strudel, French bread, Mexican wedding cakes, fortune cookies, etc.) with               or salsa. Include index card with recipe and instructions for cooking
a separate page describing the food customs of a country and how the                    or using the product. Label with name of product, quantity, and date
food product is used in relation to that country’s customs (Include recipe              canned.
card) OR a table display, including the baked product, and recipe sheet on           Division 7 - Level C 9th Grade
a country outlining food preferences, meal patterns, how nutritional needs              Two jars of a canned pickle or a canned pickled product. Include index
are met, interesting customs, traditions, etc. Display should be no larger              card with recipe, processing, and storage instructions. (Products using
than 16” deep x 22” wide x 28” high.                                                    a fancy pack are not accepted). Label with name of product, quantity,
                                                                                        and date canned. (Refrigerator pickles will not be accepted.)
Division 10 - Level D 10th - 12th Grade                                              Division 8 - Level D 10th - 12th Grade
Exhibit a nonperishable baked food product for a special occasion or ca-                Two jars of pressure canned vegetables, meat or combination product,
tered meal (such as an appetizer, holiday food, fruit cake, special occasion            such as soup, stew, spaghetti sauce with meat, etc. Include index card
cake, altered recipe product, etc.) with a separate page outlining how this             with recipe and instructions for cooking or using the product. (Products
product is to be used at the event (Include recipe card) OR a table dis-
                                                                                        using a fancy pack are not accepted). Label with name of product,
play for a special occasion or catered meal, including the baked product.
                                                                                        quantity, and date canned.
The display should include a notebook outlining menu, supplies to buy,
                                                                                     Division 9 - Level D 10th - 12th Grade
preparation schedule, equipment, table layout; guest list, activity or games
planned, sample place cards, invitations, napkins, and recipe sheet. Dis-               Two packages of a frozen entree such as casserole, hearty soup or
play should be no larger than 16” deep X 22” wide x 28” high.                           vegetable dish. Exhibit should include an index card with recipe and
                                                                                        instructions for reheating. Label with name of product, quantity, and
**NOTE - CUSTARD, CREAM, CREAM CHEESE FROSTING OR FILL-                                 date frozen.
INGS, AND RAW EGG WHITE FROSTING ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE IN                               Division 10 - Level D 10th - 12th Grade
AN EXHIBIT BECAUSE THEY ARE HIGHLY PERISHABLE WHEN LEFT                                 Two jars of cooked jelly or a reduced sugar fruit spread. Include recipe
AT ROOM TEMPERATURE!!!!                                                                 card. Label with name of product, quantity, and date made.

There will be: 1 State Fair Entry for each division, 1 Champion for each             NOTE: Division 8, 9 & 10 may be done in any order but may not be
division, and 1 Reserve Champion for each division.                                  repeated.


                                                                                32
                  FORESTRY                                                              tures will help tell the tale.
                                                                                        Growing Every Day (pp 30 & 31), Complete the table to calculate the
        Projects entered Monday, June 27                                                volume of 5 large trees that you can find and measure in your county.
                                                                                        Research to find out how to make and use a Tree Measuring Stick
Create an exhibit that shows the public what you
                                                                                        (FNR-4) and use that to calculate the volume of each tree. Explain why
learned in the forestry project this year. Exhib-
its must be displayed horizontally, sized 22” x 28”   ,                                 you think your results varied with the two methods of determining tree
mounted on a firm backing (foam-core board or oth-                                      volume (the one in your 4-H manual or using a tree measuring stick).
er), and covered in clear plastic or other transparent                                  Tree Planting Plant 1-3 shade trees. Include information about the tree
material. Be sure to include a label with your name,                                    (or trees) you planted, why you chose the species you did, what are
grade, and county. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for               the benefits of this tree, and how tall this tree (or trees) will be when
your grade in school, and use that topic for your exhibit title. If you are             mature. Explain why you chose the planning site that you did, where
exhibiting leaves, they should be free of any damage and if you choose to               you found your planting information, what steps you followed, the hole
write scientific names, they must be in either italics or underscored. (Note:           size, care of your tree (watering and weed control), and any other infor-
scientific names are required for herbariums). The Genus (first name)                   mation you can give. Include a picture of your tree (photo or drawing).
must have the first letter capitalized. The species (second name) has no                Reference: FNR-FAQ-18-W
capitalization.
                                                                                     Grades 9-12
Grades 3 - 5                                                                         Exhibit: Display a poster based on one of the following activities:
Exhibit: Display a poster based on one of the following activities:
                                                                                        A World of Forests (pp 16 & 17), indicate the 3 major forest biomes
   Leafing Out - comparisons (pp 6 & 7). Collect, dry and mount 6 differ-
                                                                                        on a copy, drawing, or picture of the world. Complete the table given in
   ent species of leaves showing leaf differences: one leaf with opposite
   arrangement and one with an alternate arrangement, two leaves with                   the activity.
   different leaf margins, a compound leaf, and simple leaf. Use the 50                 City Trees (pp 20 & 21), complete the questions about Tree City (page
   Trees of Indiana book (4-H 15-80 or CD-FNR-3) as a reference and                     20). Show (draw or use pictures) some trees that are often used in city
   identify the leaves and group them under the titles of “arrangement,”                plantings and explain the benefits of these trees.
   “leaf margins,” and “compound or simple.” Draw (or copy the picture)                 Trim the Trees (pp 26 & 27), explain the 5 different kinds of tree prun-
   and label the parts of a leaf using the diagram from the manual (Level               ing for urban trees. List some dos and donts of proper pruning.
   1). Title your poster, Leafing Out - Leaf Differences.                               My Boss is a Tree (pp 34 & 35), list 5 jobs that require a knowledge
   Leafing Out - collection (pp 6 & 7). Identify and exhibit leaves from 10             of trees and forestry. Explain the training and education that is needed
   different trees that are listed in 50 Trees of Indiana book (4-H 15-80 or            and what types of things you might be doing if you had this job.
   CD-FNR-3). List at least two unique characteristics of each tree. Title              Tree Planting - Present a tree planting plan for at least 100 trees. In-
   your poster. Leafing Out - Collection.                                               clude the type of trees you planted, pictures, cost, method of planting,
   Hold on Tight - (pp 10 & 11). Dig up a small plant root system and                   weeding, pruning your trees, and any additional information. Your ex-
   display along with a drawing of the root system with the anchor, lat-                hibit must have a title, labels, backing, and plastic covering as required
   eral, and feeder roots identified and the “Parts of a Tree” diagram (4-H             in the manual. Reference: FNR-FAQ-18-W
   641B).
                                                                                        Herbarium Collection - Trees Collect 25 terminal twigs and at least
   Down in the Dirt - (pp 20 & 21). Collect roots from 3 different habitats:
                                                                                        two leaves, if space allows (only one compound leaf is required), from
   woods, near a creek, and in a pasture or prairie. (Note: do not use the
   habitats listed in your manual). Display the roots along with the com-               native forest trees. Mount the specimens on 11 ½” x 16 ½” paper. One
   pleted root test chart (copy or recreate) showing the color, size, and               leaf on the twig must be mounted to show the back side of the leaf.
   shape information. Include any unique features you noted.                            Label each sheet with the following: common name, scientific name,
   My Couch is a Tree? - (pp 30 & 31). Use pictures (draw, cut from mag-                where collected, county where collected, date collected, name of col-
   azines, print, or take photographs) to show 10 things in and around                  lector, and specimen number. There are no specific references given
   your home that are made from wood.                                                   for these exhibits. Youth are encouraged to use Extension publications,
   Fun in the Forest - (pp 32 & 33). Visit a state park or forest, take your            the Internet, books, and forest specialists to develop these items. Note:
   50 Trees of Indiana book (4-H 15-80 or CD-FNR-3), diagram the trails                 Your herbarium collection must be accessible to the judges. Do not
   you hiked, and list the types of trees you saw. Photographs of you hik-              cover it under the plastic that covers your poster. You may want to at-
   ing and some of the trees you saw will help tell the story.                          tach a folder or other holder over your poster to hold the mounted,
                                                                                        covered specimens.
Grades 6 - 8                                                                            Herbarium Collection - Shrubs Collect 25 terminal twigs, with leaves
Exhibit: Display a poster based on one of the following activities:                     attached, from native shrubs. Mount the specimens on 11 ½” x 16 ½”
   The Leaf Machine (pp 8 & 9), copy, draw, or find a picture of a cross-
                                                                                        paper. One leaf on the twig must be mounted to show the back side
   section of a leaf. Label the 7 parts. Give the chemical reaction for pho-
                                                                                        of the leaf. Label each sheet with the following: common name, sci-
   tosynthesis, defining the chemicals: CO2, H2O, O2, and C6H12O6. Be
   sure to balance your equation! There should be the same number of                    entific name, where collected, county where collected, date collected,
   Carbon, Oxygen, and Hydrogen molecules on each side of the equal                     name of collector, and specimen number. There are no specific refer-
   sign. You may need to ask an older (high school) 4-H member or sci-                  ences given for these exhibits. Youth are encouraged to use Exten-
   ence teacher for help. Draw the tree canopy, trunk, and roots (or use                sion publications, the Internet, books, and forest specialists to develop
   tree diagram, 4-H 641B) and identify the crown, trunk (with the parts;               these items. Note: Your herbarium collection must be accessible to the
   heartwood, sapwood, cambium, and bark listed, feeder roots, and an-                  judges. Do not cover it under the plastic that covers your poster. You
   chor roots..                                                                         may want to attach a folder or other holder over your poster to hold the
   My State’s Forests (pp 14 & 15), use a map, draw, or find a picture of               mounted, covered specimens.
   Indiana on the Internet (e.g., www.in.gov/igic). Show where your home,
   your school, and your fairgrounds are located. Chose one of the follow-           Independent Study: Grades 9 - 12
   ing options to complete you poster.                                               Exhibit:
  **Show where Indiana’s state forests are located. List a few facts about              Advanced Topic - Learn all you can about an Indiana or Eastern De-
   each. Visit a state forest and have someone take your picture by the                 ciduous forestry topic of your choice and present it on a poster. Include
   sign, if possible.                                                                   a short manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the works cited to de-
    **Show where some state parks and state forests are located (5-15).
                                                                                        scribe what you did and what you learned. Title your poster, “Advanced
   List some facts about each one. Visit a state park or forest and have
                                                                                        Forestry - Independent Study.”
   someone take your picture by the sign, if possible.
   Someone Call a (Tree) Doctor and Stop Bugging Me (pp 22-25),                         Mentoring - Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger
   Collect 10 samples of tree leaves, twigs, stems, or roots damaged by                 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges
   insects or disease and the fruiting body or disease that caused the                  and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful
   damage. List information about the insect or disease and the species                 in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged.
   of tree that was affected.                                                           Title your poster, “Advanced Forestry - Mentor.”
   Fire in the Forest (pp 26 & 27), explain the Fire Triangle and describe
   what happened during and after a famous forest fire. Drawings or pic-
                                                                                33
                   GARDEN                                                                  excludes 10 x 10 Gardens
                                                                                       17. Each club member may enter only one division and should exhibit ac-
         Projects entered Monday, July 4                                                   cording to their grade.
                                                                                       18. SPECIAL - As an added exhibit, each member is invited to exhibit one
1. All vegetables entered in these classes must have been produced by                      single vegetable that is unusual or rare. This can be the biggest, small-
    the 4-H Club member in a garden in which they have worked. Any                         est, odd shaped, color, etc. Only one vegetable per garden member.
    exhibit which, in the opinion of the judge, has not been produced in a                 The vegetable will not be judged but will be given a participation rib-
    4-H garden will be disqualified.                                                       bons.
2. No oiling or waxing is permitted on exhibits.                                       19. If peas are displayed; the exhibit must contain 20 pods or 1 cup of
3. Garden members must attend one county meeting to be eligible for                        shelled peas.
    trophies.
4. Garden project will be an age group project.                                        **The only State Fair Entry from the county level in garden is the POSTER/
Div. 1 - 3rd Grade                  Div. 6 - 8th Grade                                    ACTIVITY. If you chose to exhibit vegetables in the 4-H class at the
Div. 2 - 4th Grade                  Div. 7 - 9th Grade                                    State Fair, forms are available at the 4-H Office.
Div. 3 - 5th Grade                  Div. 8 - 10th Grade
Div. 4 - 6th Grade                  Div. 9 - 11th Grade                                                             10 x 10 GARDEN
Div. 5 - 7th Grade                  Div. 10 - 12th Grade                               Make a single vegetable exhibit of one of the vegetables listed here. The
5. Division I: Exhibit one vegetable collection.                                       number of vegetables to exhibit is the number you need to make up in a
    Division II: Exhibit a collection of 2 plates of vegetables.                       single vegetable exhibit. MEMBER MAY NOT EXHIBIT IN OTHER GAR-
    Division III: Exhibit a collection of 3 plates of vegetables.                      DEN DIVISION. Another 4-H member other than the exhibitor may be
    Division IV: Exhibit a collection of 4 plates of vegetables.                       able to set up the 10 x 10 Garden exhibit. A champion and reserve cham-
    Division V -Division X: Exhibit a collection of 5 plates of vegetables.            pion will be awarded in this class as determined by the judge.
6. All Divisions: A bouquet of flowers in a 46 ounce juice can is required
    with each collection. The flower display must include no less than three           Kinds of    Number to               Suggestions for Selecting
    varieties of garden flowers taken from those grown in your garden this             Vegetables    Exhibit             & Preparing Your Vegetables
    year. Each exhibit is to include the appropriate common name, latin                _________________________________________________________
    name, and variety of each herb and vegetable. A collection exhibit will            Bush Beans   20 pods        Brittle, firm, seeds not distinct in pods.
    be lowered one ribbon grade if two or more vegetables of the same                  _________________________________________________________
    type are included. Labels will be provided by the garden club and used             Cabbage       1 head         Solid, dense, crisp and green in color.
    by each exhibitor.                                                                                                    Keep four wrapper leaves.
7. Herbs may be shown as single plate entries.                                         _________________________________________________________
8. Division I through IV: You may pick an exhibit “A” through “J” This is
                                                                      .                Carrots          5          Bright orange to reddish-orange. Avoid
    optional.                                                                                                     light yellows and greenish carrots. With
9. Division V through X: One special activity is REQUIRED. Choose from                                           tops of ½ inch or less. Do not injure skin.
    letters “A” through “J” One activity will be selected for State Fair.
                            .                                                          _________________________________________________________
10. Special activities to choose from include:                                         Onions           5                    Do not peel. Bulb firm,
      A. Exhibit 4 plates containing two cultivars of two different kinds of                                                    free from sunburn.
          vegetables from your garden. For example: display tomato Rut-                                               Remove only outer scales that are
          gers and tomato Roma on two plates and spinach Melody and                                                            broken or discolored.
          America on two plates. Label the cultivars you exhibit.                      _________________________________________________________
      B. Label and exhibit three unusual vegetables (may or may not be                 Peppers          5                 Leave stems 1/4 inch long.
          discussed in your garden manual) you grew in your garden this                                                           Firm & Smooth.
          year. If not listed in the vegetable display chart check with the Ex-        _________________________________________________________
          tension Office. Example: spaghetti squash, head lettuce, cowpea,             Squash           1               Exhibit while skin is still tender.
          etc.                                                                         (Zucchini)                 (delicate green to white) 5-7 inches long
      C. Make a poster of five commonly found diseases in vegetable gar-               _________________________________________________________
          dens, the damage caused by each, and the control options for                 Turnips          5            Firm, smooth, side roots clipped but
          each.                                                                                                          not tap root. 2-3” in diameter.
      D. Make a poster of five commonly found vegetable garden insects:                _________________________________________________________
          beneficial (good guys) and /or injurious (bad guys), benefits or             Tomatoes         5          Firm, smooth, free of cracks, stems off.
          damage caused by each, and the related management practices                                                      At least 90% fully colored.
          (how to keep the beneficial, and how to control the injurious in-            _________________________________________________________
          sects).                                                                      Tomatoes        12                         Same as above.
      E. Make a poster of a maximum of ten pests (diseases, insects,                    Cherry
          weeds and/or rodents) you found in your garden this year, dam-               _________________________________________________________
          aged caused, control measures used, and results.
      F. Make a poster explaining a Computer Garden Program.                                                           POTATO
      G. Make a poster showing a picture story of what you did in your
          garden this year. Example: how you planned, planted, and main-                                         Beginner (Grades 3-5)
          tained your garden.                                                                                  Intermediate (Grades 6-9)
      H. Make a poster showing your financial record for your garden..                                           Senior (Grades 10-12)
      I. Make a poster of pictures showing your experiences in hydropon-
          ics.                                                                         Requirements:
      J. Make a poster explaining various career options working with veg-             1. Each member will keep an accurate record to include:
          etables/herbs and gardening.                                                        a. The time spent working in the patch
11. All Divisions: Optional exhibit: One vegetable, largest by weight.                        b. The variety and amount of potatoes harvested
12. The activity poster should be 22” X 28” displayed horizontally with stiff                 c. The value of the crop
    backing and covered with clear plastic. The label should be in the                        d. The cost of production
    lower right corner. Identify the poster by using the letters “C” through           2. Each member will do as much of the work in connection with the
      .
    “J”                                                                                   potato project as is possible.
13. All collections, cultivars, and single plates will receive one (1) ribbon.         3. The member will increase the size of the potato patch to warrant
    The placing will be determined by the judge.                                           the needs of the family and market opportunities
14. All posters/activities will receive one (1) ribbon. The placing will be de-        4. The member will prepare an exhibit as outlined below.
    termined by the judge.
15. There will be a first, second and third ribbon for each vegetable listed           Exhibit:
    in category, “Largest by weight”   .                                                 Exhibit will consist of 24 to 36 potatoes grown in the current year dis-
16. There will be one (1) division champion and reserve champion for col-                played in a tray provided at the fair. The tray will be approximately 12
    lections - first year through 10th year. From these an overall grand                 1/2” X 18” X 2 1/2” deep in size. Potatoes will be placed in divisions and
    champion and overall reserve grand champion will be chosen. This                     judged based on variety.
                                                                                  34
                           STRAWBERRY                                                      you, your parents and your grandparents, ancestors #1 through
                                                                                           #7. Put all surnames in capital letters and all dates in military form
 The 4-H Strawberry Program focuses on planting and renovating straw-                      (12 July 1974). Give each person a number as described in the
        berry patches. it is a project the whole family can enjoy!                         “Recording the Information” section of the Indiana 4-H Genealogy
                                                                                           Resource Guide 4-H 748. You must use the pedigree charts listed
DIVISION 1 - For first year, project members regardless of age.                            at the www.four-h.purdue.edu, 4-H 748 Pc-W or 4-H 748 Pbw-
   1. Plant at least 25-100 strawberry plants of a recommended variety                     W OR the commercial software forms, but not the old pedigree
   and care for them                                                                       charts.
   2. Complete the record sheet and attach in the appropriate place on                  c. A Family Group Sheets for your parents and each pair of grand-
   the record a photograph of your strawberry patch.                                       parents. Sources of information must be filled in on family group
                                                                                           sheets (see section “Recording the Information”).
EXHIBIT:                                                                                d. Four (4) “Additional Information Work Sheets”; one for you the 4-H
                                                                                           member, one for your parents, and one for each set of grandpar-
Division 1:                                                                                ents (total = two worksheets)
   Exhibit a parent plant with attached runner(s) in a wooden box or other              e. Any documents or pictures pertaining to these three generations.
   suitable container. Container should be approximately 18” X 24” X 3”                    Documents must be labeled with ancestor name and ancestor
   in size. Turn in the record sheet with photograph.                                      number. Pictures need to be labeled with the ancestor names,
                                                                                           plus names of all known people, place and date picture was taken,
Division 2 and above:                                                                      as well as ancestor numbers.
   1. Continue to care for your patch and increase the size if desired.                 f. A diary of your work.
   2. Complete the record sheet and attach in the appropriate place a               2. Turn in completed record sheet and completed check sheet.
   photograph of yourself and your strawberry patch.
   3. In the fourth year of your original patch consider starting a new             DIVISION 2:
   patch. Consult Extension publications on growing strawberries for in-            1. Exhibit a notebook(s) that includes the following:
   formation on how to proceed.                                                         a. Four-generation pedigree chart. This would include you, your par-
                                                                                           ents, grandparents and great-grandparents, ancestors #1 through
   Exhibit one quart of berries (frozen with the caps and stems left on).                  #15. You must use the pedigree charts listed at the www.four-h.
   However, you may want to freeze more than one quart in case some-                       purdue.edu, 4-H 748 Pc-W or 4-H 748 Pbw-W OR the commercial
   thing would happen to some of your berries.                                             software forms, but not the old pedigree charts.
                                                                                        b. A Family Group Sheet for each pair of great-grandparents. Sourc-
               How To Prepare Your Berries For Judging                                     es of information must be filled in on family group sheets (see
                                                                                           section “Recording the Information” in the Indiana 4-H Genealogy
Pick about three times as many berries as you need for your exhibit. From                  Resource Guide 4-H 748).
these carefully select the best berries for show. Pick berries carefully.               c. An additional information work sheet for each set of great grand-
Cradle the berries in the palm of your hand and pinch the stem off with                    parents. d. Any photographs taken of tombstones of your ances-
your thumbnail. Keep the “calyx” or cap and about 1/2” of stem on the                      tors and their children. Please document location of tombstone(s)
berry. Do not jerk the berry off the cluster. Put the berries in the picking               and label with ancestor name, ancestor number, and date photo
container carefully to avoid bruising. Take picked berries to a cool place                 was taken. Rubbings are acceptable in lieu of photographs.
as quickly as possible.                                                                 e. Any other documents or pictures pertaining to these generations,
                                                                                           correctly labeled.
Sort berries carefully. Select berries that are uniform (the same) in color             f. A diary of your work
and size and as large as possible. Leave out those few jumbo berries.               2. Turn in completed record sheet and completed check sheet.
Choose berries that are mature and full-colored. Select the ones without
blemishes on either the berry or the cap. Select berries with caps that are         Division 3:
bright green, fresh looking and free of any brown flecks or spots.                  1. Exhibit a notebook(s) that includes the following:
                                                                                         a. Five-generation pedigree chart as in Division I, ancestors #1
Do not wash the berries. Gently brush any dirt off of the berries. Place the                through #31. If you are using charts provided on the 4-H Website,
berries individually on cookie sheets and freeze whole. Leave the cap on.                   you would use charts #1 through #9. Computer programs do not
                                                                                            generally print chart numbers, so if you are usinga computer pro-
After the berries are frozen solid, place them carefully into quart plastic                 gram, make sure you have the correct number of ancestors. If an
freezing containers.                                                                        ancestor is UNKNOWN, please indicate as UNKNOWN. You must
                                                                                            use the pedigree charts listed at the www.four-h.purdue.edu, 4-H
                                                                                            748 Pc-W or 4-H 748 Pbw-W OR the commercial software forms,
                            GENEALOGY                                                       but not the old pedigree charts.
                                                                                         b. Additional Family Group Sheets and additional information work
                    Projects entered Tuesday, June 28
                                                                                            sheets for generations five (5). Sources of information must be
                                                                                            filled in on family group sheets (see section “Recording the Infor-
GENEALOGY is the science of tracing one’s family back through previous
                                                                                            mation” in the Indiana 4-H Genealogy Resource Guide 4-H 748).
generations. In the 4-H Genealogy project, you will have an opportunity
                                                                                         c. Write an autobiography, the story of your life. Include pictures, rel-
not only to learn about your family but about HISTORY (your ancestors
                                                                                            evant dates, and important events. OR, write an essay about what
were there when it was happening) and GEOGRAPHY (they came from all
                                                                                            your hopes and dreams are for the future, or about life goals you
over the world). You will learn how to research a variety of sources in the
                                                                                            hope to attain.
hope of finding the pieces to your family puzzle. Most of all we hope you
                                                                                         d. Any documents or pictures pertaining to these generations, cor-
will enjoy the project and learn more about yourself while you learn about
                                                                                            rectly labeled.
your ancestors. You must start with Division 1, not by grade in school. All
                                                                                         e. A diary of your work
members are encouraged to attend the orientation meeting.
                                                                                    2. Turn in completed record sheet and completed check sheet.
        IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED THAT YOU START THIS
                                                                                    Division 4:
         PROJECT IN OCTOBER AFTER THE CURRENT FAIR.
                                                                                    1. Exhibit a notebook(s) that includes the following:
                                                                                         a. Six-generation pedigree chart as in Division I, ancestors #1
You may use a computer program. You will need to include ALL project
                                                                                            through #63. If you are using charts provided on the 4-H Website,
requirements for your individual division whether using a genealogy pro-
                                                                                            you would use charts #1 through #9. Computer programs do not
gram for computers or handout sheets.
                                                                                            generally print chart numbers, so if you are using a computer pro-
                                                                                            gram, make sure you have the correct number of ancestors. You
PROJECT REQUIREMENTS:
                                                                                            must use the pedigree charts listed at the www.four-h.purdue.edu,
                                                                                            4-H 748 Pc-W or 4-H 748 Pbw-W OR the commercial software
DIVISION 1:
                                                                                            forms, but not the old pedigree charts.
1. Exhibit a notebook that includes the following:
                                                                                         b. Additional Family Group Sheets and additional information work
    a. An introduction page with a recent photograph of yourself
                                                                                            sheets for generations six (6). Sources of information must be
    b. Completed three-generation pedigree chart. This would include
                                                                                            filled in on family group sheets (see section “Recording the Infor-
                                                                               35
       mation” in the Indiana 4-H Genealogy Resource Guide 4-H 748).                      ies of adoption papers, and optional pictures.
    c. A copy of a photograph or a story of a sixth-generation ances-                  6. The ancestral chart is provided for your easy reference and should be
       tor. Include information about the date when the photograph was                    included at the beginning of your notebook.
       taken, how or where you found it and what’s happening in it or why              7. Accuracy is more important than volume.
       it was taken. If this is unavailable, write a story about the historical
       period during which your sixth generation ancestor was living..                                                GEOLOGY
    d. Any documents or pictures pertaining to these generations, cor-
       rectly labeled.                                                                                      Projects entered Monday, June 27
    e. A diary of your work
2. Turn in completed record sheet and completed check sheet.                           Create an exhibit to show the public some of the geology specimens
                                                                                       you have collected. Exhibits must be displayed horizontally, sized 22” x
Advanced Division:                                                                     28,” mounted on a firm backing (foam-core board or other), and covered
1. Exhibit a notebook(s) that includes the following:                                  in clear plastic or other transparent material. Or, you may display your
     a. Eight-generation ancestral pedigree charts, ancestors through                  specimens in an insect display box (18 x 24 inches), orientated horizon-
        #255. If you are using charts provided in the packet, you would                tally. Include actual specimens in your exhibit wherever possible. You can
        use charts #1 through #73. Computer programs do not gener-                     name your own labels for your specimens. See the suggested label format
        ally print chart numbers, so if you are using a computer program,              found in the 4-H Geology manuals. Boxes make your specimens more
        make sure you have the correct number of ancestors.                            secure. Do not put valuable specimens on posters where they can be
     b. Your family group sheet and additional information worksheets for              removed quickly. Be sure to include a label with your name, grade, and
        generations seven and eight.                                                   county. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for your grade
     c. Sources of information must be filled in on family group sheets                in school, and use that name for your title. You may use a sub-title if you
        (see section “Recording the Information” in the Indiana 4-H Gene-              wish. Titles must be in the front of the poster of box.
        alogy Resource Guide 4-H 748).
     d. One advance level option (see below)                                           Notes: You may purchase your specimens and may display rocks, fossils,
     e. Any documents or pictures pertaining to these generations, cor-                and minerals from other countries. If you purchase your specimen, indi-
        rectly labeled.                                                                cate where and when. If you collect your specimen, indicate the county
     f. A diary of your work                                                           and township where you found your specimen. Posters and display boxes
2. Turn in completed record sheet and completed check sheet.                                                             .
                                                                                       will be exhibited “standing up” Therefore, you need to secure your speci-
   Pedigree charts are available on the Indiana 4-H Web site for your ad-              mens securely. Project leaders suggest the following methods: soaking ½
   ditional genealogy research. Each year following, continue to add an-               cotton ball in Elmer’s glue, hot glue, or clear tub sealant. Place the cotton
   cestors to your pedigree charts. In addition, choose one of the follow-             ball in your box and put your rock (or fossil or mineral) on the cotton ball
   ing options which has not been completed previously. Please identify                and let sit. It will take 1-2 weeks for Elmer’s glue to fully harden. Specimens
   which option by letter that you are completing (for example Advanced                mounted with Elmer’s glue can be removed by soaking the cotton ball in
   Division, Year 1, Option A; Advanced Division, Year 2, Option C; etc).              water. Glue remaining on the rock may be brushed off with an old, damp
     A. A migration map of your eight-generation ancestors. You should                 toothbrush. When exhibiting rocks - show a fresh surface to help judges
        have at least one map per family line with charts or explanations              identify the rock. Labels - Include the specific geographical location where
        of the migrations.                                                             you would expect to find any specimens as well as where you actually
     B. A family historical report of a family line. Document your report as           acquired it (found, purchased, etc.). Do not identify your specimens any
        well as possible with dates, records, places or maps, pictures, etc.           further than phylum and class. There is one exception to this for fossils
        Be sure to include proper labels and sources.                                  which are to identified to phylum OR class. Class should only be used for
     C. A census history of a family line. Census abstract forms can be                fossils of mollusks, backboned animals, and arthropods.
        found on several websites. Download forms to abstract the cen-
        sus. Your notebook should contain copies of the census and the                 Grades 3 - 5
        completed abstract form for each census.                                       Display a poster (or use an exhibit box) based on one of the following
     D. A history of your family’s religious background for any family line or         activities:
        lines. Include a brief history of the denomination. Include baptism,           1. The Rock Cycle (Activity 2), Explain the rock cycle using both words
        confirmation or profession of faith and membership records. Also                   and pictures.
        include information or history of the congregations involved. Be               2. Rock Types (Activities 2 - 4), Display rocks from the three major types:
        sure to include proper labels and resources.                                       igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic. Examples of each include:
     E. A history of your family’s military service for a family line. Include             Igneous - granite, basalt, gabbro; Sedimentary – limestone, dolomite,
        supporting documents when possible. These documents could                          shale, chert, gypsum; and Metamorphic - quartzite, schist, basalt,
        include military records, (muster rolls, discharge papers, etc.),                  granite.
        pension records, and bounty land records, as well as maps and                  3. How Rocks Change (Activity 4), Color and display the picture in your
        pictures. Be sure to include proper labels and sources.                            book or draw and color your own on your poster. Briefly describe the
     F. A research paper on a famous ancestor. Prove your relationship                     earth processes that are shown.
        to this person with documentation. Try to include pictures and an-             4. Rock Artwork (Activity 12), Display your rock artwork and the story that
        ecdotes to enhance your paper.                                                     you created.
     G. Complete a family line or lines back as many generations as pos-               5. Collections (Activity 11), Display and identify 8 rocks.
        sible beyond eight generations. Include pictures, maps and docu-               6. Making Crystal Models (Activities 14 & 15), Display the crystal forms
        ments. Be sure to include proper labels and sources.                               characteristic of most minerals (cubic, tetragonal, hexagonal, ortho-
     H. A family historical report of another family line not previously com-              rhombic, monoclimic, triclinic) in a display box with their name and
        pleted. Document as well as possible as in Option B. You need to                   mineral with this form. You may color, paint, or use markers on your
        state at the beginning that this is a second family historical report              crystal models.
        on such ancestor.                                                              7. Molds and Casts (Activitieas 16 & 17), Display three molds and/or casts
     I. A history of your family’s military service for a family line not pre-             in a display box. Describe the steps that you followed to create a mold
        viously completed. Include supporting documents as in Option                       or cast.
        E. You need to state at the beginning that this is a second family
        military history report on such ancestor.                                      Grades 6 - 8
     J. Family DNA history. (This can be a very expensive option).                     Display a poster (or use an exhibit box) based on one of the following
                                                                                       activities:
HINTS FOR ASSEMBLING YOUR NOTEBOOK:                                                    1. Rocks with Different Textures, Identify and display six rocks with three
1. Use a three-ring notebook so pages may be added. Each year you                          very different textures (two rocks of each general type). Include three
   will add to the previous year’s notebook. Divisions 2 through Advanced                  grades of sandpaper and show how the differences in sandpaper is
   may use more than one notebook.                                                         similar to the differences in rock texture.
2. Type or print in ink.                                                               2. Indiana Limestone, Show and label pictures or photographs of ten
3. Transparent page protectors may be used.                                                buildings, sculptures, or monuments made from Indiana limestone.
4. Reinforcement rings on the pages will make your notebook last longer.               3. Mineral properties and tests. Explain the characteristics: crystal form,
5. Your own ideas and creativity make the notebook interesting. You                        cleavage, hardness, appearance, and streak. Explain tests used in
   should include copies of correspondence, documentation, pictures,                       identifying specimens. Examples you might include are streak, acid,
   etc. This includes copies of birth certificates, marriage licenses, cop-                hardness, chemical analysis, and specific gravity.
                                                                                  36
4. How We Use Minerals, Show 10 common products that contain miner-                    Level B - (6th grade)
    als. Explain the minerals that are contained in these products and the             1. Complete a poster on one of the following topics or any other topic
    characteristic that makes them useful.                                                covered in Level B:
5. Geologic Time, Create a display to show the major geologic eras. In-                    a. Human viruses or bacteria
    dicate the names, specific features, and approximate length of each.                   b. Keeping hair, skin, nails, teeth, ears, and eyes clean
6. Indiana’s Glaciers, Show the extent of Indiana’s three main glaciers.               2. A report of three activities you completed in the 4-H Manual
7. Indiana Geology, Exhibit a map or sketch of Indiana showing at least ten
    sites with interesting geological formations. Describe the formation and           Level B - (7th grade)
    sketch or show a picture of the formation.                                         1. Complete a poster on one of the following topics or any other topic
8. Field Trip, Describe a geology field trip that you took. Describe where                covered in Level B:
    you went and what you learned. Include photographs (if possible) or                    a. Nutrient rich “Power” foods
    sketch what you saw.                                                                   b. Healthy snacks
9. Collections. Display and identify one of the following: 8 - 16 minerals,                c. Appropriate portion sizes
    fossils, or 4 - 8 of each (half minerals and half fossils). You may exhibit        2. A report of three activities you completed in the 4-H Manual
    a new collection in subsequent years but not one you have already
    exhibited.                                                                         Level B - (8th grade)
                                                                                       1. Complete a poster on one of the following topics or any other topic
Grades 9 - 12                                                                             covered in Level B:
Display a poster (or use an exhibit box) based on one of the following                     a. The importance of eating breakfast
activities:                                                                                b. The importance of physical activity
1. Geology Research, Prepare a display to teach others about the topic                     c. Turning everyday activities into exercise opportunities
    you studied. Include an appropriate title, abstract (brief description of          2. A report of three activities you completed in the 4-H Manual
    your topic), and photographs, drawings, charts, or graphs that help ex-
    plain your topic. This activity may be repeated if a new topic is chosen           Level C - (9th - 12th grade)
    in subsequent years.                                                               1. Complete a poster on a topic covered in Keeping Fit: Fitness Activities
2. Lapidary and Jewelry. Show how stones and minerals are turned into                     for Youth
    polished stones and jewelry. Show and explain the steps involved.                  2. A report of three activities you completed in the 4-H Manual
3. Miniatures. Display five miniatures in a display box and explain the
    benefits of collecting miniatures and how they are prepared.                                     HOME ENVIRONMENT
4. Indiana’s State Parks or Forests. Create a matching game of Indiana’s
    State Parks or Forests and a brief description.                                               Projects entered Tuesday, June 28
5. Indiana, U.S, or World Geology. Teach others about one Indiana, U.S.,
    or World Geology topic.                                                            EXHIBIT SETUP MUST BE COMPLETE BY 5:00 P.M.
6. Career Exploration. Prepare a display that explains your interview with
    someone who needs an understanding of geology to do their job.                     For the 4-H Home Environment project, 4-H members at each grade level
                                                                                       may choose from three possible exhibit categories: a furniture item and
Independent Study: Grades 9 - 12                                                       notebook, a design board (poster and notebook), or a portfolio (notebook).
   Advanced topic - Learn all you can about a geology topic and present                Level 3 participants will also have a fourth choice: independent study.
   it on a poster. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the          NOTE: Each level has several options per category from which to choose.
   works cited to describe what you did and what you learned. Title your               We suggest that 4-H members either choose a different option each year
   poster, “Advanced Geology - Independent Study”                                      or show how they expanded on the same option (portfolio and furniture
   Mentoring - exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger                  categories only) used in previous years.
   4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges
   and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful                 Categories
   in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged.                      Furniture Item and Notebook — An actual piece of furniture accompa-
   Resources must be from the educational or government entities. Title                   nied by a standard notebook (3-ring binder) explaining the who, what,
   your poster, “Advanced Geology - Mentor.”                                              when, where, why, and how of the chosen project. We suggest includ-
                                                                                          ing pictures showing where the item will be used. Also, we encourage
                         HEALTH & SAFETY                                                  4-H members to include pictures of themselves doing the project, but
                                                                                          this is not required. Always place your identification information in the
                     Projects entered Tuesday, June 28                                    notebook and on the furniture.
                                                                                          Design Board and Notebook — standard 22” x 28” poster, displayed
Posters are to be 22” X 28” displayed horizontally with rigid backing and                 horizontally with a firm backing. Design boards must be covered with
covered with plastic.                                                                     plastic to protect and help hold items in place. An identification name
                                                                                          tag must be attached in the lower right corner. The notebook is to help
Level A - (3rd grade)                                                                     explain the who, what, when, where, why, and how of the chosen design.
1. Complete a poster on one of the following topics or any other topic                    This can be a “before and after project” or “plan in the future” project.
   covered in Level A:                                                                    Portfolio — standard notebook (3-ring binder). If 4-H members choose
    a. First Aid for Cuts and Scrapes                                                     to do this option more than one year, we suggest that they keep the
    b. First Aid for Choking                                                              previous year’s materials in the notebook. Place materials for the current
    c. First Aid for Strains, Sprains, and Bruises                                        year in the front, with the previous year’s materials clearly marked or
2. A family first aid kit                                                                 labeled at the back. Always place your identification information in the
                                                                                          notebook.
Level A - (4th grade)                                                                  Other information:
1. Complete a poster on one of the following topics or any other topic                    Color samples — These can be paint samples from a paint or hardware
   covered in Level A:                                                                    store, or color samples the 4-H member makes with paints or colored
   a. First Aid for Treating Nosebleeds                                                   pencils.
   b. First Aid for Foreign Objects                                                       Other samples — Many hardware or home improvement stores have
   c. First Aid for Stings or Bites                                                       free samples of wall coverings, flooring, countertops, and cabinet materi-
2. A family first aid kit (including at least 1 Make Your Own item discussed              als that can be used with the 4-H member’s design board or portfolio.
   in your 4-H Manual.                                                                    Colored pencils — We suggest using colored pencils when coloring
                                                                                          the design board or portfolio. Colored pencils are what professionals
Level A - (5th grade)                                                                     use! Keep in mind that the entire area does not need to be colored in,
1. Complete a poster on one of the following topics or any other topic                    but be sure to apply enough color to adequately express design ideas.
   covered in Level A:                                                                    Other methods for coloring will also be accepted. These could include
     a. First Aid for Poisons                                                             (but are not limited to): crayons, watercolor pencils, markers, or printing
     b. First Aid for Broken Bones                                                        on the computer.
     c. First Aid for Burns
2. A family kit for an emergency (tornado, snowstorm, no electricity, fire,
   etc.)
                                                                                  37
Level 1: Grades 3 - 5 (Two State Fair exhibits from this level)                             Include pictures (magazine, appliance brochure, or photographs). We
Furniture Options for Level 1                                                               suggest using graph paper to help get the drawing close to scale and
Exhibit any of the following items demonstrating color, texture, and/or line                to show where the fixtures would go. Include paint samples and/or wall-
and shape that would help complete a room. Include your notebook. (See                      treatment samples, flooring samples, and cabinet and/or countertop
“Furniture Item and Notebook” explanation above.)                                           samples. Include your 3-ring notebook.
    * A hanging or wall hanging item                                                     Portfolio Options for Level 2
    * A storage item or organizer item for room or the home                                 * Samples of three different types of wall treatments with an explana-
    * 3 - 5 accessory items for your chosen room                                            tion for each. Examples can include but are not limited to: paint only,
Design Board Options for Level 1                                                            wallpaper only, or combination of paint and wallpaper.
    * Color the line drawing found in 4-H 1011 Home Environment manual                      * Samples of three different floor treatments (pictures or flooring sam-
    titled Color, Texture, Line, and Shape with colored pencils. Print a line               ples). Examples can include but are not limited to: hardwood, carpet,
    drawing from the options available on the Indiana 4-H website: www.                     and/or tile. Include information on the advantages and disadvantages
    four-h.purdue.edu look under “projects” and then Home Environment.                      of each. Also include information on where it would be appropriate to
    Create three different color schemes for the line drawing you have                      use each flooring type.
    chosen. Label the type of color scheme used in each (e.g., monochro-                    * Samples of three different cabinet/countertop combinations (pictures or
    matic, analogous, complementary, warm, or cool). Include your 3-ring                    samples). Examples can include but are not limited to: granite, laminate,
    notebook.                                                                               and/or stainless steel. Include information about the advantages and
    * Color the line drawing found in 4-H 1011 Home Environment manual                      disadvantages of each.
    titled Color, Texture, Line, and Shape using one color option. Line draw-               * An energy-savings plan. Design an energy-savings plan for your fam-
    ings can be printed from the Indiana 4-H website: www.four-h.purdue.                    ily’s home or room(s). List the current energy use along with your plan
    edu look under “projects” and then Home Environment. Use color to                       to conserve energy. Plan should include techniques, how to conserve
    explain dominant and supportive colors. Attach color samples to identify                energy, cost savings, etc. You may add additional rooms or other plans
    two additional color options. Include your 3-ring notebook.                             to extend this option over a few years. Include each previous year’s
    * Display a floor plan for a bedroom showing line and shape where fur-                  work, but be sure that you indicate which information represents the
    niture would be placed (could be your own). Include pictures (magazine                  current year’s work. Level 3: Grades 9 - 12 (Two State Fair exhibits from
    or photographs) of the furniture that would be used. We suggest using                   this level)
    graph paper to help get the drawing close to scale and to show how                      Manual: Home Environment: Design Decisions (University of Nebraska).
    line and shape work with the furniture. Include your 3-ring notebook.                   This one manual is to be used for grades 6–12 as a resource and a
Portfolio Options for Level 1                                                               reference. Indiana 4-H exhibit options are not listed in the University
    * Collect samples of different color schemes (minimum of three), and                    of Nebraska manual. You are referred to the Indiana 4-H Youth De-
    label the type represented by each (e.g., monochromatic, analogous,                     velopment website: www.four-h.purdue.edu or your local county 4-H
    complementary, warm, or cool).                                                          handbook for exhibit option details.
    * Collect samples from magazines or photographs of formal vs. informal
    balance, dominant and supportive color, and use of pattern. Include                  Furniture Options for Level 3
    comments explaining each.                                                            Exhibit any of the following items demonstrating color, texture, and/or line
    * Collect samples from magazines of three different furniture designs.               and shape that would help complete your room along with your notebook.
    Label each style (e.g., traditional, modern, country, formal, or retro).             (See “Furniture Item and Notebook” explanation above.)
    Include information explaining each style.                                              * One piece of furniture the 4-H member has refinished.
                                                                                            * One piece of furniture the 4-H member has changed using decoupage,
Level 2: Grades 6-8 (Two State Fair exhibits from this level)                               paint, fabric, etc.
    Manual: Home Environment: Design Decisions (University of Nebraska).                    * One cushion or one 2-piece set of cushions, preferably made by the
    This one manual is to be used for grades 6 - 12 as a resource and a                     4-H member, displayed with intended furniture
    reference. Indiana 4-H exhibit options are not listed in the University                 * One window treatment, including picture of the treatment in use.
    of Nebraska manual. You are referred to the Indiana 4-H Youth De-                       (Should not be displayed on an actual window; use false walls or plywood
    velopment website: www.four-h.purdue.edu or your local county 4-H                       no-glass window cutouts, or make special display rods.)
    handbook for exhibit option details.                                                    * One piece of furniture that the 4-H member has reupholstered.
Furniture Options for Level 2                                                               * One item that you are using for a different purpose than it was originally
Exhibit any of the following items demonstrating color, texture, and/or line                designed for (e.g., bedsheet used to make a window treatment, drawer
and shape that would help complete a room. Include your notebook. (See                      used as a wall shelf).
“Furniture Item and Notebook” explanation above.)                                           * A collection of 3-5 similar items (baskets, wicker items, wicker furniture,
    * One piece of furniture the 4-H member has refinished.                                 bentwood furniture, etc.) that you have made and/or purchased for future
    * One piece of furniture the 4-H member has changed using decoupage,                    use. (For example a collection of baskets made to use as desk acces-
    paint, fabric, etc.                                                                     sories or bathroom accessories, outdoor furniture and accessories,
    * One cushion or one 2-piece set of cushions, preferably made by the                    etc.)
    4-H member, displayed with intended furniture                                        Design Board Options for Level 3
    * One window treatment, including picture of the treatment in use.                      * Display a floor plan for a child’s or teen’s bedroom. Include a special
    (Should not be displayed on an actual window; use false walls or plywood                “theme” appropriate for a child or teen (e.g., princess, cartoon character,
    no-glass window cutouts, or make special display rods.)                                 music group, favorite book, or special hobby). Include pictures (magazine
    * One piece of furniture that the 4-H member has reupholstered.                         or photographs) of the furniture that would be used. Floor plan should
    * One item that you are using for a different purpose than it was originally            be to scale with general measurements included. Include samples of
    designed for (e.g., bedsheet used to make a window treatment, drawer                    window, wall, and flooring treatments. Include your 3-ring notebook.
    used as a wall shelf).                                                                  * Display a floor plan for a game room or family hobby room (e.g., room
    * A collection of 3-5 similar items (baskets, wicker items, wicker furniture,           with pool table, ping pong table, and/or game table; home theater; or
    bentwood furniture, etc.) that you have made and/or purchased for future                music room). Include pictures (magazine or photographs) of the fur-
    use. (For example a collection of baskets made to use as desk acces-                    niture that would be used. Floor plan should be to scale with general
    sories or bathroom accessories, outdoor furniture and accessories,                      measurements included. Include samples of window, wall, and flooring
    etc.)                                                                                   treatments. Include your 3-ring notebook.
Design Board Options for Level 2                                                            * Display a floor plan of master suite (bedroom and bath). Include pic-
    * Display a floor plan for a living room, den, or family room. Include                  tures (magazine or photographs) of the furniture that would be used.
    pictures (magazine or photographs) of the furniture that would be used.                 Floor plan should be to scale with general measurements included. In-
    We suggest using graph paper to help get the drawing close to scale                     clude samples of window, wall, and flooring treatments, etc. This exhibit
    and to show where the furniture would be placed. Include paint samples                  must also include fabric samples (e.g., bedspread, window treatment).
    and/or wall-treatment samples. ). Include your 3-ring notebook.                         Include your 3-ring notebook.
    * Display a floor plan for a full bathroom (toilet, sink, and shower and/or             * Display a floor plan of a one- or two-bedroom home or apartment.
    bathtub). Include pictures (magazine or photographs) of the fixtures that               Include color scheme samples and furniture layouts. Floor plan should
    would be used. We suggest using graph paper to help get the drawing                     be to scale with general measurements included. Window, wall, and
    close to scale and to show where the fixtures would go. Include paint                   flooring treatment samples should be included for each room. (Pictures
    samples and/or wall-treatment samples, and flooring samples. Include                    of furniture are not a requirement.) Include your 3-ring notebook.
    your 3-ring notebook                                                                 Portfolio Options for Level 3
    * Display a floor plan for a kitchen (including appliances and sink).                   * Samples of three different lighting treatments. Explain how and when
                                                                                    38
    each is appropriate for use. Examples include but are not limited to:                             MEMORY ACHIEVEMENT BOOK
    overhead, recessed, and table/floor lamps. Include information as it
    relates to energy use and efficiency.                                                                  Projects entered Monday, June 27
    * Samples of three different types of window treatments. Include in-
    formation on the use of each kind and in what room each would be                   PURPOSE:
    appropriate. Include information on the advantages/disadvantages of                   A. Your record tells your 4-H story for awards and recognition. Be
    each. Also, include information as it relates to energy use and efficiency.              sure it represents you.
    * Using the same window (size and shape), apply three different types                 B. It serves as a record of your 4-H experiences and cherished mem-
    of window treatments. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of                        ories of your 4-H days.
    each. Explain what type of setting (formal, country, traditional, modern,             C. To achieve awards, trips and scholarships.
    etc.) would be appropriate for each treatment. Include information related
    to energy use and efficiency.                                                      This project encourages 4-H members to keep records of their 4-H club
    * Using the same window (size and shape), apply three different types              work in an organized way that will assist in preparing an Achievement
    of window treatments. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of                  Record Book. It also encourages 4-H’ers to plan a good program, set
    each. Explain what type of setting (formal, country, traditional, modern,          realistic goals, carry out projects and activities, exercise some leadership
    etc.) would be appropriate for each treatment. Include information related         in the project and keep regular periodic records of what was done and
    to energy use and efficiency.                                                      learned. Memory Achievement Booklets (obtained from your coordinator)
    * A career plan. Interview an interior designer. Include the advantages            MUST BE filled in, following the directions as listed in the booklet. Use of
    and disadvantages of being a professional interior designer. Research              other forms will result in the project being lowered one letter grade. This
    two different design schools or training programs. Include the advan-              is a fun project!
    tages and disadvantages of each program. Include the cost of attaining
    a degree or completing the program.                                                WHO: For members 4th grade through 9th grade.
    * An energy-savings plan. Design an energy-savings plan for your fam-
    ily’s home or room(s). List the current energy use along with your plan
    to conserve energy. Plan should include techniques, how to conserve
                                                                                                   MICROWAVE FOODS
    energy, cost savings, etc. You may add additional rooms or other plans
                                                                                               Projects entered Thursday, June 30
    to extend this option over a few years. Include each previous year’s
    work, but be sure that you indicate which information represents the
                                                                                       For baked product competitions: Filling, frosting, glazing, pie filling, and
    current year’s work.
                                                                                       meringue, (whether uncooked or cooked) are not permitted to contain
                                                                                       cream cheese, whipped cream, unpasteurized milk or uncooked eggs/egg
Independent Study Option for Level 3
                                                                                       whites (these require refrigeration).If you bring in a “perishable product”
Youth in grades 9 - 12 have the option of doing an independent study
                                                                                       it WON’T be judged. You’ll receive a participation ribbon only. No home-
project. Those 4-H members who choose this option must review their
                                                                                       canned fruits, vegetables, or meats are permitted in products. Recipes
ideas with their 4-H Youth Development Extension Educator and/or Home
                                                                                       must be provided that show which ingredients were used in each part of
Environment project leader to make sure they have selected an appropri-
                                                                                       the product. Contestants should carefully wash their hands and make
ate topic/exhibit.
                                                                                       sure that their hands do not have any open cuts before preparing foods.
                                                                                       Whenever possible, baked products should be transported and stored in
              JUNIOR LEADERS                                                           chilled coolers (41 F).

             Junior Leader Books due by                                                1. The Microwave project requires that ONLY regular microwaves can be
             Thursday, July 7, 10:00 p.m.                                                  used. Combination microwave/convection ovens are NOT permitted.
                                                                                       2. All products should be displayed on a foil covered cardboard (avoid
Junior Leaders are a group of motivated young people that are constantly                   excessive decoration) that is disposable, no more than 1” larger than
setting new goals and making great achievements. 4-H Junior Leadership                     the product.
is recognized as a 4-H Project to encourage older members to learn the                 3. All foods exhibited must be cooled to room temperature prior to time of
leadership role and aid in the promotion of 4-H club work.                                 judging. For judging, all food exhibits must include recipe with ingre-
                                                                                           dients and directions on the 8 1/2” X 11” recipe sheet provided by the
To be a Junior Leader you must do the following:                                           4-H Extension Office with no additional decorating of the recipe sheet
1. Must be in 7th grade or higher during the calendar year                                 allowed.
2. Encouraged to complete at least one other 4-H project                               4. Members are encouraged to make all products from scratch, although
3. Assistant Junior Leaders may be younger with permission from Exten-                     mixes are acceptable.
   sion Educators.                                                                     5. Cakes must be removed from their original baking containers and
                                                                                           placed on a disposable cardboard display.
Compulsory Requirements                                                                6. Use the Foods recipe card from the back of the Fair Book. Include yield.
To be a completed 4-H Junior Leader, you are encouraged to:
1. Attend 3 county meetings. (It is recommended that first year Jr. Lead-              EXHIBIT a product in one of the following areas:
   ers attend 2 of the county meetings.) Missed meetings may be made                     Division 1 - 3rd Grade - Fudge (6 pieces, 1“ x 1” square)
   up by performing 2 additional hours of work for each missed meeting*.                 Division 2 - 4th Grade - Bar, drop or molded cookies (brownies, etc.)
2. To be a completed Jr. Leader, you must perform ten (10) hours of ser-                 (Exhibit 6)
   vice work in at least 3 different activities. Five (5) of the hours should            Division 3 - 5th Grade - Muffins (Exhibit 6)
   be completed after September 1st of the previous year.                                Division 4 - 6th Grade - A one layer white, yellow or chocolate cake
3. * Livestock hours may be used with the exception of general set-up of                 without icing.
   animal barns.                                                                         Division 5 - 7th Grade - Pineapple upside-down cake
4. Complete the activities as required in your Junior Leader Manual.                     Division 6 - 8th Grade - Two layer cake (iced)
5. Junior Leader card must be marked at each county meeting, and when                    Division 7 – 10 9th - 12th Grade - A nonperishable baked product of
   the county job is performed to verify completion.                                     your choosing. Example: pie, torte, cobbler, coffeecake, bread, etc.
6. Junior Leader Project Manual must be filled out completely and card                   Cobblers and pies should be left in their original baking containers
   stapled to front of book, signed by Jr. Leader Advisor, and turned in to              when brought in for judging.
   be complete.
7. Turn in completed Junior Leader Manual to Fairgrounds Extension Of-
   fice in Junior Leader Box by 10:00 p.m., Thursday of Fair Week.
                                                                                                                MODEL BUILDING
                                                                                                           Projects entered Tuesday, June 28
       **ELECT NEW JUNIOR LEADER DIRECTORS FOR 2011
      BEFORE THE JUNE COUNTY JUNIOR LEADER MEETING
                                                                                       All Divisions
          AND TURN IN TO THE PROJECT SUPERINTENDENT.
                                                                                       1. Types of models that may be entered include plastic car, truck, boat,
                                                                                           plane and miscellaneous.
                                                                                       2. No snap-tight, wood, or metal models may be used.
                                                                                       3. Any scale model may be used, but the largest dimension may not ex-
                                                                                           ceed the designated limit set by division.
                                                                                  39
4. Any model that is displayed on a base or in a case will be entered in               ate advanced construction techniques. Cutting material, many parts,
   Diorama Division.                                                                   gluing, and fitting parts in any scale should be considered when choos-
5. A 6th -12th grade member may enter both the Diorama division and                    ing a kit. Examples: Photo 2000, Branch Line, Intermountain, Red Ca-
   their regular division.                                                             boose.
Division 1 – 3rd Grade in current 4-H club year                                     Division 3 - 5th & 6th Grade
1. Member is to assemble a plastic model, not to exceed 12 inches in                   Choose a car, locomotive, building decoration, or poster. Railroad
   largest dimension.                                                                  model detailing with no significant changes from the original kit design.
2. Only parts furnished with the model kit are to be used.                           NO factory applied decorations allowed.
3. Member is to do NO PAINTING in Division 1.
4. 4-H Exhibit – Completed model and 4-H Model Record Sheet, original               Division 4 - 7th & 8th Grade
   box in which the model was purchased and the instruction sheet for                  Cross-kitting or “kit bashing” of a car, locomotive, or building, or a post-
   completing the model.                                                               er. One kit structural redesign, two or more kits combined for a “new”
                                                                                       model. Some kit should be the basic starting point.
Division 2 – 4th & 5th Grade in current 4-H club year
1. Member is to assemble a plastic model, not to exceed 12 inches in                Division 5 - 9th & 10th Grade
   largest dimension.                                                                  Car, locomotive, building advanced kit construction, or poster. Kit
2. Only parts furnished with the model kit are to be used.                             should be selected for difficulty, number of parts, distinctiveness of
3. Model must be painted – exterior and interior, NO PRE-PAINTED                       model, and the challenge of construction for craftsmanship.
   MODELS MAY BE USED IN DIVISION 2.                                                Division 6 - 11th & 12th Grade
4. 4-H Exhibit – Completed model and 4-H Model Record Sheet, original                  Car, locomotive, building advanced and scratch designs, or poster.
   box in which the model was purchased and the instruction sheet for                  This category is for the more experienced model railroader and may
   completing the model.                                                               include advanced kits, scratch building from a self drawn plan, or ad-
Division 3 – 6th & 7th Grade in current 4-H club year                                  vanced kit bashing. Any entry should be of a challenging nature to the
1. Member is to assemble a plastic model, not to exceed 18 inches in                   skill of the modeler.
   largest dimension.                                                               FAVORITE TRAIN CONTEST
2. The model must be modified by using parts from other sources than                   Each 4-H member may enter a favorite train of any scale or type.
   the kit (i.e. wheels, engine, etc.)                                                 Length may be limited to the showcase size. Once a train is declared
3. Model must be painted – exterior and interior, NO PRE-PAINTED                       a Champion or Reserve Champion, IT MAY NOT BE REENTERED.
   MODELS MAY BE USED IN DIVISION 3.
4. 4-H Exhibit – Completed model and 4-H Model Record Sheet, original               RAILROAD PHOTO
   box in which the model was purchased and the instruction sheet for                 Each 4-H member may enter a photograph of a favorite railroad or
   completing the model. Be sure to include what modifications were                   model railroad subject. Once a photo is declared a Champion or Re-
   made on your record sheet.                                                         serve Champion, IT MAY NOT BE REENTERED.
Advanced Division – 8th – 12th Grade in current 4-H club year                       SWITCHING CONTEST
1. Member is to assemble a plastic or resin model, not to exceed 30 inch-             A Switching Contest will be held at the Fair to test the skill of the mem-
   es in largest dimension.                                                           ber at operating a Model Railroad. Equipment and controls will be
2. Model must be modified by using parts from other sources than the kit              provided by the Model Railroad Club.
   (i.e. wheels, engine, etc.) AND making structural changes not offered
   in the instruction sheet (i.e. make hood, doors, trunk open, etc).               A POSTER ON SOME ASPECT OF MODEL RAILROADS, TRAINS, OR
3. Model must be painted – exterior and interior, NO PRE-PAINTED                    RAILROAD OPERATION MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR THE MODEL
   MODELS MAY BE USED IN ADVANCED DIVISION.                                         BUILDING.
4. 4-H Exhibit – Completed model and 4-H Model Record Sheet, original               FOR JUNIOR LEADERS IN MODEL RAILROAD PROJECT:
   box in which the model was purchased and the instruction sheet for                   1. Complete the above requirements for the member.
   completing the model. Be sure to include what modifications were                     2. Complete the Junior Leader requirements of the County.
   made on your record sheet.                                                           3. Junior Leaders in Model Railroads will work in at least one of the
Diorama Division – 6th – 12th Grade in current 4-H club year                               areas of the layout construction and help members on model proj-
  1. Member is to assemble at least one plastic model and display                          ects.
      it on a base not to exceed 30 inches in largest dimension.                        4. Junior Leaders will assist in scheduling and operating the Exhibit
  2. The model(s) must be painted, NO PRE-PAINTED MODELS MAY                               at the Fair.
   BE USED IN DIORAMA DIVISION, AND scenery added to the display
   base.                                                                            NOTE: To be a Junior Leader in the Model Railroad project, proof of ex-
  3. The model(s) AND scenery will be judged together as a whole.                   perience will be required for at least three years. Other County rules on
  4. 4-H Exhibit – Completed model, display base and 4-H Model Record               age will also apply.
   Sheet, original box in which the model was purchased and the instruc-
   tion sheet for completing the model.                                                                        MODEL ROCKET

                       MODEL RAILROADS                                                                   Projects entered Tuesday, June 28

                    Projects entered Tuesday, June 28                               For all Model Rocket members the basic requirements are as fol-
                                                                                    lows:
REQUIREMENTS OF MODEL RAILROAD PROJECT                                              1. No “Ready To Fly” or E2X rockets are acceptable in the Model Rocket
For all Model Railroading members, the basic requirements are as follows:              Project.
     1. Enter your division and build a model/poster to exhibit at the fair.        2. It is required that the rocket be on a display base made by the entrant.
     2. Attend at least four of the scheduled meetings.                                No purchased bases or launchers are allowed. The display base can
     3. Work at the fair in the Model Railroad Exhibit running trains.                 be made of any materials available to the 4-H’er. Base is for display
     4. Fill out all record sheets accurately. Turn in the record sheets on            only, not for launching. The display base may be no larger than 12” X
         time.                                                                             .
                                                                                       12” The mounting rod is not to exceed the length of the rocket.
     5. A poster on some aspect of model railroads trains, or railroad op-          3. Launch the rocket at the County 4-H Launch.
         eration may be substituted for the model building.                         4. Keep records of the flights you have made with your rocket and com-
                                                                                       plete the record sheet.
Division 1 - 3rd Grade                                                              5. Exhibit your rocket at the County Fair.
   Choose a car, locomotive, building, or poster. Kit should be simple              6. Attend at least one County Rocket meeting.
   construction techniques. Any scale may be used, except close fitting             7. Plastic fins will be permitted in skill level 1 only! A 4-H’er in skill level
   parts and NO cutting of material. Very little gluing should be needed to            2 and above may substitute balsa fins for plastic fins on a rocket which
   complete the kit. Kit examples: Athearn, Bask Walthers, Accurail.                   was designated in the skill level the 4-H’er is in. The balsa fins should
Division 2 - 4th Grade                                                                 be identical to the plastic fins they replaced.
   Choose a car, locomotive, building, or poster. Kit should have moder-            8. A 10 point bonus will be awarded to members launching at the Model
                                                                                       Rocket Demonstration during the 4-H Fair. The 10 bonus points will
                                                                               40
    be applied to the next year’s project launch. 100 points still maximum                      Group D: MISCELLENOUS NEEDLEWORK
    allowable to be received at project launch.                                     11. Huck Weaving
9. A kit rocket must have a specific skill level designated on the package.         12. Punch Needlework
    It is not at the 4-H member’s discretion to substitute a level for a kit
    which has no skill level specified on the package. If the rockets with                                             Group E:
    no specific skill level are designated for the advanced rocket builder,         13. Quilting
    they may be entered in Division 4 or 5 depending on the 4-H’ers age.                                               Group F:
    Rockets of this nature will not be entered in Division 1 thru 3 and will        14. Plastic Canvas
    be subject to disqualification if entered in these divisions.
10. A modification to a kit rocket must involve some rearrangement of, ad-                       GENERAL NEEDLECRAFT RULES and JUDGING
    dition to, or subtraction of the fins.                                                               REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PROJECTS:
Division I - 3rd Grade in current 4-H club year.                                    A.   Members can exhibit one article in each of the 14 individual needlecraft
1. Build a model rocket from Skill Level I.                                              projects listed above.
2. The rocket should use the engine recommended by the manufacturer.                B.   Any project within a designated Group which has 10 or more entries
3. Complete the rocket, following the instructions provided by the man-                  will be judged as a separate project. Otherwise, they will be judged
   ufacturer. The instruction sheet must accompany rocket to the Fair.                   with the other projects within the designated Groups.
   Rocket must be painted.                                                          C.   All pattern, instructions and/or guide sheets (or copies of) should be
                                                                                         brought with exhibit to project check in and judging. A 3x5 index card
Division II - 4th & 5th Grade in current 4-H club year.                                  listing all stitches used should be brought with exhibit to judging. (The
1. Build a more complex model rocket than in Division I; the rocket should               3x5 card is not required for knitting, crocheting, or quilting.) Please
   be from Skill Level 2. SINGLE STAGE ONLY.                                             make sure your name and club are clearly marked on all your items,
2. Decide on the type of engine, sand the body, use balsa filler, reinforce              so they can be returned to you should they be separated from your
   fins, paint the rocket and add decals.                                                project.
3. Complete the rocket following instructions provided by the manufac-              D.   State Fair entries (2) will be selected from the following needlecrafts:
   turer. Instruction sheet must accompany rocket to the Fair.                           Crocheting, Knitting, Tatting, Quilting, Punch needlework, Huck Weav-
                                                                                         ing, Embroidery, Crewel, Candlewicking, Chicken Scratching, Needle-
Division III - 6th & 7th Grade in the current 4-H club year.                             point, Counted Cross Stitch, Hem Stitching, Open Thread Needlework.
1. Build a single-stage model from Skill Level 3, or use a two-stage model          E.   All needlecraft exhibits must be complete, clean, blocked (if appropri-
   rocket from Skill Level 2 or 3.                                                       ate), dry and ready to use.
2. Decide on the type of engine, sand the body, use balsa filler, reinforce         F.   Any article that is intended to be a picture must meet the following:
   fins, paint rocket and add decals.                                                       1. Have appropriate frame (border-type, frame: wood, metal etc.)
3. Complete the rocket, following instructions provided by the manufac-                     2. Have a hanger appropriate for the size and weight of the picture.
   turer. Instruction sheet must accompany rocket to the Fair.                                 (wire or saw tooth)
Division IV - 8th & 9th Grade in current 4-H club year.                                  NO PROFESSIONAL FRAMING OF PICTURES. If professionally
1. Do one of the following:                                                              framed, the highest ribbon you will receive is a red ribbon.
     a. Build a rocket from Skill Level 4 or                                        G.   Wash your hands before working on your project and frequently when
     b. Modify a model rocket from a kit from Skill Levels 1 thru 4.                     working for extended periods of time. Oils from your hands will transfer
     c. Build a kit rocket designated for the advanced rocket builder which              to your projects making it look dirty.
        does not have a specific skill level (i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4).                  H.   “Examples for article” are just suggestions, NOT exhibit requirements.
2. Instruction sheet must accompany rocket to the Fair.                             I.   Your project is a work of art! Please feel free to insert a label (knitting,
3. If a 4-H’er modifies a rocket, he or she must include an instruction                  crocheting, etc.) or stitching your initials and year within your project.
   sheet made by him or her on the modifications made, and list materials           J.   Knitted and/or Crocheted garments may be modeled in the St. Joseph
   used. (IMPORTANT FOR JUDGING)                                                         County Fashion Revue if they meet the requirements of a specific
                                                                                         Fashion Revue category. If a 4-H member would like to enter a gar-
Division V and Advanced - 10th Grade & up in current 4-H year                            ment in the Fashion Revue, please contact the Extension Office for an
1. Do one of the following:                                                              entry form.
      a. Build a rocket from Skill Level 5 or
      b. Modify a model rocket from a kit from Skill Levels 3, 4, or 5                               Group A COUNTED CROSS STITCH
      c. Design your own model rocket using materials available in rocket           Counted Cross Stitch is a needlecraft which is to be done on UNMARKED
         catalogs.                                                                  even weave cloth. No Stamped Aida cloth allowed. Even weave cloth can
      d. Build a kit rocket designated for the advanced rocket builder which        include: Aida 11, 14, 16, or higher count cloth, Hardanger, Herta, Gloria,
         does not have a specific skill level (i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4).                 Waste Canvas or other even weave fabric.
   NOTE: Model is not to exceed a total of 16 oz. or contain more than 4
   oz. of propellant as prescribed by Federal Regulations. 2. Instruction           The grade of the member will be considered when judging the article(s).
   sheet must accompany rocket to the Fair.                                         Older members beginning this project should consult with their project
2. If 4-H’er modifies or designs a rocket, he or she must include an in-            leader or project superintendent about beginning in a higher division.
   struction sheet made by him or her on the modifications made, and list           Members grade 6 or above beginning this project, must start in Division
   materials used (IMPORTANT FOR JUDGING)                                           II or above.
                                                                                    Division I
                   NEEDLECRAFT                                                                                                                 ,
                                                                                       Exhibit one article with design area no larger than 5”x7” using cloth or
                                                                                       vinyl no finer than 11 or 14 count (counts with fewer stitches per inch
             Projects entered Monday, June 27                                          are allowed). Examples for article: vinyl cup liner, jar lid, bookmark,
          All Needlecraft will have Open Judging                                       simple holiday ornament.

            Group A: COUNTED THREAD NEEDLEWORK                                      Division II
1. Counted Cross Stitch                                                                                                                                    ,
                                                                                       Exhibit at least one article with a design area no larger than 8”x10” us-
2. Needlepoint                                                                         ing cloth or vinyl 14 or 16 count. Examples for article: towel band, hat
3. Open Thread Work - Cut Thread Work, Hardanger, Drawn Thread                         band, more difficult holiday ornament, pre-made eyeglass case.
Work, Hem Stitching, Pulled Thread Work
                                                                                    Division III
                  Group B: SURFACE EMBROIDERY                                          Exhibit one article or set of articles with a design area no larger than
4. Candlewicking                                                                            ,
                                                                                       8”x10” using cloth of 14 or 18 count. Vinyl weave is not allowed be-
5. Chicken Scratching                                                                  yond Division II. Examples for article: pin cushion, bread cloth, picture
6. Crewel                                                                              framed in working hoop.
7. Embroidery
                                                                                    Division IV
                                Group C:                                               Exhibit one article or set of articles with increased difficulty from the
8. Crocheting                                                                          previous year. This could be accomplished by either using a higher
9. Knitting                                                                            count fabric or by using shading. Examples for article: Pillow top, tray
10. Tatting                                                                            insert, Christmas stocking.
                                                                               41
Division V-X                                                                            Division IV – X
   Exhibit one article or set of articles increasing difficulty by adding me-              Exhibit one large article or set of articles containing a minimum of
   tallic, blending filaments or beads, working with waste canvas, adding                  5 types of stitches, increased difficulty from previous divisions. May
   advanced techniques in combination with your cross stitches, or chart-                  consider adding embellishments in higher divisions; such as specialty
   ing your own changes or additions to a pre-designed pattern. Exam-                      threads, ribbons or hand smocking, as long as the stitch requirements
   ples for article: Afghan, waste canvas sweatshirt, Christmas tree skirt.                have been met.

                            NEEDLEPOINT                                                                          CHICKEN SCRATCHING
Needlepoint is worked on open canvas (cloth not plastic). Stitches are                  Chicken Scratching is another form of surface embroidery, where decora-
placed through a fabric mesh to create a pattern that covers the foundation             tive stitches are added to gingham fabrics.
fabric. Needlepoint design can be either printed on canvas or counted.
                                                                                        Division I & II
Division I                                                                                 Exhibit one small article. Examples for article: ornament, decorative
                                                             ,
   Exhibit one article with stitched area no larger than 5”x7” containing no               jar lid, picture
   more than 3 types of stitches. Examples for article: Tooth Fairy pillow,
   Christmas tree ornament, picture.                                                    Division III & IV
                                                                                           Exhibit one medium article or set of articles, increasing difficulty from
Division II                                                                                previous year. Examples for article: pillow, apron, pictures
                                                              ,
   Exhibit one article with stitched area no larger than 8”x10” containing
   no more than 5 types of stitches.                                                    Division V-X
                                                                                           Exhibit one large article or set of articles, increasing difficulty from pre-
   Examples for article: pillow, picture,                                                  vious year. Examples for article: set of placemats, table cloth, pillow

Division III                                                                                                     Group C CROCHETING
   Exhibit one article or set of articles containing no more than 7 types of            For this project, each division builds skills based on skilled learned in the
   stitches.                                                                            previous divisions. Therefore you must start in Division I and complete
   Examples for article: pillow, picture, tote bag                                      each division in order. When picking out a pattern, choose one you will be
                                                                                        able to complete in time for the fair.
Division IV – X
   Exhibit one article or set of articles with increased difficulty each year           Division I
   from the previous year. Use of finer canvas counts and a selection of                   Exhibit two small articles using the single and the double crochet
   different threads are encouraged. You may use beads or other embel-                     stitch. Examples for article: set of dish cloths, set of hot pads, slippers.
   lishments. You are also encouraged to design your own work. If you
   use a kit, you must personalize it in some way (i.e. make changes in                 Division II
   types of threads, or stitches). Indicate the changes made on the in-                    Exhibit one medium article using the double and the half-double cro-
   struction sheet.                                                                        chet stitches. Examples for article: hat, scarf, drawstring bag.
                                                                                        Division III
                               OPEN WORK                                                   Exhibit a set of articles using single and double crochet stitches and
This category is the collective name for many forms of counted thread                      add the popcorn stitch. Examples for article: pair of mittens, hat and
needlework, pulled thread work, drawn thread work, cut thread work. In                     scarf.
pulled thread work the threads of the background fabric are pulled tautly
to create holes within the fabric. Drawn thread work is accomplished by                 Division IV
removing threads from the background fabric and securing the remaining                     Exhibit one medium article or set of articles using the single, half-
ones in regular patterns. In cutwork holes are cut into the background                     double, double, and triple crochet stitches. Examples for article: baby
fabric and decorative stitches are used to secure the edges. Examples of                   blanket, baby sweater, pillows
this type of needlework are: hardanger, hemstitching, couching.
                                                                                        Division V
Division I & II                                                                            Exhibit an article made of Granny Squares, using double crochet
   Exhibit one small article with increased difficulty from previous year.                 stitches. Examples for article: a set of placemats, pillows, hot pads.
   Examples for article: ornament, bookmark, towel border, coaster.
                                                                                        Division VI
Division III & IV                                                                          Exhibit an article where you have stitched the edging or a doily. This
   Exhibit one medium article or set of articles, increasing difficulty from               division must be completed using crochet thread not yarn. If choosing
   previous year. Examples for article: pillow, napkins, clothing item (col-               to do an edging, exhibit must be a completed project (attached to the
   lar, cuff, yoke, pocket, hem).                                                          pillow case, or scarf, etc) Example for article: dresser scarf, pillow
                                                                                           case, bed sheets, set of hankies.
Division V-X
   Exhibit one large article or set of articles, increasing difficulty from pre-        Division VII
   vious year. Examples for articles: table cloth, pillow, placemats.                      Exhibit a wearable article or set of articles. You are free to choose pat-
                                                                                           tern, type of yarn or thread, color and stitches. Examples for article:
         Group B EMBROIDERY, CREWEL, CANDLEWICKING                                         baby set (hat, sweater, booties), doll dress with matching bloomers,
Embroidery, Crewel and Candlewicking are all forms of surface embroi-                      sweater, etc. Please include the doll to model the article.
dery. The design is worked on top of a foundation fabric using decorative
stitches and laid threads.                                                              Division VIII
                                                                                           Exhibit a non-wearable article or set of articles. You are free to choose
The grade of the member will be considered when judging the article(s).                    pattern, type of yarn or thread, color, and stitches. Examples for ar-
Older members beginning this project should consult with their project                     ticle: doll clothes, toys, purse, etc. Please include the doll to model the
leader or project superintendent about beginning in a higher division.                     article.
Members grade 6 or above beginning this project, must start in Division                 Division IX
II or above.                                                                               Exhibit a holiday article. You are free to choose pattern, type of yarn or
Division I                                                                                 thread, color and stitches. Examples for article: pumpkin, Christmas
   Exhibit one small article containing not more than 3 types of stitches.                 tree, turkey.
   Examples for article: pot holder, tea towel, doily.                                  Division X
Division II                                                                                Exhibit a large article or set of articles. You are free to choose pattern,
   Exhibit one small article or set of articles containing not more than                   type of yarn or thread, color and stitches. Examples for article: afghan,
   5 types of stitches. Examples for article: pillow case(s), place mats,                  table covering, table runner.
   dresser scarf.
                                                                                                                         KNITTING
Division III                                                                            For this project, each division builds skills based on skilled learned in the
   Exhibit one medium article or set of articles containing not more than               previous divisions. Therefore you must start in Division I and complete
   7 types of stitches. Examples for article: pillow, tablecloth, blanket.              each division in order. When picking out a pattern, choose one you will be
                                                                                   42
able to complete in time for the fair.                                                   Division V-X
                                                                                            Exhibit: one large article or set of articles, increasing difficulty from
Division I – Goal: Learn basic knitting steps                                               previous year. Examples for article: set of pillows, table cloth.
   1. To cast on stitches
   2. To make the knit stitch                                                                                       Group E QUILTING
   3. To make the pearl stitch                                                           *Do not use preprinted or pre-quilted materials
   Use worsted or bulky yarn. No mohair or novelty yarn. Can use either                  **For persons learning Quilting, it is advisable to use a thinner batt; your
   solid or variegated yarn.                                                             work will be easier and just as good.
   Exhibit: a scarf or hat (2 needles only). Can have a fringe edge for
   scarf or tassel for hat.                                                              Exhibit Requirements
Division II – Goal: Learn                                                                Division I –3rd grade
   1. To do the garter stitch                                                               One (1) 12 ½” square nine patch, hand sewn, of all cotton - preshrunk
   2. To do the stockinet stitch                                                            - no knits or blends. Tied around center square - leave edges free.
   3. To increase stitches                                                                  NOTE: IF USING 12 ½” (SUCH AS FRIENDSHIP STAR PATTERN)
   4. To decrease stitches                                                                  USE 1/4” SEAM TO QUALIFY FOR DIVISION I.
   Exhibit: a pair of slippers or mittens (2 needle only).
                                                                                         Division II – 4th grade
Division III                                                                                Block from Division I is NOT to be used for Division II. Machine piecing
   Goal: Learn to combine all stitches used in Division I & II.                             is permissible. Exhibit a pair of place mats pieced, quilted, and bound.
   Exhibit: shell or vest.                                                                  Size: 12” x 18”
Division IV                                                                              Division III – 5th grade
   Goal: Learn new stitch or to work 3 needles. Exhibit: a sweater, small                                                      .
                                                                                            Wall Hanging - 12”x 24” or 24” x 36” May be machine pieced but must
   afghan, socks, or pillow (both sides must be knitted).                                   be hand quilted. Edges must be finished or bound and be ready to
Division V                                                                                  hang. Straight cut binding is suggested. EXCEPTION TO THIS PROJ-
   Goal: Learn Cable Stitch                                                                 ECT--Do NOT pre-shrink your fabric. A wall hanging is not made to be
   Exhibit: an article of 4-Her’s choice incorporating both the cable stitch                laundered like a quilt.
   and different color skeins in the project. Examples of article: afghan,               Division IV – 6th grade
   set of pillows (both sides must be knitted), sweater or skirt.                          Four Place mats - same fabric with four different patterns (sampler).
Division VI – X                                                                            May be machine pieced but must be hand quilted and edges finished
   Exhibit: a large article or set of articles. Select a pattern to add new                or bound. Size: 12” x 18” each.
   knitting skills with unusual yarns, (linen, wool chenille, etc.) embellish-           Division V - 7th grade
   ments or difficult techniques.                                                           A quilted article at least 3’ x 4’ (can be crib quilt, lap quilt, tablecloth, or
                                                                                            tree skirt). May be machine pieced but must be hand quilted. Edges
                                TATTING                                                     must be finished or bound.
Tatting is a needlecraft which uses either a shuttle or a needle to create
a lace.                                                                                  Division VI – 8th grade
                                                                                            Article not less than 36” X 48” in one of the following patterns: Drunk-
Division I & II                                                                             ards Path, Star, Snowball, Fan or Card Tricks. Machine pieced -- hand
   Exhibit: one small article. Examples for article: ornament, bookmark,                    quilted -- edges bound.
Division III & IV                                                                        Division VII – 9th grade
   Exhibit: one medium article or set of articles, increasing difficulty from               Article not less than 24 “ X 24” using hand appliqué technique. Hand
   previous year. If choosing to do an edging, exhibit must be a com-                       quilted with edges finished or bound. Suggestions --table topper, tree
   pleted project (attached to the pillow case, or scarf, etc). Examples for                skirt, or wall hanging.
   article: hanky edging, towel edging, doily edging
                                                                                         Division VIII – 10th grade
Division V-X                                                                                                                  ,
                                                                                            Twin size quilt, at least 60” x 72” machine pieced in a Simple pattern
   Exhibit: one large article or set of articles, increasing difficulty from pre-           but hand quilted.
   vious year. If choosing to do an edging, exhibit must be a completed
   project (attached to the pillow case, or scarf, etc). Examples for article:           Division IX – 11th grade
   pillowcase edging, doily, dresser scarf edging                                           Bed size quilt (twin, full, queen) machine pieced, hand quilted with
                                                                                            pieced border. OPTION: Use blocks on point for a different look
                   Group D:Miscellenous Needlework
                                                                                         Division X – 12th grade
                           HUCK WEAVING                                                     Bed size quilt (full, queen, or king) with strip quilting technique (paper
Huck weaving is a simple weaving method which produces a unique, col-                       piecing). Suggested pattern: Log Cabin or Machine Appliqué.
orful design woven into even weave fabrics.
                                                                                                               Group F PLASTIC CANVAS
Division I & II                                                                          Plastic canvas is worked on open (plastic) canvas. Stitches are placed
   Exhibit: one small article.     Examples for article: coaster, ornament,              through a fabric mesh to create a pattern that covers the foundation fabric.
   bookmark.                                                                             Plastic Canvas designs are counted onto the canvas.
Division III & IV
   Exhibit: one medium article or set of articles, increasing difficulty from            The grade of the member will be considered when judging the article(s).
   previous year. Examples for article: hand towel, sachet, napkin                       Older members beginning this project should consult with their project
                                                                                         leader or project superintendent about beginning in a higher division.
Division V-X                                                                             Members grade 6 or above beginning this project, must start in Division
   Exhibit: one large article or set of articles, increasing difficulty from             III or above.
   previous year. Examples for article: bell pull, set of placemats, set of
   towels.                                                                               Division I
                                                                                            Goal: Learn to read pattern, to cut simple shapes, do basic tent stitch
                     PUNCH NEEDLEWORK                                                       and overcast stitch with even tension and count for stitch placement.
Punch needlework is worked with a special tool, which creates loops in
the base fabric.                                                                            Exhibit: one article, square or rectangle is shape, without seams. Ex-
                                                                                            amples of article: bookmark, coaster.
Division I & II
   Exhibit: one small article. Examples for article: ornament, picture.                  Division II
                                                                                            Goal: Learn to join pieces of canvas to make seams.
Division III & IV
   Exhibit: one medium article or set of articles, increasing difficulty from               Exhibit: one article with straight seams. Examples of articles: eyeglass
   previous year. Examples for article: picture, article of clothing.                       case, bookend covers, picture frame.
                                                                                    43
Division III                                                                             NOTE: There will be three (3) State Fair Entries:
   Goal: Learn to stitch more complex pattern, and join 3 dimensional                    One exhibit from Division I or II
   seams.                                                                                One exhibit from Division III or IV
                                                                                         One exhibit from Division V and Above
   Exhibit one article with an enclosed shape. Examples of articles: tis-
   sue box cover, blocks, brick cover door stop.                                                                    PHOTOGRAPHY
Division IV
   Goal: Learn to read patterns to cut complex shapes accurately, and join                                   Projects entered Tuesday, June 28
   more complex seams, achieving consistent coverage.
                                                                                         Requirements:
   Exhibit: one article or set of articles containing at least 3 types of stitch-        1. All images are to be original images taken by the 4-H member
   es and requires you cut the shape of the canvas. Example of articles:                 2. Complete a 4-H Photography Record Sheet each year. Firmly attach
   mobile, baby’s dresser set, child’s toy.                                                 a legal size or larger envelope to the back of your project to hold the
                                                                                            record sheet and the judge’s scorecards.
Division V-X                                                                             3. Photos and slides must have been taken since the last project entry
   Goal: Master skills learned in previous divisions, learn to choose col-                  date of the county fair.
   ors that are pleasing to the eye, and go well together, add new stitches,             4. All poster exhibits are to be mounted on a background board 22” x 28”     ,
   challenge your creative talents.                                                         displayed horizontally, mounted on stiff backing (foam board, corrugated
                                                                                            board, thin paneling, thin luan board - keep it thin and light) and covered
   Exhibit: one article or set of articles containing at least 5 types of stitch-           with clear acetate/plastic.
   es. Increased difficulty from previous year is encouraged through the                 5. Label each exhibit with a label 2” X 4” stating 4-H’ers Name, Club,
   use of finer canvas counts, specialty threads, beads or other embel-                     Township, Grade in School, and Exhibit level/division (such as Begin-
   lishments. You may also design your own work. If you use a kit, you                      ning Color, Advanced Color Salon Print). Label hall be placed in the
   must personalize it in some way (i.e. make changes in types of threads                   “LOWER RIGHT HAND CORNER” of the poster or salon “UNDER” the
   or stitches). Indicate the changes made on the instruction sheet. Ex-                    plastic cover. Label should be placed along the bottom of the slide-view.
   amples of articles: a village, nativity set, gingerbread house, or similar            6. Number photo prints on your boards 1 to 10 and slides 1 to 12.
   items.                                                                                7. Captions with photographs are not recommended.
                                                                                         8. Salon prints are one print, either Black & White or Color, Printed and
                            PERSONALITY                                                     Displayed Vertically from any size negative. The print must be mounted
                                                                                            on a standard 16” x 20” salon print mount, Displayed Vertically and
                    Projects entered Tuesday, June 28                                       covered with plastic.
                                                                                         9. Sepia tone photographs (mono chromatic) are entered under Black &
Complete the requirements as outlined in the manual and refer to grade                      White classes.
divisions. Completing 2-3 of the activities in the manual will assist you in                NOTE: Counties may send to the State Fair two entries from Beginner,
doing your exhibit.                                                                         four from Intermediate, and four from Advanced. Being selected a cat-
                                                                                            egory winner may not be an automatic State Fair Entry. Final decision
DIVISION I - 3rd Grade                                                                      will be made by the judge(s).
   A 22” X 28” horizontal poster explaining one or more of the units in this             Beginner Division - Grades 3-5
   workbook.                                                                               You choose either type of prints to exhibit and choose to perfect your
DIVISION II - 4th Grade                                                                    skills in either or both. You are encouraged to try your hand at both
   A 22” X 28” horizontal poster explaining one or more of the units in this               types of film for a broader learning experience.
   workbook.
                                                                                            Black & White Prints - Exhibit 10 B&W pictures, not of which is larger
DIVISION III - 5th Grade                                                                                                         ,
                                                                                            than 4” x 6” nor smaller than 3½” x 5” any subject, mounted on a back-
   A 22” X 28” horizontal poster explaining one or more of the units in this                                       ,
                                                                                            ground board 22” x 28” displayed horizontally, on stiff backing covered
   workbook.                                                                                                                                                  .
                                                                                            with plastic. The poster must carry the title “Capturing Memories” It is
                                                                                            recommended that you use and exhibit standard processing size. Your
DIVISION IV - 6th Grade                                                                     prints may be a mix of digital and/or standard equipment.
   A 22” X 28” horizontal poster explaining one or more of the units in this
   workbook                                                                                 Color Prints - Exhibit 10 color pictures, not of which is larger than 4”
DIVISION V - 7th Grade                                                                                                     ,
                                                                                            x 6” nor smaller than 3½” x 5” any subject, mounted on a background
   A 22” X 28” horizontal poster highlighting community service organiza-                                   ,
                                                                                            board 22” x 28” displayed horizontally, on stiff backing covered with
   tion in the community.                                                                                                                                     .
                                                                                            plastic. The poster must carry the title “Experiences in Color” It is
                                                                                            recommended that you use and exhibit standard processing size. Your
DIVISION VI - 8th Grade                                                                     prints may be a mix of digital and/or standard equipment.
   A brochure explaining the organization mission, purpose and goals
   for one community service organization in the community in a binder                    Intermediate Division - Grades 6-8
   notebook.                                                                             You may choose from the following list:
                                                                                             Black & White Prints - Exhibit 10 B&W pictures, not of which is larger
DIVISION VII - 9th Grade                                                                                                          ,
                                                                                             than 5” x 7” nor smaller than 2” x 3½” any subject, mounted on a back-
   A community resource guide in a binder notebook.                                                                 ,
                                                                                             ground board 22” x 28” displayed horizontally, on stiff backing covered
                                                                                                                                                               .
                                                                                             with plastic. The poster must carry the title “Photography is Fun” Your
DIVISION VIII - 10th Grade                                                                   prints may be a mix of digital and standard development.
   A 22” X 28” poster or display board or a binder notebook describing
   three possible careers.                                                                  Color Prints - Exhibit 10 color pictures, not of which is larger than 5”
DIVISION IX - 11th Grade                                                                                                  ,
                                                                                            x 7” nor smaller than 2” x 3½” any subject, mounted on a background
   A binder notebook displaying a monthly budget for three months-- in-                                     ,
                                                                                            board 22” x 28” displayed horizontally, on stiff backing covered with
   come and expenses to live on your own.                                                                                                                .
                                                                                            plastic. The poster must carry the title “Adventures in Color” Your prints
                                                                                            may be a mix of digital and standard development.
DIVISION X - 12th Grade
   A binder notebook holding an employment portfolio.                                       Color Salon Print - One color print no smaller than 7” x 9” nor larger
                                                                                                         ,
                                                                                            than 11” x 14” printed horizontally or vertically from any size negative/
Exhibit Requirements                                                                        photo, mounted on a standard 16” x 20” salon mount, displayed VERTI-
Exhibit poster should be 22” x 28” with stiff backing, displayed horizontally               CALLY and covered with plastic. No title.
and covered with clear plastic.
                                                                                            Black & White Salon Print - One B&W print no smaller than 7” x 9”
Workbooks will be checked by your 4-H leader and not turned in with your                                            ,
                                                                                            nor larger than 11” x 14” printed horizontally or vertically from any size
exhibit. NO workbooks need to be turned in with your exhibit.                               negative/photo, mounted on a standard 16” x 20” salon mount, dis-
                                                                                            played VERTICALLY and covered with plastic. No title.
                                                                                    44
   Creative/Experimental Salon Print - One (1) black & white and/or                                                INTERMEDIATE:
                                                                   ,
   color print no smaller than 7” x 9” nor larger than 11” x 14” printed              To learn the basics of skating backwards
   horizontally or vertically, mounted on a standard 16” x 20” salon mount,           To learn to balance while skating backwards
   displayed VERTICALLY and covered with plastic. No title recommend-                 To learn to turn from forward to backward and backward to forward without
   ed. See additional notes regarding digital below. Must include original            stopping
   photograph(s) on the back of the board and attach a listing of steps
   and/or procedures used to create the end product..                                                                ADVANCED:
                                                                                      To learn free-style, figures (spins and jumps), and dance (free, partner
Advanced Division - Grades 9-12                                                       and compulsory steps)
You may choose from the following list:                                               To do jumps correctly
   Black & White Prints - Exhibit 10 B&W pictures, non of which is larger             To perform turns with and without a partner
                                         ,
   than 8” x 10” nor smaller than 2” x 3½” mounted on a background board              Some other advanced steps (balance)
            ,
   22” x 28” displayed horizontally, on stiff backing covered with plastic.
   The poster must carry a title; use your own creativity. Your prints may            9:00 A.M. - 10 A.M. Lessons
   be a mix of digital and standard development.                                      Saturdays, March 12, 19, 26
                                                                                      Saturdays, April 2, 9, 16, 23
   Color Prints - Exhibit 10 color pictures, none of which is larger than
                                     ,
   8” x 10” nor smaller than 2” x 3½” mounted on a background board 22”                All skaters may stay for continued session 10-12(noon) for $5.00 if they
        ,
   x 28” displayed horizontally, on stiff backing covered with plastic. The           choose.
   poster must carry a title; use your own creativity. Your prints may be a
   mix of digital and standard development.                                           *A PERSON MUST STAY IN THE DIVISION THEY ENROLLED IN FOR
                                                                                      THAT YEAR.*
   Color Salon Print - One color print no smaller than 7” x 9” nor larger
                ,
   than 11” x 14” printed horizontally or vertically from any size negative/          Class sessions will be held at: U. S. A. SKATE CENTER, 3909 S. Main St.,
   photo, mounted on a standard 16” x 20” salon mount, displayed VERTI-               Mishawaka, Indiana - 256-0922 or 256-0921
   CALLY and covered with plastic. No title required.
                                                                                      There will be a $3.50 charge per session for skates, admission and
   Black & White Salon Print - One B&W print no smaller than 7” x 9”                  instruction. After the 6th class, there will be a free skate.
                           ,
   nor larger than 11” x 14” printed horizontally or vertically from any size
   negative/photo, mounted on a standard 16” x 20” salon mount, dis-                  LEARNING ACTIVITIES TO COMPLETE:
   played VERTICALLY and covered with plastic. No title.                              1. Must attend 4 of the 6 skating sessions to receive any award.
                                                                                      2. Certificates and patches will also be handed out at the end of the last
   Creative/Experimental Salon Print - One (1) black & white and/or                      session.
                                                                   ,
   color print no smaller than 7” x 9” nor larger than 11” x 14” printed              3. Must attend 6 skating sessions to receive United States Amateur Con-
   horizontally or vertically, mounted on a standard 16” x 20” salon mount,              federation Patch.
   displayed VERTICALLY and covered with plastic. No title recommend-                 4. Answer all questions on quizzes and survey, and fill out the “What I
   ed. See additional notes regarding digital below. Must include original               Want to Learn” record sheet.
   photograph(s) on the back of the board and attach a listing of steps               5. Have manuals signed by instructors.
   and/or procedures used to create the end product..                                 6. Ribbons will be given for County Fair Exhibit (Exhibit can be turned in
                                                                                         at the last class or at the Fairgrounds on June 30th.
   Video - Exhibit one ½” VHS, 8mm video tape, or DVD disc on any
   appropriate subject. There is to be an introductory title and end with             County 4-H Fair Exhibit
   credits. Only 3-5 minute segment will be judged. Have video cued to                A 22” x 28” poster, displayed horizontally, with a title from one of the fol-
   location for judging. Videotape or DVD must be identified with name of             lowing:
   4-H’er, topic, and date of production.                                             1. Safety Rules
Digital Photograph Guidelines                                                         2. First Aid Tips
     1. All images are to be original images taken by the 4-H member.                 3. Care & Maintenance of Skates
        Photography exhibits are to be taken by the 4-H member between                4. Display parts of roller skates
        county project check-in to the next year county project check-in.             5. Photos of yourself roller skating
     2. Creative/Experimental print sizes must meet the size require-
        ments of your chosen exhibit. It is recommended that the digi-                                            SCRAPBOOK
        tal image be printed on photographic paper or very high quality
        copier paper. The paper quality will help in clarity and sharpness.                               Projects entered Tuesday, June 28
     3. If a photograph is taken with a digital camera is just a straight for-        CLOVER - GRADES 3 & 4:
        ward photograph with no changes or augmentation, then it would                  Labeling of photos and memorabilia with names, dates, places, etc.
        be the same as one for the regular print board or salon print class-
        es. To succeed as a digital image (as a separate classification)              JUNIOR - GRADES 5 THRU 7:
        something more should be done to the photographic image.                        Clover requirements PLUS capturing your memories with captions or
     4. DIGITAL VS. FILM Anything that can be done in a dark room, or an                words recording the happenings of the photos and memorabilia.
        enlarger, can be done on a computer, i.e. cropping, color correc-
        tion, parallax, etc. If an image is digitally altered beyond what can         SENIOR- GRADES 8 & UP:
        be done on the enlarger, i.e. adding different background, remov-               Clover and Junior requirements PLUS storytelling - writing your
        ing buildings or people, adding text, hand coloring, etc. it should             thoughts and feelings and telling a complete story on each page. (Not
        be entered in the “Creative/Experimental” Class.                                every photo has a complete story, so please choose the ones deserv-
                                                                                        ing of this when you are thinking of your page designs - it is okay to put
                                                                                        several photos on a page and just use one of them to tell a story. Label
                         ROLLER SKATING                                                 or caption the others on the page.)
                    Family Project - **No Age Limit** -                               OBJECTIVES
                          (3 yrs. to 100 yrs old)                                     Preserving memories by using archival materials which are ACID FREE.
                                                                                      Preserving photographs
                    Projects entered Tuesday, June 28                                 Preserving memorabilia
                                                                                      Documentation
              LEARNING EXPERIENCES - BEGINNING:
    To learn the safety rules and basic skills                                        PROJECT REQUIREMENTS
    To learn how to skate forward, shift weight, and balance                          Instruction
     To learn how to cushion a fall without breaking bones (standing and              Begin album by selecting a theme (4-H; Family; School; Vacations; etc.)
   falling)                                                                           Plan direction of album
    To participate in learning games                                                  Accumulate photos and memorabilia to be used in album
                                                                                      Place photos, etc. in the album
                                                                                 45
Journal (Beginners would simply label and date things; older members                       NO Pockets. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 925c-W) to the exhibit.
   would be working up to extensive journaling)                                            Non-Wearable: Simple pillow sham with lapped back opening and
Turn in album for judging                                                                  purchased pillow form (following instructions provided in manual), OR
Next year’s album pages begin where this year’s leave off (it can be an                    simple tote bag with handles or drawstring. Attach Sewing Skills Card
   accumulative project)                                                                   (4-H 925c-W) to the exhibit.

JUDGING                                                                                 Sewing 2 - Grade 4
Workmanship (Less critical for younger members)                                           The Sewing 2 exhibit must include at least 2 of the skills listed in the
Journalizing                                                                              Sewing 2 manual.
Plan (Chronological, tells a story, etc.)                                                 Wearable: Shorts, pants OR skirt with waistband or facing, or partial
Creativeness                                                                              elastic waistband (not a full elastic waistband) OR simple shirt or top
Neatness                                                                                  OR BBQ apron. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 925c-W) to the exhibit.
1. Each scrapbook album will have a front and back cover. Scrapbooks                      Non-Wearable: Shaped pillow with curved seams, stuffed and sewn
                                                                     .
    must be at least 5” X 7” in size and no larger than 12” X 12” All judged              closed OR hanging pocket organizer OR bound edge place mats (set
    pages within the scrapbook must be of the same size.                                  of 4). Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 925c-W) to the exhibit.
2. Each book will have theme clearly (labeled) on page 1 and followed
    throughout the 10 pages.                                                            Sewing 3 - Grade 5
3. Each scrapbook album will have a label (attached with string) with the                 The Sewing 3 exhibit must include at least 3 of the skills listed in the
    4-H member’s name, club, and grade on it.                                             Sewing 3 manual.
4. Each scrapbook album will have 10 pages complete for judging. This                     Wearable: Simple shirt with sleeves, OR sundress, OR jumper, OR
    is 5 pages front and back, for a total of 10 pages. 1st page is the title             simple 2 piece pajamas. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 926c-W) to
    page and must be a right-hand page and all 10 pages must be in se-                    the exhibit.
    quential order (i.e. pages 1-10, or 11-20, all must be judged). Pages do              Non-Wearable: Pillow lap quilt (quillow), OR structured duffel bag, tote
    not need to be numbered, HOWEVER, if you have more than 10 pages                      bag, backpack, OR sewn hat. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 926c-W)
    in your scrapbook, the pages that are not being judged must be tied                   to the exhibit.
    together with yarn leaving only the 10 pages to be judged to be flipped
    through. If this is not done, the first 10 pages in the book will be judged.        Sewing 4 - Grade 6
    Only completed pages will be eligible for judging. This means pages                   The Sewing 4 exhibit must include at least 4 of the skills listed in the
    with photos, memorabilia, documentation, decoration, etc. Incomplete                  Sewing 4 manual.
    pages or unfinished pages will be eligible for judging or count toward                Wearable: Two garments that can be worn together. Attach Sewing
    your ten page total.                                                                  Skills Card (4-H 926c-W) to the exhibit.
5. Photos and memorabilia must be included in each scrapbook, but not                     Non-Wearable: Pillow sham with button or zipper closing, appliqued
    necessarily on each page (i.e. some pages may only contain photos                     design, piping, or ruffle. Make your own pillow form OR tote bag with
    while others may contain only memorabilia). Be sure to include a vari-                zipper or duffel bag with zipper, pockets, and lining, OR doll clothes,
    ety in your list of pages to be judged.                                               or pet clothes, OR construction techniques sample notebook (follow-
6. Neatness counts! Exhibit clean pages with clear writing. Your hand-                    ing instructions printed in the manual). Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H
    writing is part of your heritage - please use it often. Typing is allowed,            926c-W) to the exhibit.
    however, it should be used sparingly (i.e. ideal to use when you are
    telling a long story or have a small area to write in).                             Sewing 5 - Grade 7
7. Using a variety of cropping techniques and page layouts will add interest               The Sewing 5 exhibit must include at least 5 of the skills listed in the
    and creativity to your album. Not everything has to be cropped or “arts”   ,           Sewing 5 manual.
    use a nice balance, keeping in mind that the main focus is preservation                Wearable: School or sports outfit. Can be one or more pieces. Attach
    and not how many stickers or fancy papers you can use on a page! Let                   Sewing Skills Card (4-H 927c-W) to the exhibit.
    your pictures and memorabilia be the main focus.                                       Non-Wearable: Dressed, jointed (with sockets) stuffed animal, OR
8. Keep in mind the proper placement of your photos, etc. in your album                    sewn item for holiday or special occasion, OR construction techniques
    - you are telling a story, so use chronology (putting things in order of               sample notebook (following instructions printed in manual). Attach
    occurrence), or themes to organize your album.                                         Sewing Skills Card (4-H 927c-W) to the exhibit.
9. Double page layouts are allowed, but are counted as two pages. These                 **********************************************************************************
    are two facing pages that have one title that carries across both of                       ADVANCED SEWING WEARABLE EXHIBIT CATEGORIES
    them. The story may also continue on both pages. Both pages will                       Definition of an outfit: An outfit is a garment or garments that when
    need to be included in your 10 pages to be judged and will count as                    put together make a complete look - such as one or two piece dress,
    one page each.                                                                         or one or two piece pant suit, or a three piece combination, such as
10. Journalizing is a must - without it, your photos and memorabilia will be               pants, vest and blouse or shirt.
    less meaningful over time.                                                               1. Informal or Casual Wear: A complete outfit of one or two pieces
11. The scrapbook album must demonstrate a good sense of the entire                              suitable for school, weekend, casual, or informal activities.
    project and what it means to preserve our memories.                                      2. Dress Up: This is suitable for special, church, or social occasions
                                                                                                 that are not considered to be formal. It may be an outfit of one or
                                 SEWING                                                          more pieces with or without its own costume coat or jacket (lined
                                                                                                 or unlined). This is not an outfit that would be worn to school,
                     Projects entered Tuesday, June 28                                           weekend, casual, or informal activities..
                                                                                             3. Free Choice: These are garments that do not fit in the other clas-
*****Also see Fashion Revue *****                                                                sifications. Examples include: tennis wear, swimwear or athletic
                                                                                                 sportswear, lounge wear, riding habits, historic, dance, theatrical,
1. All clothing is to be clean and well pressed. Covered with clear plastic                      or international costumes, unlined coats, and capes.
   bags on hangers.                                                                          4. Suit or Coat: The suit consists of two pieces including a skirt or
2. Exhibit labels will be provided before judging. Label each article.                           pants and its own lined jacket. It is not a dress with a jacket as in
3. Clothing exhibit requirements are the same as work requirements for                                           .
                                                                                                 “dress up wear” The coat is a separate lined coat. It will be judged
   division.                                                                                     separately as a coat with its own accessories.
4. Bring pattern instructions to judging to eliminate any questions.                         5. Separates: Consists of three garments that must be worn as a co-
5. The techniques in 4-H Sewing Manual will be used by judges.                                   ordinated complete outfit. Each piece should be versatile enough
6. Wearable garments must be made by the 4-H’er for themselves.                                  to be worn with other garments.
                                                                                             6. Formal Wear: This outfit may be one or more pieces suitable for
The Sewing project has two separate categories: Wearable and Non-                                any formal occasion, such as proms, weddings, and formal eve-
wearable. Participants may enter an exhibit into either category, or both.                       ning functions.
All exhibits must satisfy the division requirements.
                                                                                        Sewing 6 through 10 - Grades 8-12
Sewing 1 - Grade 3                                                                        The Sewing exhibit must include at least 6 of the skills listed in the
  The Sewing 1 exhibit must include at least 2 of the skills listed in the                Sewing manual.
  Sewing 1 manual.                                                                        Wearable: An outfit from any of the Advanced Wearable Exhibit Cat-
  Wearable: Elastic waist shorts, pants, OR skirt with fold over casing:                  egories. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 928c-W) to the exhibit.
                                                                                   46
   Non-Wearable: Sewn items for your home, or construction techniques                  board, foam board, peg board, or thin plywood and covered in plastic.
   sample notebook, or sewing machine survey (following instructions                   Educational display should be related to what you have learned in this
   printed in manual). Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 928c-W) to the ex-               project.
   hibit.                                                                             An actual engine may be displayed if it meets the following guidelines:
                                                                                         1) All fluids (oil and fuel) have been removed.
            4-H SHOOTING SPORTS EDUCATION                                                2) The engine must be mounted on a 30” x 30” (or smaller) base.
                                                                                         3) Note: It is strongly suggested that a notebook with details and
               Deadline for enrolling in 4-H Shooting Sports                                pictures of what was done to the engine accompany the display.
                              will be March 1                                       Unit 1 - (Grades 3, 4, & 5)
                                                                                    Possible exhibits might include:
Disciplines that will be offered include:                                                1. Picture poster showing what you have learned about small en-
   A. Blackpowder/Muzzleloader                                                              gines.
   B. Shotgun                                                                            2. Display of basic tools needed to maintain a small engine.
   C. Pistol                                                                             3. An educational display related to what you have learned about
   D. Rifle                                                                                 two-cycle engines.
   E. Archery                                                                            4. An educational display related to what you have learned about
                                                                                            four-stroke engines.
The objectives of the 4-H Shooting Sports Program are:                                   5. An educational display showing proper maintenance and care of a
   To involve youth in a development program                                                lawn mower.
   To teach shooting skills and safety                                                   6. An educational display of proper safety labels and procedures for
   To develop leadership and citizenship skills                                             small engines.
   To provide a vehicle for family involvement                                           7. Small engines parts display board with a brief explanation of the
   To foster the education and development of volunteers                                    purpose of the parts and how they work.
   To promote positive relationships with peers and adults                               8. Display related to some system that you learned about in small
   To offer career exploration opportunities                                                engines (filters, cooling, ignition, etc.)
   To have self-discipline and self-esteem
   To have fun!                                                                     Unit 2 - (Grades 6, 7, & 8)
                                                                                    Possible exhibits might include:
Attendance:                                                                              1. An educational display comparing the different types of engines.
1. Members MUST attend all meetings and range times.                                     2. An educational poster illustrating and explaining the internal parts
2. Members shall give notification to the leader BEFORE missing any                         of an engine.
   meeting during the 4-H Shooting Sports Program year.                                  3. An educational display showing how transmissions work.
3. Parents are to attend each session with member or else send a note                    4. An educational display showing how to conduct a compression
   with the responsible adult that will be attending.                                       check.
                                                                                         5. An educational display showing how to adjust a carburetor.
Safety:                                                                                  6. A display using a real small engine with a brief explanation show-
1. Members must not bring their own firearms to any meeting!                                ing steps in preparing a small engine for storage.
2. All firearms must be transported to and from the firing line un-cocked                7. Carburetor parts display board with a brief explanation of the pur-
   and/or with the safety in the “on” position, the action must be open, the                pose of the parts and how they work together.
   chamber and/or magazine must be empty, and the magazine must be                       8. An income and expense record of your lawn mowing business,
   removed from the firearm!                                                                including costs, hours worked, pay for individual jobs, etc.
3. Members must be knowledgeable of the Range Rules and follow them
   explicitly!                                                                      Unit 3 - (Grades 9, 10, 11, & 12)
4. ANY FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE SAFETY IN-                                  Possible exhibits might include:
   STRUCTIONS WILL RESULT IN IMMEDIATE REMOVAL OF THE                                    1. An educational display showing how to use diagnostic tools on
   OFFENDER(S) FROM FURTHER PARTICIPATION IN THE ACTIV-                                     small engines.
   ITY. PARENTS ARE ASKED TO ATTEND ALL SESSIONS WHERE                                   2. An educational display showing how to tear down and reassemble
   RANGE TIME IS INVOLVED. IF ANY MEMBERS ARE ASKED TO                                      a small engine.
   BE DISMISSED, PARENTS MUST BE PRESENT TO ESCORT THEM                                  3. An educational display related to the electrical system of a small
   FROM THE RANGE.                                                                          engine.
5. Evidence that any member has violated safe handling procedures out-                   4. An educational display about emissions systems on small engines
   side of club activities or has violated Indiana or Federal laws regarding                and future trends.
   the use of firearms will be treated as above. The arrest of any member                5. An educational display showing how to remove and sharpen a
   for a firearms or hunting violation shall be consideration for dismissal.                mower blade.
                                                                                         6. An educational display about careers in small engines.
Enrolling in a discipline:                                                               7. An educational display about your work in finding resources about
A member may enroll in more than in ONE discipline at a time. An indi-                      small engines on the Internet.
vidual must complete ALL individual discipline requirements to complete                  8. An educational display about trouble-shooting common problems
that discipline.                                                                            with small engines.
                                                                                         9. An educational display about small engines designs.
Hunter Education courses will be offered, but are NOT mandatory.                         10. Any educational display related to what you have learned in the
Participation fee will vary upon the discipline enrolling in.                               project.

Completion of a discipline consists of:                                                          SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION
1. Attendance at 3 safety meetings or number as determined by disci-
   pline instructor                                                                                     Projects entered Monday, June 27
2. Attendance at 4 out of 5 range times
3. Appropriate dress as required by discipline instructor                                     ALL POSTERS MUST BE 22” X 28” AND MUST BE
4. Proper conduct and participation                                                           DISPLAYED HORIZONTALLY. USE THE TOPIC AS
                                                                                                     THE TITLE FOR YOUR POSTER.
ALL participants upon satisfactorily completing a discipline will receive a
4-H SAFE certificate.                                                               Level A - (3rd and 4th grade)
                                                                                    Complete a poster based on one of the following activities:
                          SMALL ENGINES                                                1a - Designer Soils - Show how you completed this experiment and
                                                                                       what you found. Include results of discovery questions (found on page
               Projects entered Tuesday, June 28, 5:30-6:30                            2) and photos of your experiment on the poster.
                                                                                       4a - Grasses are Great! - Make a poster as described in this activ-
   Exhibit an educational display on a poster or display board. Boards                 ity. Include answers to the discovery questions (found on page 15).
   must be 22” x 28” displayed horizontally on a stiff backing like card-              Display pictures or samples of each grain on your poster. Explain how
                                                                                       grasses need soil and water to grow.
                                                                               47
   5a - Water Erosion In A Box - Show how you completed this experi-                                             SPORTFISHING
   ment and explain what you found. Include answers to discovery ques-
   tions (found on page 20) and photos of your experiment. Include an                                     Projects entered Monday, June 27
   explanation of water erosion.
   5b - Splash Erosion - Show how you completed this experiment and                             ALL POSTERS MUST BE 22” X 28” AND MUST BE
   explain what you found. Include photos of your experiment. Include an                                DISPLAYED HORIZONTALLY
   explanation of splash erosion.
   6c - Conservation Reporter - Interview at least one adult using the               Level 1 (Grade 3 to 5)
   questions given in the activity (page 27) and any others that seem                Exhibit a poster based on one of the following activities:
   appropriate. Include interview questions and answers on your poster.              Let’s Go Fishing! - Complete the Angling Self Assessment and practice
   Include photographs (5 X 7 or smaller) of both the person(s) you inter-              landing a fish as described in Playing a Fish. Display your self assess-
   viewed and the conservation practice(s).                                             ment to show what you currently know about fishing and indicate what
                                                                                        you hope to learn in this project. Draw or take photos of you “Playing
Level B - (5th and 6th grade)
                                                                                        a Fish.”
Complete a poster and/or videotape based on one of the following activi-
                                                                                     Pop Can Casting - Display a photo of you casting your pop can rig and
ties:
                                                                                        your casting record. Optional - display a photo of you casting a regular
    4a - Dried Fruit Snacks - Show how you completed this activity. In-
                                                                                        fishing rig and your casting record with that rig.
    clude your data sheet (copy or make your own) and show your calcula-
                                                                                     Hook, Line, and Sinker - Display at least two the rigs listed in Fishing
    tions.
                                                                                        Deeper, #1. You can use a drawing or a picture to show these rigs. An-
    5a - Figuring Factors of Soil Erosion - Show how different soil sur-
                                                                                        swer the questions (Casting Out, Working the Lure, Setting the Hook,
    face factors affect erosion. Include your answers to the questions in the
                                                                                        and Landing the Fish) on your exhibit.
    activity and pictures or drawings.
                                                                                     Fishy Baits - Complete and display cards similar to those shown (natural
    6a - How Do Conservation Practices Work? - Follow the poster re-
                                                                                        baits, prepared bait, and artificial flies and lures). Answer the Casting
    quirements given in the manual.
                                                                                        Out questions on your exhibit.
    7b - Cabbage Juice pH Indicator - Show how acidity varies in differ-
                                                                                     Which Fish is it? - Copy the pages in your manual and use the fish and
    ent substances. Include the table (copy or make your own).
                                                                                        the crossword puzzle. Identify the fish and make a display that shows
    10a - Conservation Celebrities - Interview four people with different
                                                                                        the correct answers in the puzzle. (Optional - enlarge the crossword
    conservation careers as described in your manual. Take pictures of
                                                                                        puzzle).
    each person you interview.
Level C - (7th - 9th grade)                                                          Level 2 (Grade 6 to 8)
Complete a poster and/or videotape and/or build a model (22” X 28” X 10”             Exhibit a poster based on one of the following activities:
maximum) based on one of the following activities:                                   A Different Spin - Display a picture of you while casting and a completed
   2a - Where in the World is Carmen.... - Exhibit the items that you cre-              Casting Record and Spinning Reel Parts diagram. Also, answer the
   ated doing this activity, as explained in the manual.                                Working the Lure and Setting the Hook questions. (You may copy the
   5a - Use the USLE! - Show fairgoers how to use the USLE. Include                     ones in your manual or make your own.)
   your worksheet.                                                                   A Fine Kettle of Fish - Show a drawing or photograph of you cooking
   6b - Cover Me? - Show how surface cover can be estimated using the                   fish. Include your recipe and, if possible, pictures of you cleaning and/
   simple method given in this activity and describe one other method                   or cooking your fish.
   used (from Get Real!).                                                            Clean up the Litterbug - Complete and display the chart shown on page
   8a - Frogs, Dragonflies, and Cattails - Show what you did and what                   16. Draw or take a photo of the fishing place that you cleaned up (be-
   you learned in completing this activity. Pictures or drawings can help               fore and after).
   tell the story.                                                                   The Woolly Bugger - Take pictures or make drawings to show how a
   8b - Marsh Modeling - Build a model, collage, or diorama showing a                   wooly bugger is made. Answer the Casting Out and Working the Lure
   wetland as required in your manual.                                                  questions.
   9a - Build A Secchi Disk - Show how you built and used a Seechi                   A Fish by Design - Draw, take pictures, or find pictures on the Internet
   Disk. Include your expenses (copy of the chart or make your own).                    or in magazines to show (and identify) different mouth/feeding fish,
   Include a picture or drawing of your disk.                                           body shapes, and fish with different coloration. Briefly explain (3-5 sen-
                                                                                        tences or bullet points) why fish have different mouths, body shapes,
Level D - (10th - 12th grade)                                                           and coloration.
Complete a poster and/or videotape and/or build a model (22” X 28” X 10”
maximum) based on one of the following activities:                                   Level 3 (Grade 9 to 12)
   1a - Nominate a State Soil - Exhibit your nomination for a state soil.            Exhibit a poster based on one of the following activities:
   Include any materials you prepared and who you shared your nomina-                A Reel Mess - Draw, take photos, or copy the reels shown in Cleaning a
   tion with.                                                                           Reel. Label the reels, the parts of each reel, and where you might use
   1b - Positive Progress - Show what is being done in your community                   it. Show how you cleaned a reel using pictures or drawings.
   to conserve soil. Include answers to the questions given in the activity.         Designing a Skillathon Station - Make two skillathon stations (you may
   2a - Mini-monoliths - Prepare and display three (3) mini-monoliths.                  use the suggestions on page 9 or another fishing topic of your choice).
   2c - Clod Comparisons - Compare two different soils as described in                  List the topic, realistic situation, task, and materials needed. Take pho-
   the activity. Include your density measurements and calculations. Use                tographs of younger 4-H members using your stations.
   the tables given or make your own. Answer the Discovery Questions.                Beads, Dog Hair, and Feathers - Collect materials and tie a fly. You can
   3a - Earthworm Census - Compare the earthworm populations in                         display your fly or a picture of the fly. Also, list and draw or take pictures
   soils under two different management practices. Answer the questions                 of the 7 materials in the matching game and indicate their potential
   in the activity.                                                                     use.
   3b - Soil Slides - Display the results of your soil slide experiment. Give        Collecting Aquatic Insects - Complete and display the chart on page 18
   your hypothesis, results, and conclusions.                                           (you may copy the chart in your book or make your own). Draw or take
   6a - Write a Conservation Plan - Exhibit your base map, overlays,                    pictures of your kick net and your sampling procedures. Answer the
   tables, and other information you compiled to complete this activity.                questions in Casting Out and Working the Lure.
   6b - Make A Model - Make a model of a watershed representing                      Cast Into the Future - Complete the Career Investigation Record after
   plants, soils, water, at least three conservation practices, and other               talking with someone currently working in an area related to fish or
   structures.                                                                          fishing. Include a picture of the person you interviewed and answer
   Advanced Topic - Learn all you can about a soil/water topic of your                  the questions in Casting Out, Working the Lure, Setting the Hook, and
   choice. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the refer-            Landing the Fish.
   ences you used to describe what you did and what you learned. Title               Keep a Field Journal - Reproduce or copy 3-5 Field Journal entries on
   your poster, “Advanced Soil and Water Conservation - Independent                     your display. Include photographs that show where you had the fishing
   Study” .                                                                             experience, if possible.
   Mentoring - Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger                Playing Know Your Fish - Use the fish and information blocks to make a
   4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges                “flap” quiz for fairgoers. Have the information showing and the correct
   and the advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be                     fish under the flap, so they see the correct answer(s) when they lift the
   useful in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encour-                 flap. Choose 5 of the 10 fish and show them on the poster above the
   aged. Title your poster, “Advanced Soil and Water - Mentor”   .                      information so fairgoers know what species they have to pick from. Be
                                                                                48
   sure to list multiple species if the information you provide applies to                ever, other penalty points for safety violations, hit markers, etc., will be
   more than one of the species you choose.                                               so severe that the importance of speed will be minimized.
                                                                                      7. An 8 minute time limit will be used for both the junior and senior events.
Independent Study: Grades 9 - 12.                                                         A penalty of 400 points will be added to the contestant’s score for fail-
Advanced Topic - Learn all you can about a sport fishing topic of your                    ure to complete the course within the allotted time. After 12 minutes,
   choice. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the refer-              the contestant will be asked to leave the course.
   ences you used to describe what you did and what you learned. Title                8. The written exam will consist of 25 questions. The questions will be
   your poster, “Advanced Sport Fishing - Independent Study”  .                           multiple choice, taken from 1st unit for the junior division and 1st , 2nd,
Mentoring - Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger 4-H                    3rd & 4th units for the senior division. Twenty points will be added for
   member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges and                  each question answered incorrectly or omitted.
   the advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful                9. In case of a tie score for an award, contestants will re-drive for a new
   in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged.                      score. The tie breaker will be based on driving score only. (Safety will
   Title your poster, “Advanced Sport Fishing - Mentor”
                                                      .                                   be judged.)
                                                                                      10. Any rule or interpretation not covered here will be decided by the
                                                                                          County Tractor Project Committee. Their decision will be final.
                    TRACTOR MAINTENANCE
                                                                                                           GARDEN TRACTOR
                  Tractor Driving Contest, Friday, April 15
                                                                                                GARDEN TRACTOR OPERATION COURSE RULES:
                         Contest starts at 5:30PM
                                                                                      1. General Rules:
The leaders will hold County Workshops. Members are encouraged to
                                                                                      All participants will:
attend at least 50 percent of the meetings.
                                                                                            a. Take a written examination of 25 questions on small engine opera-
                                                                                               tion, care, maintenance and safety
1. Enrollment will be made in Division I, II, III and IV. Fifth year or over
                                                                                            b. Identify 25 designated parts of a garden tractor
   members may enroll in 4th unit or complete an independent study proj-
                                                                                            c. Perform a safety check on a garden tractor
   ect.
                                                                                            d. Operate a garden tractor through the prescribed course. Penalty
2. There will be two divisions in the Tractor Operators Contest:                               points will be assessed for errors in safety and poor operations.
     a. Junior division contestants must be in grades 3 through 7. Grade                    e. Questions for the written examination will be taken from Supple-
        is determined by grade in school during the 2010-2011 school                           ment #3, “Questions and Answers for Garden Tractor Operators”        .
        year.                                                                               f. A penalty of twenty points will be assessed for each examination
     b. Senior division contestants must be in grades 8 through 12.                            question or parts identification answered incorrectly or omitted. A
        Grade is determined by grade in school during the 2010-2011                            total of 250 penalty points will be possible. A time limit of 20 min-
        school year.                                                                           utes will be imposed.
3. A member should have an interest in the Tractor Program. 4-H’er does               2. Tractors
   not have to live or work on a farm or have a tractor available for his use.              a. The garden tractor used in the contest should be from 12 to 16
4. Division V and Above use Division IV Manual and use a different piece                       horsepower in size
   of machinery each year or work with younger tractor members.                             b. The garden tractor must contain a middle-mounted mower deck.
5. Senior entrants will be scored on 4 items:                                               c. The drive mechanism (belt, chain, etc.) running the mower deck
     a. Quiz questions drawn from 1st, 2nd, 3rd & 4th units of work                            must be disconnected by a judge prior to the contest.
     b. Tractor operation on obstacle course                                                d. All garden tractors used in the contest MUST contain the same
     c. Safety while at the contest                                                            size (width) mower deck. To insure uniformity among mower
     d. Time                                                                                   decks, it is suggested that only one make and model of tractor be
6. Junior entrants will be scored on 4 items:                                                  used.
     a. Quiz questions from 1st unit of work                                                e. The mower deck should extend at least 4 inches beyond the trac-
     b. Tractor operation on obstacle course                                                   tor’s rear tire.
     c. Safety while at the contest                                                         f. The garden tractor should contain tractor-type front wheel steer-
     d. Time                                                                                   ing.
                                                                                      3. Garden tractor parts identification:
Project Completion Requirements:                                                            a. Twenty-five items consisting of: garden tractor parts; and lawn and
1. Complete the colored work sheets in the work booklet and member is                          garden equipment and supplies will be tagged with a number.
   encouraged to attend 50% of the County Meetings held in February                         b. Contestants, using the Parts Identification Scorecard, will identify
   and March.                                                                                  the tagged items by writing the part’s identification number next to
2. Every tractor maintenance member must drive in either the traditional                       the part’s name on the scorecard.
   tractor driving contest or the compact tractor driving contest. A mem-                   c. Each part incorrectly identified will result in a ten point penalty. A
   ber cannot drive in both.                                                                   total of 250 penalty points will be possible.
3. To place in the blue ribbon group and be eligible for Grand and Re-                      d. A time limit of 20 minutes will be imposed.
   serve Champion, the contestant’s score must be 600 points or less.                 4. Obstacle stick
   Scores of 601 to 1200 points are in the red group. Scores of 1201 or               The purpose of the obstacle stick is to emphasize that garden tractor op-
   more are in the white group.                                                       erators must be constantly alert for foreign objects in their pathway.
4. Contestants with the 2 lowest scores in each contest will advance to                     a. An obstacle stick will be placed, by one of the judges, at some
   the Area Contest.                                                                           point in obstacle 2 or 3.
5. QUIZ WILL COUNT IN TRACTOR AND COMPACT DRIVING CON-                                      b. The obstacle stick should be placed after the contestant has start-
   TEST.                                                                                       ed through obstacle 1 but before he/she has proceeded more than
                                                                                               halfway through obstacle 1.
Contest Guidelines:                                                                         c. The obstacle stick used should be a 2” X 4” board 3 feet in length.
1. Junior entrants will pull a two wheel trailer, approximately 8’ wide and                 d. The contestant is expected to stop within 2 feet of the obstacle
   10’ to 12’ long                                                                             stick, dismount the garden tractor, remove the obstacle stick and
2. Senior entrants will pull a four wheel wagon, with knuckle type radius                      hand it to a judge. Failure to stop within 2 feet will result in a pen-
   rod steering, approximately 10’ length between axles, and an 8’ X 14’                       alty as outlined in the score sheet.
   bed and approximately a 52” stub tongue                                                  e. Hitting or running over the obstacle stick will result in a 50 point
3. Trailer or wagon must be pulled by rear draw bar of tractor                                 penalty.
4. All tractors must have normal standard factory installed equipment only            5. Course Requirements:
5. The contestant is responsible to see that the tractor is suitable to be                  a. The contestant’s entire tractor must be extending beyond the
   driven in the contest and for its proper operation (i.e. drawbar pinned,                    imaginary line at the end of obstacle 3 before they may back out
   in good condition, etc.)                                                                    of the obstacle. Failure to do so will be scored as “Failure to Follow
6. The penalty scoring system will be used. Unanswered or incorrectly                          Instructions.”
   answered questions and violation rules will draw penalty points for the                  b. All contestants must enter obstacle 1 on the left hand side. Failure
   contestant. The contestant with the lowest total score or number of                         to do so will be scored as “Failure to Follow Instructions” .
   penalty points will be the winner. The driving events will be timed and                  c. All contestants will be required to drive the course as outlined by
   will be scored on the basis of one penalty point for each second. How-                      the judges. Failure to do so will be scored as “Failure to Follow
                                                                                 49
        Instructions”.                                                               Level 1 - Grades 3 and 4
6. Stop-stake:                                                                           Grade 3 – “4-H Weather Project – Level 1” (title is on the poster) Ex-
     a. The stop-stake is a stake positioned distance “C” (for dimension                hibit the colored weather poster on a poster with the following items
        “C” see course outlined) in front of obstacle 4.
           ,                                                                            identified: weather vane, wind sock, airport, wind cone, airplane, heli-
     b. The stop-stake should be 1 1/2 times the distance “A” (for dimen-               copter, thermometer, rain gauge, stop watch, and meteorologist. In the
        sion “A” see course outline) from inside wall of obstacle 3.
               ,                                                                        lower right corner (Attach Weather Information Sheet Here) make a
     c. The stop-stake should be at least 6 inches taller than the tractor’s            sheet titled “Weather Instruments” and explain how the following help
        front hood.                                                                     us study weather: meteorologist, airplane, rain gauge, thermometer,
                                                                                        weather balloon, weather vane, and wind sock.
                     VETERINARY SCIENCE                                                  Grade 4 – title:”Experiments with Weather-Makers.” Explain two (2)
                                                                                        of the Experiments with Weather-Makers (pages 3 - 7) using text and
                    Projects entered Monday, June 27                                    drawings or pictures to create an educational poster. Title you exhibit;
                                                                                        Experiments with Weather-Makers. Record weather information for at
Educational meetings will be held from January to March. Please contact                 least two weeks on the Weather Information Sheet (4-H 346a-W) and
the Extension Office in January for information on enrollment.                          attach it to your poster.
                                                                                     Level 2 - Grades 5 and 6
1. 4-H Veterinary Science exhibits should be educational in nature cover-               Grade 5 – title: “My Weather Instrument.” Use pictures (drawn or pho-
    ing one or more of the topics presented in the members’ manual for                  tographs) and descriptive text to show how to make and use one of
    Units I, II, or III. An educational exhibit means one that should be able           the weather instruments described in your manual (4-H 379). Use your
    to teach other people about your topic. Choose a topic you think is                 home-made instrument and display the data you collected for one
    interesting and apply your imagination.                                             week using your weather instrument. You can make your own weather
                                                                                        data sheet or download from the 4-H website http://www.four-h.purdue.
2. 4-H Veterinary Science exhibits should not involve any live animals.                 edu/4-H_search/4h_search.cfm
                                                                                        Grade 6 – title:”Three Weather Instruments.” Make or purchase
3. Exhibits...                                                                          weather instruments and collect data as indicated in the Weather Re-
                                                                                        cord and follow the exhibit instructions. (4-H 379, (pages 12 and 13).
Div. I - Unit I (BU8048) - A 22” x 28” poster related to Chapter 1, 2, or 3.            Title your exhibit: Weather Instruments. Include two Weather Record
   Include notes from class sessions with your exhibit.                                 Sheets (4-H 379C-W available from the 4-H website http://www.four-
Div. II - Unit II (BU 9049) - Select one of the following: 22” x 28” poster;            h.purdue.edu/4-H_search/4h_search.cfm and photographs of three
   Science Fair Display; or Quiz Board related to Unit II Chapters 1, 2, or             of your weather instruments, as described in the Weather II manual.
   3. Displays and Quiz Boards must not exceed 30” deep x 48” wide x                    Home-made instruments are preferred.
   72” high. Include notes from class sessions with your exhibit.
Div. III - Unit III (BU 8050) - for 4-H’ers who have completed Units I and           Level 3 - Grades 7 - 9
   II in previous years. Include your journal of the Veterinary science                 Create an educational exhibit describing one of the following weath-
   meetings with your exhibit. Select one of the following: (Reports must               er topics (page 10). Use your creativity and originality, and your own
   be typed)                                                                            words. Do not just copy out of the books or off the Internet. When using
      * Develop and assemble a Teaching Aid with a two-page report of                   words or pictures from books or the Internet, you must list your refer-
          the results, recommendations, findings and conclusions. Display               ences! Pictures that you have taken are preferred, especially when
          Teaching Aid and two-page typed report. Include your journal of               exhibiting information about clouds. Title you poster exhibit, Weather
          the Veterinary science meetings with your exhibit. OR                         III, with a subtitle listing the topic you chose. Special note for Grade 7
      * Develop a project in conjunction with a veterinarian. Display the               only: Include Signs I Have Seen” (4-H 399, page 13).
          project with a report of the results, recommendations, findings,
          and conclusions. Include your journal of the Veterinary science                 Grade 7 (only): include “Signs I Have Seen “ (4-H 399, page 13)
          meetings with your exhibit.                                                       How clouds are formed
                                                                                            Rain-Snow-Sleet-Lightning (or similar topic)
4. Each exhibit will be judged against the following standard:                              Damages caused by weather
    Accuracy/Completeness                 35%                                               Safety procedures and weather
           Accuracy (25%)                                                                   Cloud seeding
           Completeness (10%)                                                               Seasons
    Explanation                           25%                                               Formation of fronts
           Topic Heading (5%)                                                               An interview with a Meteorologist
           Picture (5%)                                                                     Differences between F-scale and EF-scale tornado ratings
           Topic Explanation (15%)                                                   Level 4 - Grades 10 - 12
    Originality/Creativity                25%                                          Exhibit one of the following (station model, independent study, or men-
           Was project more than just                                                   toring)
           copied out of the manual                                                     Exhibit a winter or summer sequence station model: Follow the daily
    Neatness/Appearance                   15%                                           forecast sequence in your manual (page 14 & 23, 4-H 426). Title your
                                TOTAL 100%                                              poster exhibit. “Weather IV” and subtitle “Winter Weather Sequence” or
                                                                                        “Summer Weather Sequence” (depending on which you did. Use the
5. All projects MUST include a card on the back of your exhibit listing the             correct information and symbols for the 7 entries listed below (only), or
    name and address of your veterinarian                                               your poster will be too crowded and difficult for viewers to read.
                                                                                          1. Wind direction and speed
                               WEATHER                                                    2. Cloud cover in station circle
                                                                                          3. Visibility
                    Projects entered Monday, June 27                                      4. Present weather
                                                                                          5. Air temperature
Youth will learn basic information about weather, including what causes                   6. Dew point temperature
variations in weather and why we have different seasons and climates on                   7. Pressure tendency
the earth. In this project you will observe and record weather conditions               Independent Study - Learn all you can about a weather topic and
and learn weather symbols.                                                              present it on a poster. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs,
                                                                                        and list the works cited to describe what you did and what you learned.
Exhibit Information                                                                     Title your poster, “Advanced Weather - Independent Study”    .
  Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the weath-                Mentoring - Exhibit a poster that shows you mentoring a younger 4-H
  er project this year. All exhibits must be a poster (22” X 28”) and dis-              member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges and
  played horizontally, and covered in clear plastic or other transparent                advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful in
  material. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for your                 your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged. Title
  grade in school, and use that topic for your exhibit title, so the judges             your poster, “Advanced Weather - Mentor”   .
  know which activity you completed.

                                                                                50
                     WEED IDENTIFICATION                                                one of the following sections:
                                                                                         7: How We Grow - Show how 6 of the 12 featured species grow by
                    Projects entered Monday, June 27                                        listing the names of the young and a picture of the adult animal
                                                                                            (as in your manual). You may draw your pictures, copy the page in
Division I - Collect and identify 15 different weeds from the common and/                   your manual, ask at the Extension Office for the animal pictures
   or invasive plants of Indiana. Your collection of weeds must be taken                    that come with the poster for 3rd graders (4-H 903a), or find pic-
   from the list of common weeds in publication 4-H 247-W. Be aware                         tures in a magazine, on the Internet, or from some other source.
   that some weeds may be more prevalent at different times of the year.                 8: Food Chains - Show the six (6) food chains from the activity in
   Each specimen should show flower and/or fruit, leaf, stem, and root                      your book and identify what foods each animal eats. Put the ani-
   characteristics, all of which are necessary for complete and accurate                    mals in correct “food chain” order. Use pictures from any source
   identification. Press weeds; mount each individual weed on a 8 ½ x                       available to you: copy your manual. Magazines, drawings, on the
   11 inch poster board by either taping or gluing the plant to the poster                  Internet, or from some other source.
   board. Cover the poster board containing the plant specimen with cel-                 9: Bird Feeder Observations - Show your feeder or birdbath (draw
   lophane or clear sheet protector. Place the pages in a three-ring binder                 or photo), tell where it is located, and include a 2 week tally sheet
   (punch holes of adequate size to allow easy turning of the pages in the                  showing bird activity. If you observed a bird feeder, describe the
   binder). Label each weed with a 1 1/2 “ X 2 “ label with the following                   types of food you used.
   information: Name of weed (common and scientific names - remember
                                                                                     Level B (Grades 5 & 6)
   to italicize or underline scientific names), Where found (lawn, garden,
                                                                                     Present the information, on a poster or in a notebook, from one of the fol-
   pasture, etc.), and How it Reproduces (seed and/or underground root
                                                                                     lowing sections:
   parts). Answer questions on record sheet 4-H 247A-W, and put a copy
                                                                                          1: Habitats - Show good habitat and poor habitat for 3 of the 12 com-
   of the record sheet in your notebook.
                                                                                             mon Indiana wildlife species. You can use a photograph, make
Division 2 - Collect and identify 5 noxious and 5 poisonous weeds of
                                                                                             your own drawing, etc.
   Indiana. Your collection of weeds must be taken from the list of nox-
                                                                                          8: Food Web - Present a food web using pictures you find in maga-
   ious and poisonous weeds in publication 4-H 247-W. Be aware that
                                                                                             zines or that you draw. Label the producers, consumers, decom-
   some weeds may be more prevalent at different times of the year. Each
                                                                                             posers, etc. Use wildlife found in Indiana.
   specimen should show flower and/or fruit, leaf, stem, and root charac-
                                                                                          9 - 12: Animal Adaptations - Show physical adaptations of three
   teristics, all of which are necessary for complete and accurate identi-
                                                                                             to five animals and list the purpose that the adaptation serves.
   fication. Press weeds; mount each individual weed on a 8 ½ x 11 inch
                                                                                             For example; cracker beak for eating seeds, long legs for wading,
   poster board by either taping or gluing the plant to the poster board.
                                                                                             heavy coat to withstand cold temperatures, etc. You may use your
   Cover the poster board containing the plant specimen with cellophane
                                                                                             own drawings, pictures from magazines or other sources, or copy
   or clear sheet protector. Place the pages in a three-ring binder (punch
                                                                                             the drawings from your manual. Use wildlife found in Indiana.
   holes of adequate size to allow easy turning of the pages in the binder).
   Label each weed with a 1 1/2 “ X 2 “ label with the following information:        Level C (Grades 7 - 9)
   Name of weed (common and scientific names - remember to italicize                 Present the information given in one of the following sections on a poster
   or underline scientific names), Where found (lawn, garden, pasture,               or in a notebook: Use wildlife found in the United States.
   etc.), and How it Reproduces (seed and/or underground root parts).                      2: Signs of Wildlife - Activity 1 - Show signs of wildlife activity by
   Answer questions on record sheet 4-H 247B-W, and put a copy of the                         collecting animal tracks. You may exhibit your actual tracks or pic-
   record sheet in your notebook.                                                             tures of your tracks.
Division 3 - Collect and identify 15 different weed seeds from mature                      3: Habitat - Activity 1 - Show how the four wildlife habitat require-
   plants from the list of common, noxious, or poisonous weeds in 4-H                         ments are provided to a wild animal on an aerial photo or topo-
   217-W. Five of these weed seeds must be taken from the list of nox-                        graphic map of an Indiana landscape (from the Internet, a Soil &
   ious weeds in 4-H 247-W. Be aware that some weeds may be more                              Water Conservation Office, County Engineer, or soil survey).
   prevalent at different times of the year. Clean the seeds and separate                  3: Layering - Activity 4 - Show a horizontal layering scene for a wild-
   from the fruit. Place 1 tablespoon of dried weed seeds in a plastic zip-                   life setting. Explain how layering is used by wildlife in nature. You
   pered bag. Mount the plastic bags on poster board (22” x 28”). Mount-                      may sketch the pictures, take a photograph, find and label pictures
   ing must be made to exhibit the poster in a horizontal position. Place                     from a magazine, etc. It is suggested that you use one ecosystem
   your name, county, and club name in the lower right corner of the post-                    in your exhibit.
   er. Label each weed seed with a 1 1/2 “ X 2 “ label with the following                  4: Wildlife by Numbers - Present one or more of the concepts from
   information: Name of weed (common and scientific names - remember                          this section (carrying capacity and population dynamics and re-
   to italicize or underline scientific names), Where Found (lawn, garden,                    production and critical life stages) to show fairgoers how animal
   pasture, etc.), Annual, biennial, or perennial. Answer questions on re-                    population rates are affected.
   cord sheet 4-H 247C-W, and attach a copy of the record sheet to the                     6: Who Manages Indiana Wildlife? - choose one of the following:
   back of your poster. Cover your poster with plastic.                                       Activity 1 - Design a new Indiana environmental license plate
                                                                                              using native Indiana wildlife. Explain why you chose your design
                               WILDLIFE                                                       and give information about what the environmental license plate
                                                                                              program is all about.
                    Projects entered Monday, June 27                                          Activity 4 - Write a management plan for one of the species listed
                                                                                              in this activity. Be sure to address all the items in this activity. Note:
                                                                 ,
All wildlife poster exhibits are displayed horizontally, 22” X 28” and mount-                 this work must be presented in a notebook, not on a poster.
ed on a firm backing and covered in clear plastic or other transparent                     7: Careers: Profile a person that works with and for native Indiana
material. Use the topic chosen as the title for your exhibit. Youth in grades                 wildlife (examples include, but are not limited to, IDNR, Fish &
4 and up may present what they learned on a poster or in a notebook.                          Wildlife, Forestry, Conservation Officers, Biologists, Volunteers).
In general, the complexity of a notebook presentation increases as the                        Be sure to address all the items listed in the activity.
youth age increases. The notebook is intended to let 4-H’ers present the
same material that they present in a format that may be easier to use in             Level D (Grades 10 - 12)
the future and allows for more in depth coverage of topics. A pocket folder          Present the information given in one of the following sections on a poster
or three-ring binder may be used. Be sure to list/cite sources for images            or in a notebook: Focus on wildlife found in the United States.
and information.                                                                           1: Wildlife Management, Activity 1: Write a wildlife management
                                                                                              plan. Include all the information requested in this section. You
NOTE: Youth must choose a different activity each year except for the                         may present this topic multiple years if you include the following
  Level D Wildlife Management Plan which may be expanded upon in                              items:
  subsequent years.                                                                           * Evaluate your first year’s plan (what worked and what didn’t).
                                                                                              * Expand on your plan by adding land and/or species to be man-
Level A (Grades 3 & 4)                                                                        aged
   Grade 3 - Section 5 activity - Color the poster and 12 featured species                 2: Wildlife Management Activity 2: Outdoor lab – present the devel-
   (4-H 903a). Cut out the animal pictures and place them on the on the                       opment or improvement you did for an outdoor lab.
   poster in the habitat where you could expect to find them. Each animal                  3: Careers, Activities 3-5 - Learn what a career in Wildlife is like by
   should have a label identifying the animal and the habitat(s) it may be                    completing Activities 3-5 (job search, interview, & job shadowing).
   found in.                                                                                  Present what you did and learned on a poster or in a notebook.
   Grade 4 - Present what you learned, on a poster or in a notebook, from                  4: Current Wildlife Topic, Activities 1-5 - Choose one of these ac-
                                                                                51
        tivities to complete an present what you did and learned. May only
        do this section only 1 year.                                                         LIVESTOCK GENERAL RULES
Independent Study: Grades 9 - 12.
   Advanced Topic - Learn all you can about a wildlife topic of your                          EXHIBIT RULES, REGULATIONS AND INFORMATION
   choice and present it on a poster. Include a short manuscript, pictures,          In the interest of all breeders of livestock, all exhibitors, the St. Joseph
   graphs, and list the works cited to describe what you did and what you            County 4-H Fair, the 4-H program and the agriculture industry, the fol-
   learned. Title your poster, “Advanced Wildlife - Independent Study.”              lowing general rules, regulations and listing of prohibited activities are
   Mentoring - Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger                presented to maintain, insure and present a wholesome, high quality edu-
   4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges             cational program. As the showcase of St. Joseph County, it is imperative
   and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful               to promote and allow only ethical behavior by exhibitors at the St. Joseph
   in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged.                 County 4-H Fair.
   Title your poster, “Advanced Wildlife - Mentor.”
                                                                                     The St. Joseph County 4-H Advisory Council reserves the final and abso-
                                                                                     lute right to interpret any and all terms, conditions, rules and regulations
                          WOODWORKING                                                contained in any and all parts of the 4-H Handbook and to arbitrarily settle
                                                                                     and determine all matters, questions or differences in regard thereto, or
                    Projects entered Monday, June 27
                                                                                     otherwise arising out of, connected with, or incidental to the St. Joseph
                                                                                     County 4-H Fair. They further reserve the right to determine unforeseen
1. A maximum of one (1) article and/or (1) poster may be exhibited by                matters not covered by general or project rules published in the handbook,
    each member.                                                                     to amend or add to these rules as in its judgment it may determine.
2. Most of the work on the project must be done by the club member.
    Some skills involving power tools do require instruction and assistance          Fraud, deception, any prohibited activities, or violations of general or proj-
    from an adult helper.                                                            ect rules, or any activity determined to be improper or unethical by the
3. The statement, finish optional, does not mean you do not need to apply            project superintendent, St. Joseph 4-H Fairboard, or the 4-H Advisory
    a finish. It means the type of finish is optional.                               Council shall NOT be allowed. Any exhibitor found in violation is subject to
4. Due to inconsistencies in State Fair rules and State Fair plans, some             sanction and/or disqualification.
    skills are being allowed early. (Examples: mitres/bevels, dadoes/rab-
    bits).                                                                           1. TAMPERING, ALTERING, AND/OR MISREPRESENTATION relative
5. Starting in level 3 - Division 5 you may use a router for making dado/                to any exhibit is prohibited. This prohibited activity includes but is not
    rabbit joints and simple roundovers.                                                 limited to breeding, age, ownership, and/or method of preparation or
6. Starting in level 4 - Division 8 you may construct a project with dovetail            completion. (For example, with animal exhibits, this includes, but is
    joints, mortise and tenon joints, and raised panels.                                 not limited to, coloring, pumping, attaching hair/hair substitutes, or fill-
7. In no case may a higher level skill be achieved by using a combination                ing. Other items added to this include the application of ice, ice water,
    of lower level skills.                                                               alcohol, freon or any other refrigerant used directly or indirectly on any
                                                                                         animals being exhibited.)
Level 1A - Measuring Up. (Grades 3 & 4) Divisions 1 & 2                               2. UNETHICAL FITTING OF ANIMAL EXHIBITS is defined as the admin-
   Exhibit 1 article constructed from plans found in level 1 manual or level             istration of any substance (to include, but not limited to, drugs covered
   1 woodworking plans provided.                                                         in #3 below, blood, oils, steroids, air, chemical substances) or perfor-
Level 1B - Poster on a topic found in the level 1 manual.                                mance of any surgical or nonsurgical procedure altering the animal’s
                                                                                         configuration or natural conformation of any part of the animal’s body,
Level 2A - Making the Cut. (Grades 5 & 6) Divisions 3 & 4                                or rendering its tissues unfit for human consumption is prohibited.
   Exhibit 1 article constructed from plans found in the level 1 and 2 man-              Exceptions that are allowed to #1 and #2 above include hoof trimming,
   ual, or level 1 and 2 woodworking plans, or one using the skills and                  dehorning, removal of hair, or manipulation of normally attached hair,
   tools discussed in these manuals.                                                     castration, branding, tattooing, ear notching, docking of tails on sheep
                                                                                         and swine, and coloring that does not alter or misrepresent breed char-
Level 2B - Poster on a topic found in the level 2 manual.                                acteristics.
Level 3A - Nailing it Together (Grades 7, 8, & 9) Divisions 5, 6, & 7                3. 4-H MARKET ANIMALS SHALL NOT CONTAIN any identifiable or un-
    Exhibit 1 article constructed from any source, using only those skills               identifiable foreign substance including: drugs, steroids, or chemicals,
   and tools covered in Level 1, 2, & 3 manuals.                                         greater than those allowed by the United States Department of Agricul-
                                                                                         ture (USDA) or the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) as permissible
Level 3B - Poster on a topic found in the level 3 manual.                                for sale or consumption as human food both on day of show and day of
                                                                                         shipment to market from the St. Joseph County 4-H Fair.
Level 4A Finishing Up (Grades 10, 11, & 12) Divisions 8, 9, & 10)                        Test samples collected from 4-H animals shall be free of any foreign
   Exhibit 1 article constructed from any source, using skills and tools                 substance, including steroids, drugs or chemicals affecting the central
   covered in Level 1, 2. 3 & 4 manuals.                                                 nervous system (for example, stimulants, depressants, or painkillers).
Level 4B - Poster on a topic found in the level 4 manual.                                Drugs may not be administered to 4-H animal exhibits except those ad-
                                                                                         ministered by a licensed Veterinarian, after approval from the livestock
There will be one State Fair Entry awarded in each Level (1A, 1B, 2A, 2B,                superintendent. The procedure must be witnessed by the Superinten-
3A, 3B, 4A, & 4B). For a total of eight State Fair entries.                              dent or his designee.
                                                                                     4. The St. Joseph County 4-H Advisory Council reserves the right to test
Any project not completed will be marked down one grade and will not be                  any animal exhibit for tampering, altering, misrepresentation, unethi-
considered for Div. Champion, Res. Champion or State Fair Entry.                         cal fitting, natural or foreign substance, to include, but not limited to
Outdoor projects that don’t require finish will not be affected by this rule.            artificially introduced air, blood, oil, drugs, steroids, or chemicals. The
                                                                                         submission of any 4-H entry into the St. Joseph County 4-H Fair by an
All articles made from kits will be judged in one class and will not be con-             exhibitor expressly grants the St. Joseph County 4-H Advisory Council
sidered for State Fair Selection.                                                        the right to conduct such tests. Refusing such tests will result in dis-
                                                                                         qualification and forfeiture of all awards. A micro identification chip will
                                                                                         be inserted into each 4-H market animal at the time of urine collection
                                                                                         by the veterinarian in charge.
                                                                                     5. NO EXHIBITOR MAY TAKE EXCEPTION TO THE DECISIONS OF AN
                                                                                         OFFICIAL AND/OR JUDGE IN AN UNPROFESSIONAL MANNER
                                                                                         AND/OR PUBLIC MANNER. NOR SHALL ANY EXHIBITOR OR
                                                                                         PERSON REPRESENTING THE EXHIBITOR, INTERFERE WITH OR
                                                                                         SHOW DISRESPECT TO ANY JUDGE OR SHOW OFFICIAL.
                                                                                     6. The placing of 4-H exhibits will not be adjusted after placings become
                                                                                         official.
                                                                                     7. Competition placings do not become official until the completion of all
                                                                                         post judging re-weighing and animal verifications such as, but not lim-
                                                                                         ited to, re-nose print evaluation and document verification.
                                                                                52
8. Each 4-H exhibitor and parent/legal guardian will be required to com-                  each Showmanship level.
    plete, sign and have notarized an animal affidavit when exhibiting: all               Ambassador classes for Rabbits will be: Novice - Grades 3-4; Junior
    steers, including dairy steers, market heifers, market lambs, meat goat               - Grades 5-6; Intermediate - Grades 7-8; Senior - Grades 9-10; and
    wethers, and swine. Exhibitors of rabbits (meat pens, single fryer,                   Master - Grades 11-12. Grade is determined by the grade in school
    roaster, stewer), poultry (broilers and all turkeys), and waterfowl (Pekin            during the 2009-2010 school year.
    Ducks, Fancy Ducks, and Geese) will also be required to complete and
    sign the animal affidavit. The animal affidavit must be presented at the           C. REGISTRATION AND OWNERSHIP – An original certificate of regis-
    time of check-in of the animal(s) at the St. Joseph County 4-H Fair.                  tration or transfer for 4-H purebred animals must be presented to the
    Refusing to execute the affidavit/agreement will result in disqualifica-              4-H livestock superintendent prior to the time of show. This document
    tion and the imposition of appropriate penalties.                                     must show that the exhibitor owns the animal(s) being exhibited, either
9. At the St. Joseph County 4-H Fair the 4-H animal exhibitor may                         entirely or in part with family or a legal guardian, before the state 4-H
    receive CLIPPING AND GROOMING ASSISTANCE only from current                            project enrollment date and continuously until show date.
    St. Joseph County (IN) 4-H Members, their immediate family, guardian,                 Acceptable forms of owner registration include:
    4-H project Leader, or former St. Joseph County livestock member, of                        (a) 4-H member’s name
    that project, who has completed their 4-H eligibility at the time of the                    (b) John Doe & Son (Daughter)
    fair and only with the animal owner present. Any person not meeting                         (c) John Doe, Sons & Daughters
    these criteria will be asked to leave the barn. Violation of this rule may                  (d) John Doe & Family
    result in disqualification of the animal from the show and auction. .                       (e) Brothers &/or Sisters (each name listed individually)
    Guardianships granted on a temporary basis for the purpose of cir-                          (f) Family corporations, where member’s name appears as a
    cumventing these rules will not be recognized.                                              stock holder in the corporation
10. A 4-H animal exhibit may not be maintained at a PROFESSIONAL                                (g) Family partnership, where the 4-H’ers name appears on the
    FITTERS FACILITIES (excluding horses).                                                      partnership
11. All livestock must be fed and cared for by the 4-H club member. Bring
    your own feeders and waterers.                                                           ANIMAL HEALTH REQUIREMENTS FOR EXHIBITION OF
12. All species must have sale cards turned into respective livestock su-                           DOMESTIC ANIMALS IN INDIANA 2011
    perintendent to place animal in the auction. Only animals with a written
    veterinary note or superintendent approval will be allowed to scratch              GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES
    out of the auction. See individual species rules for exact turn in time of         This document describes the Indiana State animal health requirements
    sale cards. A member scratching an animal from the auction without a               for all animal exhibitions in the state. HOWEVER, exhibition organizers
    written veterinary note or superintendent approval will be banned from             may impose additional animal health requirements as a condition of entry.
    selling that species the following year. A second offense will result in           The BOAH recommends contacting the exhibition organizer for specific
    banning of sale of all species for the 4-H career.                                 information. Please call the Indiana State Board of Animal Health at 1-877-
13. The St. Joseph County 4-H Advisory Council is the final authority for all          747-3038 with questions concerning animal health requirements.
    actions pertaining to 4-H programs and activities.
14. SUBMISSION OF AN ENTRY TO THE ST. JOSEPH COUNTY 4-H                                A. Limitations on Exhibition
    FAIR EXPRESSLY BINDS THE EXHIBITOR TO ALL TERMS AND                                This section describes limitations on exhibiting animals in Indiana. There
    CONDITIONS CONTAINED IN ANY AND ALL PARTS OF THE                                   may be other exhibition limitations that are described in the specific spe-
    HANDBOOK                                                                           cies requirements.
                                                                                       1. Failure to meet all health requirements will result in removal of
PENALTIES                                                                                  animals from the exhibition premise.
1. The exhibitor in question is disqualified and forfeits all premiums, tro-           2. The following animals are not eligible for exhibition in Indiana:
    phies, and awards from the project in question.                                          a. Animals that originate from a herd that is under quarantine.
2. Any or all premiums, trophies and awards won by the exhibitor shall be                    b. Any animal classified as a brucellosis “suspect” .
    withdrawn and required to be returned.                                                   c. Animals showing symptoms of any infectious or communicable
3. The exhibitor and/or his/her immediate family will be barred from com-                       disease or that is otherwise a health hazard to persons or other
    petition at the St. Joseph County 4-H Fair for up to 3 years.                               animals.
4. The exhibit will not be sold in the 4-H Livestock Auction.                                d. Any animal that does not meet state animal health requirements.
5. In a case of an exhibit already sold at the livestock auction, the exhibitor        3. Any animal that develops or shows signs of any infectious or communi-
    shall refund and return all sale proceeds in excess of market value to                 cable disease during exhibition must be removed from the premise in-
    the St. Joseph County 4-H Fair. At the discretion of the Fair Board, the               cluding the surrounding exhibition grounds. An owner that is disputing
    money will be returned to the sale buyer or otherwise donated to the                   the exclusion of their animal from exhibition may not exhibit the animal
    4-H Scholarship Fund.                                                                  in question pending any appeal.
6. The St. Joseph County 4-H Advisory Council may impose any other
    penalty deemed appropriate.                                                        B. Certificates of Veterinary Inspection
                                                                                       1. For animals that originate in Indiana, contact the exhibition organizer to
A. LIVESTOCK ENTRY AND RELEASE - Please see specific species.                              determine the certificate of veterinary inspection (CVI) requirement,
   Champions eligible to be shown in the Showcase of Champions Build-                      if any.
   ing must remain until Saturday at 9:00 p.m. It will be the responsibility           2. For animals that originate outside the State of Indiana, the exhibitor
   of the 4-H member who was/is the exhibitor of the animal to make sure                   must have a properly completed official certificate of veterinary inspec-
   that the animal gets to its intended destination of the Buyer if sold.                  tion (CVI, commonly known as “health papers”) for the animal. This CVI
   Removal of these animals early is subject to penalties in the general                   requirement applies to the following types of animals:
   livestock rules.                                                                           a. All animals of the family Bovidae, including cattle, sheep, goats,
                                                                                                 and buffalo.
B. SHOWMANSHIP - Showmanship ribbons will be presented to the Be-                             b. All animals of the family Equidae (horses, donkeys, etc…)
   ginner, Junior and Senior champion showmen in beef, cats, dairy, dairy                     c. All animals of the family Suidae, including domestic and feral
   beef, goat, mules and donkeys, poultry, rabbit, swine and sheep. A 4-H                        swine.
   member who has won showmanship honors in one class of livestock                            d. All animals of the family Cervidae, including deer and elk.
   WILL NOT be eligible to compete for the same honor until the third year                    e. All animals of the family Camelidae, including camels, llamas, and
   after the original honor was won, but can move up to the next level with                      alpacas.
   the understanding they can never move back down. Members com-                           A certificate of veterinary inspection on any animal coming from out-
   peting in showmanship classes must show their own animals and the                       side Indiana for exhibition in Indiana is valid for 30 days.
   member must have shown that animal during the fair. Showmanship                     3. Certificates of veterinary inspection accompanying animals for exhi-
   class is determined by grade in school during the 2009-2010 school                      bition must be completed by a licensed and accredited veterinarian
   year.                                                                                   who has personally inspected the animals and must clearly include
           Beginner Showman - Grades - 3, 4, & 5                                           a description of each animal including the age, sex, and breed of the
           Junior Showman - Grades - 6, 7, & 8                                             animal, and the official identification for each animal.
           Senior Showman - Grades - 9, 10, 11, & 12                                   4. Certificates of veterinary inspection for all out of state swine and cattle
   Superintendents will have the discretion to divide showmanship class-                   going to the Indiana State Fair must have the import permit number for
   es into smaller groups with the judge specifying the number to come                                                              ,
                                                                                           the 2010 Indiana State Fair, “INSF10” written on the certificate.
   back for the final drive. Grand and Reserve Grand will be selected for              5. A copy of the official certificate of veterinary inspection for each animal
                                                                                  53
   exhibited must be on file at the state veterinarian’s office prior to the               4. All swine that are to be sold at a breed sale should have a certificate of
   opening day of the exhibition.                                                              veterinary inspection issued within 30 days prior to the sale to facilitate
                                                                                               interstate movement after the sale.
C. Identification                                                                              For more information on swine health requirements, call the Indiana
All animals requiring a certificate of veterinary inspection for exhibition                    Board of Animal Health at (317)227-0310.
must be permanently and individually identified by an acceptable method.
Acceptable methods vary by species but may include an ear tag, legible                     POULTRY
tattoo, standard ear notch, and individual brand or breed registration num-                1. SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES
ber. Official identification acceptable for specific species of livestock exhib-           2. All poultry presented for exhibition shall be accompanied by an official
ited in Indiana are as follows:                                                                certificate of veterinary inspection or an appropriate National Poultry
1. Swine: standard ear notch for breeding and exhibition swine.                                Improvement Plan (NPIP) certificate.
2. Cattle: official ear tag, tattoo, or individual brand or registration number if         3. All poultry presented for exhibition must meet one of the following re-
     accompanied by registration papers. Indiana steers that do not require                    quirements:
     testing may use any type of individual ear tag (e.g. plastic ear tag).                      a. Test negative for pullorum-typhoid within 90 days prior to the date
3. Sheep and Goats: official scrapie ear tag, scrapie tattoo, or breed                              of their exhibition.
     registration tattoos that are enrolled in the scrapie program. Wethers                      b. Be hatched from eggs originating from certified NPIP pullorum-
     younger than 18 months of age may be identified using any form of                              typhoid clean flocks.
     permanent identification. Electronic chips may be used if preapproved                       c. Originate from a flock where the entire flock is certified NPIP pullo-
     by the Indiana Board of Animal Health.                                                         rum-typhoid clean.
4. Horses: lip tattoo, individual brand, description of markings with name,                    For more information on poultry health requirements, call the Indiana
     or a registration number if accompanied by the registration papers.                       State Board of Animal Health at (317)227-0320.
5. Cervidae: tattoo or official ear tag.
6. If any additional identification other than the official identification is pres-        HORSES
     ent, one of the additional identifications should also be listed on the               1. SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES.
     certificate of veterinary inspection.                                                 2. Horses coming from out of state for exhibition in Indiana must meet the
                                                                                               following requirements:
D. Testing
                                                                                                 a. Each horse must test negative for Equine Infectious Anemia
All tests required for exhibition must be conducted at the Animal Disease
    Diagnostic Laboratory (ADDL) at Purdue University, a laboratory ap-                             (E.I.A.) (a “Coggins test”) within 12 months of the date of exhibi-
    proved by the Board of Animal Health or a state-federal-approved labo-                          tion. Each horse must be accompanied by an official certificate of
    ratory.                                                                                         veterinary inspection that indicates the results of the E.I.A. test.
                                                                                                 b. A suckling foal accompanying a dam that has tested negative for
CATTLE                                                                                              E.I.A. within twelve months of the exhibition is exempt from the
1. SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES.                                                        E.I.A. testing requirement.
2. Cattle from Indiana do not need a brucellosis test or a tuberculosis test               3. The following applies to horses coming from Indiana for exhibition in
    for exhibition in Indiana.                                                                 Indiana:
3. The following cattle from outside the state must test negative for tuber-                     a. A certificate of veterinary inspection is not required.
    culosis within 60 days prior to the date of arrival to the exhibition:                       b. An E.I.A. (Coggins) test is not required.
      a. All sexually intact female dairy cattle that are six (6) months of age                For more information on horse health requirements, call the Indiana
         or older that will be sold or otherwise not removed from the state                    Board of Animal Health at (317)227-0320.
         within ten (10) days of the fair.
                                                                                           DOGS
      b. Cattle from states that are not designated tuberculosis free by the
                                                                                           1. SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES.
         U.S. Department of Agriculture (as of December 2005 Michigan,
                                                                                           2. No dog may be exhibited showing any symptoms of a communicable
         Texas, and New Mexico) must meet additional requirements for
         entry into Indiana. Contact the Indiana Board of Animal Health                        disease.
         for specific information at 1-877-747-3038, extension 315. As of                  3. Each dog presented for exhibition must be accompanied by a certificate
         November 1, 2009 areas of Minnesota, Michigan, California, and                        of vaccination or other statement that is signed by a licensed and ac-
         New Mexico are NOT USDA designated tuberculosis free.                                 credited veterinarian and that indicates the vaccinations each animal
4. Cattle from outside the state do not need a brucellosis test as long as                     has been given. A certificate of veterinary inspection may be used to
    the state of origin is classified as brucellosis free by the United States                 document vaccinations but is not required.
    Department of Agriculture.                                                             4. All dogs 3 months of age and over must be vaccinated for rabies by a li-
5. All cattle, including Indiana cattle, that are to be offered for sale at an                 censed and accredited veterinarian in accordance with the state rabies
    exhibition must have the necessary testing and other requirements                          vaccination law. A certificate of vaccination for rabies must accompany
    completed within 30 days prior to the sale date.                                           the animal to the exhibition.
    For more information on cattle health requirements, call the Indiana                       NOTICE: Indiana State 4-H Imposes Vaccination Requirements for
    Board of Animal Health at (317) 227-0315.                                                  Dog Show Participants Beyond the Requirements of the Indiana State
                                                                                               Board of Health Minimum Requirements. Check With Your Local 4-H
SHEEP AND GOATS                                                                                County Extension Educator for those Requirements.
1. SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES.                                                   For more information on dog health requirements, call the Indiana
2. Blankets must be removed from all sheep at the time of arrival.                             Board of Animal Health at (317)227-0320.
3. All wethers must be presented slick shorn for inspection at arrival.
4. No sheep or goats may be exhibited that are showing signs of being                      CATS
    infected with ringworm.                                                                1. SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES.
5. For more information on sheep and goat health requirements, call the                    2. No cats may be exhibited that test positive for or show any symptoms of
    Indiana Board of Animal Health (317)227-0318.                                              any communicable diseases.
                                                                                           3. Each cat presented for exhibition must be accompanied by a certificate
SWINE                                                                                          of vaccination or other statement that is signed by a licensed and ac-
1. SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES.                                                   credited veterinarian and that indicates the vaccinations each animal
2. Brucellosis Testing.                                                                        has been given. A certificate of veterinary inspection may be used to
    Swine from Indiana do not need a brucellosis test. A certificate of veter-                 document vaccinations but is not required.
    inary inspection is required. Swine from outside the state do not need a               4. All cats over 3 months of age must be vaccinated for rabies by a li-
    brucellosis test as long as the state of origin is classified as brucellosis               censed and accredited veterinarian in accordance with the state rabies
    free by the United States Department of Agriculture. A certificate of                      vaccination law.
    veterinary inspection is still required.                                                   NOTICE: Indiana State 4-H Imposes Vaccination Requirements for
3. Pseudorabies Testing.                                                                       Cat Show Participants Beyond the Requirements of the Indiana State
    Swine from Indiana do not need a pseudorabies test.                                        Board of Health Minimum Requirements. Check With Your Local 4-H
    Swine from outside the state do not need a pseudorabies test as long                       County Extension Educator for those Requirements.
    as the state of origin is classified as pseudorabies free by the United                    For more information on cat health requirements, call the Indiana
    States Department of Agriculture. A certificate of veterinary inspection                   Board of Animal Health at (317)227- 0320.
    is still required.
                                                                                      54
           LIVESTOCK RULES & REQUIREMENTS                                                 13. A violation of any form of the Club rules can exclude the exhibitor from
                                                                                              the right to exhibit and/or sell any Beef project.
                              BEEF                                                        14. Steers/market heifers will be weighed and identified. This weight will
ALL ANIMALS are required to check-in from 6:00 am - 10:00 am on                               be the show and sale weight. One request and one re-weigh may be
the Sunday July 3, 2011. Weigh-in will be from 9:00 am to 11:30 am.                           requested before the calf leaves the immediate scale area (20 foot
ALL ANIMALS must present an animal affidavit at check-in.                                     radius). 4H members participating in the St. Joseph Valley Cattleman’s
                                                                                              Classic Beef Show have the option of using the open show weight if
Release: Breeding animals and animals not going through the auc-                              desired, if not, 4H weigh-in will be final weight for show and sale. Rate
tion must be removed from the barn before 6:00 a.m. the day of the                            of Gain will be adjusted for those using the Cattleman’s Classic weight.
auction.                                                                                  15. ALL beef cattle must be groomed inside the beef barn or between the
                                                                                              beef and dairy barns.
             NO VEHICLES WILL BE ALLOWED TO PARK                                          16. All beef entries will be checked in at the scale and accompanied with
             BETWEEN THE BEEF AND DAIRY BARNS !!!!                                            all paperwork.
                                                                                          17. 4-H Beef Committee has the authority to make final decisions concern-
1. Before being unloaded at the fairgrounds, cattle must meet the follow-
                                                                                              ing all classes of the Beef Show.
    ing health requirements. Cattle not meeting these requirements will be
    sent home:                                                                                                    4-H BEEF LOTTERY STEERS
      a. Cattle must have satisfactory health papers                                      1. Open to all St. Joseph County 4-H members.
      b. Cattle must be free of warts and ringworm                                        2. 4-H members may enroll two lottery and two born and bred steer/mar-
      c. Horns or scurs will not be allowed                                                   ket heifers for the County Fair, but the members may show a maximum
      d. Cattle to be in good physical condition and free of disease                          of three entries at the County Fair.
2. If at least three (3) or more beef committee members deem any calf                     3. In order to be eligible to show at the 4-H Fair, all steers must be pur-
    unsafe to handle, the animal will be sent home.                                           chased through the St. Joseph County 4-H Beef Committee.
3. Cattle not being housed at members residence must request in writing                   4. Only steers purchased through the lottery will be eligible to show for
    to the 4-H Beef Committee for approval before entry date.                                 Grand and Reserve Grand Champion of the Fair.
4. Member shall show his/her own animal with only the following excep-                    5. If a steer is found to be a stag (not castrated), make sure you notify
    tions:                                                                                    your township beef leader by January 31st.
      a. In the event that a member has two animals in one weight class,                  6. All horns or scurs must be removed at the member’s expense.
          one of them may be shown by another current St. Joseph County                   7. Any vet or medication bills incurred after date of distribution of lottery
          4-H Beef Club member. If either calf is in first place, the owner will              calves is the responsibility of the owner.
          show it in the champion class.                                                  8. Any St. Joseph County 4-H Member who makes application for pur-
      b. If a member is physically unable, due to injury or illness to show                   chase of a 4-H Club Calf or calves through the beef committee and at
          his/her own animal, he/she may request in writing permission of                     the time of distribution refuses the calf or calves is barred from the 4-H
          the Beef Committee for a current St. Joseph County 4-H Beef Club                    Beef Club project in St. Joseph County for a period of two years and
          member to show the animal for him/her. Approval of the Beef                         furthermore is not eligible at the end of the two year period unless he
          Committee is required to grant permission.                                          or she is approved by the County 4-H Beef Committee.
      c. Parents should not enter the show ring unless requested by the                   9. Steers must weigh a minimum of 1000 pounds or gain at least 1.8
          show staff.                                                                         pounds per day on day of weigh in at fair..
5. 4-H members exhibiting in St. Joseph County are required to be home                    10. Steers will be judged by breed in weight classes. There will be a cham-
    to take care of steers, heifers, and cow/calf projects on a day-to-day                    pion and reserve champion in each breed.
    basis.                                                                                11. Breed Champions and Reserve Breed Champions will be eligible to
      . Artificial enhancements of adding, removing and/or remedying                          compete for overall Grand and Reserve Grand Champion.
          physical filling under the skin, use of artificial heels, methods to            12. Steers will be eligible to sell through 4-H Livestock Auction. Sale order
          give the appearance of hair in locations where it is not grown                      will be determined by show order placement.
          naturally, false switches, and the use of artificial hair or coloring is        13. All 4-H Beef General Rules apply.
          prohibited.                                                                     14. 4-H Beef Committee has the authority to make all final decisions con-
7. Unethical fitting of animal exhibits consists of administration of any for-                cerning the 4-H Beef Lottery Steer Show.
    eign substance or performance of any surgical procedure, altering the
    animal’s conformation and/or rendering its tissue unfit for human con-                                      4-H BEEF BREEDING HEIFERS
    sumption at the time of exhibition or subsequent slaughter. Exceptions                1. All Beef animals entered in Indiana State Fair and St. Joseph County
    include: hoof trimming; dehorning; removal of hair; manipulation of                       Fair classes must have been enrolled on official 4-H Beef Enrollment
    normally attached hair; and treatments or surgical procedures applied                     forms, identified, owned, and under the care of the 4-H exhibitor prior
    to relieve pain and suffering of a sick or injured animal, providing such                 to:
    treatments do not render the animal’s tissue unfit for human consump-                       a. The fourth Saturday in February for all commercial (nonregistered)
    tion.                                                                                          heifers
8. Grooming will be allowed only by current St. Joseph County (IN) 4-H                          b. March 15 for registered heifers
    Beef Club Members, their immediate family, guardian, 4-H beef club                    2. A member can show two beef heifers per age classification with a
    Leader, or former St. Joseph County Beef member who has completed                         maximum of three heifers.
    their 4-H eligibility at the time of the fair and only with the animal owner          3. Registered animals will be shown in age classes. Registration must be
    present. Any person not meeting these criteria will be asked to leave                     in club member’s name or jointly with parents. (See ownership regula-
    the barn. Violation of this rule may result in disqualification of the ani-               tions under general rules).
    mal from the show and auction.                                                        4. Breeds will show in alphabetical order with crossbreeds showing last.
9. Beef Club members can sell a maximum of two lots through the 4H                              SECTION 1 - Senior Yearling - Sept. 1, 2009 to Dec. 31, 2009
    Livestock Auction. To enter your lots to be sold at the 4H Auction mem-                     SECTION 2 - Junior Yearling - Jan. 1, 2010 to April 30, 2010
    bers are required to complete and turn in a “sell card” for each lot to be                  SECTION 3 - Summer Yearling - May 1, 2010 to Aug. 31, 2010
    sold at auction. Sell cards must be completed and placed in the “Sell                       SECTION 4 - Senior Calf - Sept. 1, 2010 to December 31,2010
    Box” located at the beef scales by 10:00 a.m. following the beef show.                      CROSSBRED Class will be set by weight rather than by age.
    (See general livestock rules). Remaining entries can be sold at support               5. Crossbred Breeding Heifers will be weighed and tagged on the fourth
    (appraisal) price to the turn buyer or be removed by the owner.                           Saturday in February from 9:00 AM to 11:00 AM at the Fairgrounds.
10. Steers/market heifers sold in the sale will be released to the buyers                 6. All heifers will show by breed, EXCEPT crossbreeds.
    immediately after the sale except the Grand Champion and Reserve                      7. All heifers will be recognized as long as heifers have registration pa-
    Grand Champion Steers which are to remain until the Fair closes.                          pers and meet Indiana State Fair breed percentages.
    The Beef Committee has arranged for the Beef Club members to tie                      8. As long as there is at least one head per breed, a class will be made
    their steers/market heifers with rope halters. These rope halters will be                 and a breed champion will be picked. Breed champions will be allowed
    provided immediately after the sale. Only steers/market heifers sold                      to compete for Supreme Heifer.
    through the auction will have the use of sale halters and transportation              9. There will be an Overall Champion Beef Breeding Heifer selected (Su-
    to processors provided by the St. Joseph County 4H Fair.                                  preme Heifer).
11. No fans, kick boards, generators, or misters will be allowed.                         10. All 4-H Beef General Rules will apply.
12. Adequate shoes must be worn at all times in the Beef Barn and wash                    11. 4-H Beef Committee has the authority to make all final decisions cover-
    rack area.                                                                                ing the 4-H Beef Heifer Show.
                                                                                     55
       ST. JOSEPH COUNTY BORN AND BRED STEER AND MARKET HEIFER                       7. A maximum of ten items may be used by each team. Electrical pow-
The purpose of this project is to allow any St. Joseph County 4-H Member                 ered items are not allowed.
to participate in a market project other than through the beef lottery. Also,        8. A 20 minute time limit will be used.
it is meant to allow past heifer and cow-calf participants to bring offspring        9. Beginner members are those in 3rd and 4th grade.
of these animals back to showcase them in St. Joseph County.                         10. Junior members are those in 5th, 6th, and 7th grade.
                                                                                     11. ALL decisions by the Grooming Contest Committee will be final.
1. Open to all St. Joseph County 4-H members.                                              . Artificial enhancements of adding, removing and/or remedying
2. Only steers calved by St. Joseph County 4-H Beef members or calves                          physical filling under the skin, use of artificial heels, methods to
    purchased from a St. Joseph County Beef producer in which the calves                       give the appearance of hair in locations where it is not grown
    were calved in St. Joseph County will be eligible to enter and show.                       naturally, false switches, and the use of artificial hair or coloring is
2B. Eligibility requirements for St. Joseph County 4-H Beef member pro-                        prohibited.
    ducing calves for born & bred entries residing outside of St. Joseph             7. Unethical fitting of animal exhibits consists of administration of any for-
    County, Indiana                                                                      eign substance or performance of any surgical procedure, altering the
      1. 4-H Beef Member and/or parents/legal guardian must have legal                   animal’s conformation and/or rendering its tissue unfit for human con-
          ownership of cow(s)                                                            sumption at the time of exhibition or subsequent slaughter. Exceptions
      2. Cows must be housed at the member’s residence                                   include: hoof trimming; dehorning; removal of hair; manipulation of
      3. Calves must be calved at member’s residence                                     normally attached hair; and treatments or surgical procedures applied
      4. Calves will be for member’s use only and are not eligible to be sold            to relieve pain and suffering of a sick or injured animal, providing such
          to other beef members for born & bred use.                                     treatments do not render the animal’s tissue unfit for human consump-
3. Calves must be born January 1 or after of the year prior to the show.                 tion.
4. Calves must weigh a minimum of 1000 pounds or gain at least 1.8                   8. Grooming will be allowed only by current St. Joseph County (IN) 4-H
    pounds per day on day of weigh in at fair.                                           Beef Club Members, their immediate family, guardian, 4-H beef club
5. Calves will be weighed, and tagged on the fourth Saturday in February                 Leader, or former St. Joseph County Beef member who has completed
    from 9:00 AM to 11:00 AM at the Fairgrounds. All required paperwork to               their 4-H eligibility at the time of the fair and only with the animal owner
    be filled out and turned in before animal is weighed.                                present. Any person not meeting these criteria will be asked to leave
6. 4-H member may enroll 2 born and bred calves for the county fair.                     the barn. Violation of this rule may result in disqualification of the ani-
    Members may only show a maximum of 3 market calves for the County                    mal from the show and auction.
    Fair (lottery and born & bred).                                                  9. Beef Club Member can sell a maximum of two steers through the 4-H
7. Steers must be castrated; heifers must be open (not bred).                            Livestock Auction.
8. Calves will be shown by weight, not by breed.                                         To enter your steer(s) to be sold at the 4-H Auction, members are re-
9. A Champion and Reserve Champion born and bred steer will be se-                       quired to complete and turn in a “sell card” for each steer to be sold
    lected. A Champion and Reserve Champion market heifer will be se-                    at auction. Sell cards must be completed and placed in the “Sell Box”
    lected. There will be an overall Grand Champion and Reserve Grand                    located at the beef scales by 10:00 am following the beef show. (See
    Champion born and bred market beef selected from the steer and                       general livestock rules).
    heifer champions.                                                                    Remaining steers can be sold at support (appraisal) price to the turn
10. This champion will NOT be eligible to show for grand or reserve grand                buyer or be removed by the owner.
    champion 4-H steer.                                                              10. Steers sold in the sale will be released to the buyers immediately after
11. All member animals are eligible for showmanship participation.                       the sale; except the Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion
12. Bred and Bred calves will be eligible to sell through the 4-H Livestock              Steers, which are to remain until the Fair closes. The Beef Committee
    Auction (see general rules).                                                         has arranged for the Beef Club members to tie their steers with rope
    . See general rules.                                                                 halters. These rope halters will be provided immediately after the sale
13. All 4-H Beef General Rules apply.                                                    of the steer. Only steers sold through the auction will have the use
14. 4-H Beef Committee has the authority to make all final decisions con-                of sale halters and transportation to processors provided by the St.
    cerning the St. Joseph County Bred and Bred 4-H Steer & Market                       Joseph County 4-H Fair.
    Heifer Program.                                                                  11. No fans, kick boards, generators, or misters will be allowed.
                                                                                     12. Adequate shoes must be worn at all times in the Beef Barn and wash
COW-CALF                                                                                 rack area.
1. All cows entered must be enrolled on official 4-H Beef Enrollment                 13. A violation of any form of the Club rules can exclude the exhibitor from
    Forms, identified, owned, and under the care prior to January 1 of the               the right to exhibit and/or sell any Beef project.
    current year. Entry form must be submitted to the Extension Office by            14. Steers will be weighed and may be identified (retinal scan). Also,
    January 10 of the current year.                                                      brands and ear tags will be checked when unloaded. This weight will
2. All registered cows must have registration papers at check-in. All reg-               be the show weight and sale weight. One request and one re-weigh
    istered cows and calves will be checked for tattoos.                                 may be requested before the calf leaves the immediate scale area (20
3. A 4-H exhibitor may enter and show more than one breed of beef cow                    foot radius).
    with a maximum of two cows and calves.                                           15. ALL beef cattle must be groomed inside the beef barn or between the
4. The age limit on cows will be two years and older.                                    beef and dairy barns.
5. The calf may not be born prior to January 1 and not after June 1 of the           16. All beef entries will be checked in at the scale and accompanied with
    fair year.                                                                           all paperwork.
6. Cow must have a natural calf by her side and still be nursing.                    17. 4-H Beef Committee has the authority to make final decisions concern-
7. There will be an overall cow-calf champion selected.                                  ing all classes of the Beef Show.
8. Classes will be set up according to the number of entries at the time of
    the Beef Show.                                                                   4-H BEEF LOTTERY STEERS
9. All 4-H Beef General Rules apply.                                                 1. Open to all St. Joseph County 4-H members.
10. The 4-H Beef Committee has the authority to make all final decisions             2. 4-H member may enroll 2 lottery and 2 born and bred steers for the
    covering the cow-calf show.                                                         county fair, but the member may only show a maximum of 3 steers at
                                                                                        the County Fair.
BEEF GROOMING CONTEST                                                                3. In order to be eligible to show at the 4-H Fair, all steers must be pur-
1. All beef club members are eligible and encouraged to participate in the              chased through the St. Joseph County 4-H Beef Committee.
   grooming contest.                                                                 4. Only steers purchased through the lottery will be eligible to show for
2. Each team of groomers will consist of a minimum of three (3) or maxi-                Grand and Reserve Grand Champion of the Fair.
   mum of four (4) members.                                                          5. If a steer is found to be a stag (not castrated), make sure you notify
3. Teams must consist of no more than one senior, one junior, and one                   your township beef leader by January 31st.
   beginner. For example; an acceptable team could consist of 2 juniors              6. All horns or scurs must be removed at the member’s expense.
   and 1 or 2 beginners.                                                             7. Any vet or medication bills incurred after date of distribution of lottery
4. Teams must be signed up by Noon, Thursday.                                           calves is the responsibility of the owner.
5. Members have the option to sign up for the grooming contest to be as-             8. Any St. Joseph County 4-H Member who makes application for pur-
   signed to a team.                                                                    chase of a 4-H Club Calf or calves through the beef committee and at
6. Each team is responsible for bringing a steer and supplying a groom-                 the time of distribution refuses the calf or calves is barred from the 4-H
   ing chute. Grooming contest committee will transport grooming chutes                 Beef Club project in St. Joseph County for a period of two years and
   for members to the Nilus Arena.                                                      furthermore is not eligible at the end of the two year period unless he
                                                                                56
    or she is approved by the County 4-H Beef Committee.                                    champion 4-H steer.
9. Steers must weigh a minimum of 1000 pounds or gain at least 1.8                      11. All member animals are eligible for showmanship participation.
    pounds per day on day of weigh in at fair..                                         12. Bred and owned steers will be eligible to sell through the 4-H livestock
10. Steers will be judged by breed in weight classes. There will be a cham-                 auction. See general rules.
    pion and reserve champion in each breed.                                            13. All 4-H Beef General Rules apply.
11. Breed Champions and Reserve Breed Champions will be eligible to                     14. 4-H Beef Committee has the authority to make all final decisions con-
    compete for overall Grand and Reserve Grand Champion.                                   cerning the St. Joseph County Bred and Owned 4-H steer classes.
12. Steers will be eligible to sell through 4-H Livestock Auction. Sale order
    will be determined by show order placement.                                         COW-CALF
13. All 4-H Beef General Rules apply.                                                   1. All cows entered must be enrolled on official 4-H Beef Enrollment
14. 4-H Beef Committee has the authority to make all final decisions con-                   Forms, identified, owned, and under the care prior to January 1 of the
    cerning the 4-H Beef Lottery Steer Show.                                                current year. Entry form must be submitted to the Extension Office by
                                                                                            April 15th of the current year.
4-H BEEF HEIFERS                                                                        2. All registered cows must have registration papers at check-in. All reg-
1. All Beef animals entered in Indiana State Fair and St. Joseph County                     istered cows and calves will be checked for tattoos.
    Fair classes must have been enrolled on official 4-H Beef Enrollment                3. A 4-H exhibitor may enter and show more than one breed of beef cow
    forms, identified, owned, and under the care of the 4-H exhibitor prior                 with a maximum of two cows and calves.
    to:                                                                                 4. The age limit on cows will be two years and older.
      a. The second Saturday in December for all commercial (nonregis-                  5. The calf may not be born prior to January 1 and not after June 1 of the
         tered) heifers                                                                     fair year.
      b. April 15 for registered heifers                                                6. Cows must have a natural calf by her side.
2. A member can show two beef heifers per age classification with a                     7. There will be an overall cow-calf champion selected.
    maximum of three heifers.                                                           8. Classes will be set up according to the number of entries at the time of
3. Registered animals will be shown in age classes. Registration must be                    the Beef Show.
    in club member’s name or jointly with parents. (See ownership regula-               9. All 4-H Beef General Rules apply.
    tions under general rules).                                                         10. The 4-H Beef Committee has the authority to make all final decisions
4. Breeds will show in alphabetical order with crossbreeds showing last.                    covering the cow-calf show.
      SECTION 1 - Senior Yearling - Sept. 1, 2009 to Dec. 31, 2009
      SECTION 2 - Junior Yearling - Jan. 1, 2010 to April 30, 2010                      BEEF GROOMING CONTEST
      SECTION 3 - Summer Yearling - May 1, 2010 to Aug. 31, 2010                        1. All beef club members are eligible and encouraged to participate in the
      SECTION 4 - Senior Calf - Sept. 1, 2010 to Dec. 31, 2010                              grooming contest.
      CROSSBRED Class will be set by weight rather than by age.                         2. Each team of groomers will consist of a minimum of three (3) or maxi-
5. Crossbred Breeding Heifers will be retinal scanned, weighed, and                         mum of four (4) members.
    tagged on the second Saturday in December from 9:00 AM to 11:00                     3. Teams must consist of no more than one senior, one junior, and one
    AM at the Fairgrounds.                                                                  beginner. For example; an acceptable team could consist of 2 juniors
6. All heifers will show by breed, EXCEPT crossbreeds.                                      and 1 or 2 beginners.
7. All heifers will be recognized as long as heifers have registration pa-              4. Teams must be signed up by Noon, Thursday.
    pers and meet Indiana State Fair breed percentages.                                 5. Members have the option to sign up for the grooming contest to be as-
8. As long as there is at least one head per breed, a class will be made                    signed to a team.
    and a breed champion will be picked. Breed champions will be allowed                6. Each team is responsible for bringing a steer and supplying a groom-
    to compete for Supreme Heifer.                                                          ing chute. Grooming contest committee will transport grooming chutes
9. There will be an Overall Champion Beef Breeding Heifer selected (Su-                     for members to the Nilus Arena.
    preme Heifer).                                                                      7. A maximum of ten items may be used by each team. Electrical pow-
10. All 4-H Beef General Rules will apply.                                                  ered items are not allowed.
11. 4-H Beef Committee has the authority to make all final decisions cover-             8. A 20 minute time limit will be used.
    ing the 4-H Beef Heifer Show.                                                       9. Beginner members are those in 3rd and 4th grade.
                                                                                        10. Junior members are those in 5th, 6th, and 7th grade.
ST. JOSEPH COUNTY BORN AND BRED STEER                                                   11. ALL decisions by the Grooming Contest Committee will be final.
The purpose of this project is to allow any St. Joseph County 4-H Member
    to participate in a steer project other than through the beef lottery. Also,                                           CATS
    it is meant to allow past heifer and cow-calf participants to bring off-
    spring of these animals back to showcase them in St. Joseph County.                 1. Any boy or girl grade 3 thru 12 may become a 4-H Cat Husbandry proj-
1. Open to all St. Joseph County 4-H members.                                               ect member. The enrollment deadline is May 1.
2A.Only steers calved by St. Joseph County 4-H Beef members or steers                   2. Cat Husbandry members must own (in their name and/or the family
    purchased from a St. Joseph County Beef producer in which the steers                    name) and have possession of the cat or kitten by May 1. A member
    were calved in St. Joseph County will be eligible to enter and show.                    may show a total of two animals in the cat show. Only one animal in
2B. Eligibility requirements for St. Joseph County 4-H Beef member pro-                     each category may be shown. The categories are: Household Male,
    ducing steers for born & bred entries residing outside of St. Joseph                    Household Female, Registered Male, Registered Female, and Kitten (4
    County, Indiana                                                                         months to 1 year of age at time of Cat Show). Category champions will
       1. 4-H Beef Member and/or parents/legal guardian must have legal                     compete for an overall Grand and Reserve Grand Champion
          ownership of cow(s)                                                           3. Each member must be enrolled in the St. Joseph County 4-H Program.
       2. Cows must be housed at the member’s residence                                 4. Each member should care for, feed and train his/or own (or the family’s)
       3. Calves must be calved at member’s residence                                       cat(s). It is important for the 4-H member to assume this responsibility
       4. Calves will be for member’s use only as born & bred steers, steers                for the cat(s).
          are not eligible to be sold other beef members for born & bred use.           5. All cats must be registered before the show starts.
3. Steers must be born January 1 or after of the year prior to the show.                6. All cats are required to have the following inoculations:
4. Steers must weigh a minimum of 1000 pounds or gain at least 1,8                            a. Rabies
    pounds per day on day of weigh in at fair.                                                b. Panleukopenia
5. Born and bred steers will be retinal scanned, weighed, and tagged on                       c. Rhino-Trachietis
    the second Saturday in December from 9:00 AM to 11:00 AM at the                           d. Calici-Virus
    Fairgrounds. All required paperwork to be filled out and turned in before                 e. Chlamydia
    animal is weighed.                                                                      The certificate of those inoculations with the signature of the veterinar-
6. 4-H member may enroll 2 lottery and 2 born and bred steers for the                       ian administering the shots should be completed by June 1 (or as soon
    county fair, but the member may only show a maximum of 3 steers at                      as the normal shot cycle is to be repeated). ALL shots are required to
    the County Fair.                                                                        be completed 2 weeks before the cat show. If not, a notebook may be
7. Animals must be castrated.                                                               turned in, but the cat cannot be shown. Cats should also be wormed
8. Steers will be shown by weight, not by breed.                                            according to your veterinarian’s recommendations. Each member is
9. A Grand and Reserve Grand Champion born and bred steer will be                           required to bring their cats COMPLETED vaccination certificates to the
    selected.                                                                               June meeting. (This includes kitten certificates which will be reviewed
10. This champion will NOT be eligible to show for grand or reserve grand                   by the leaders.)
                                                                                   57
7. Flea prevention is also required, but flea collars will not be accepted as              petition in another year.
    an approved type of flea prevention. You must have proof of flea pre-              8. See “Poster Construction Hints” in this manual for further help.
    vention in your notebook. Cats not having proof of flea prevention will            9. Categories are:
    not be allowed to show in the cat show.                                                Level 1 (Beginner) - Grades 3-5
8. Each member is REQUIRED to exhibit their animal at the 4-H Fair Cat                     Level 2 (Junior) - Grade 6-8
    Show. Members are REQUIRED to use an appropriate cat harness or                        Level 3 (Senior) - Grades 9-12
    collar as approved by the National Cat Association.                                10. The following suggestions are ideas for development of an educational
9. 4-H Cats are to be brought to the Fair on the day of the judging, exhibited             cat poster. 4-H’ers need not be limited by or to just these suggested
    and taken back home the same day. For your convenience and safety,                     ideas.
    all cats must be brought to the fair in a carrier or confined environment.             Beginner: cat care, cat breeds, litter-training, treating my cat with care
    A cardboard box with a lid is acceptable. Make sure the carrier allows                 and respect, cat responsibilities, grooming skills, training my cat, de-
    sufficient ventilation and has 1-2 inches clearance when the cat stands.               clawing good or not, neutering/spaying, I lost my cat, determining cat
10. All cats exhibited must be bathed, have a potty patch on longhairs, ears               costs, traveling with my cat, my cat’s safety
    cleaned, and have their toenails clipped. This is for safety reasons.                  Junior: national cat fancier associations, a cat clinic, here comes the
11. The Cat Husbandry Project Record must be completed by the 4-H                          judge, training with extra praise, let’s decide for my cat, careers related
    member and included in their project notebook.                                         to cats, should my cat have kittens?, types of cat food, feeding my cat,
12. 4-H Cat members must exhibit, in addition to their cat, a notebook                     things I’ve learned, insect pests, cat tails talk, symptoms of ill health,
    containing:                                                                            my visiting pet therapy program, cats get old too!, saying good-bye
      a. Completed Vaccination Certificate signed by a licensed veterinar-                 Senior: Understanding a cat show, planning a cat business, am I a
          ian, parent, and 4-H member.                                                     role model?, cat genetics, cat organs and systems, exploring careers,
      b. A picture(s) of their cat.                                                        learning about leadership, my cat quiz bowl, teaching others, having
      c. A story about the pet (experiences, adoption, caring for it, etc.), as            fun learning, it’s the law!, protecting our environment, issues of animal
          many pages as you like, but at least one page.                                   welfare/rights.
      d. Completed Record Sheets (see back of project manual) and signed
          by leader.                                                                                                     DAIRY
      e. Proof of flea prevention (FLEA COLLARS NOT ACCEPTED).
                                                                                                   Dairy Heifers entered, June 30, 3:00 pm - 7:00 pm
   Division II and up use last year’s notebook and include: 4-H Fair Cat                           Dairy Cows entered, July 4th, 8:00 am - 11:00 am
   Show page(s) - it is recommended to include 4-H Cat Show score
   sheets, pictures, story, ribbons, and awards for cat and notebook.                  1. All entries are due by May 15 on the enrollment and entry form (4-H
                                                                                           678). To insure an exhibit space, pen assignments are due by June 1.
   NOTE: You may enter same cat(s) repeatedly and/or have different                    2. Health regulations - see section on Health Requirements.
   cats. Division II and above should include all cats’ (notebooks) past               3. The Showmanship Contest will be at the end of the show. Everyone
   and present to show all work done in Cat Project. One notebook needs                    who is eligible for Dairy Showmanship may participate. Dress Code:
   to be completed for each cat. If replacing last year’s cat, continue in old             white shirt with no lettering, color and style of pants of your choosing -
   notebook.                                                                               NO SHORTS.
                                                                                       4. A club member will be allowed to enter one dairy animal in a section
   NOTE: Completed notebooks and posters must be turned in on due                          with a maximum of eight animals. First year Dairy members will be
   date noted in the Fairbook (our last meeting). Late notebooks and post-                 allowed a maximum of four heifers.
   ers will be dropped one letter grade.                                               5. Animals must be registered or ID grade.
                                                                                       6. Dairy club members must care for animals on a daily basis after May 15.
13. 4-H Cat members must attend 2 county meetings to be eligible to re-                    A 4-H member who is actively involved in caring for the 4-H animal(s)
    ceive trophy awards. The cat show does not count as a meeting.                         at the farm housing the 4-H animal(s) will be allowed to participate in
14. 4-H Cat Notebooks and posters are due at the last meeting.                             the 4-H Dairy program. To satisfy this arrangement, an agreement
15. Cat Showmanship is an optional part of the cat project. Grade guide-                   must be submitted with the Dairy entry form by May 15. This agree-
    lines are: Beginner: Grades 3-5; Junior: Grades 6-8; Senior: Grades                    ment will need to be signed by the 4-H member, parent, dairy owner,
    9-12. First place (Champion) and second place (Reserve Champion)                       and Dairy project Superintendent. The 4-H member will have complete
    will be selected in each division. Champions will not compete for over-                responsibility of the animal(s) the week of the 4-H Fair. Only the 4-H
    all champion.                                                                          member and immediate family will be able to help groom the animal(s)
16. 4-H members may also elect to participate in the Costume Class (one                    on show day. Failure to comply with all listed guidelines will deny the
    cat per member). Costumes should be original and done by the mem-                      exhibitor the privilege to show their exhibit.
    ber. Classes will be: Beginner: Grades 3-5; Junior: Grades 6-8; Senior:            7. Each member must attend one out of two summer meetings to be
    Grades 9-12. First place (champion) and second place (reserve cham-                    eligible for a premium award.
    pion) will be selected in each division, with all participants receiving           8. If member has been enrolled in Dairy prior to their 9th and 10th year,
    ribbons of A, B, C, or P placings. The division champions will not com-                they will be eligible to complete their 9th and 10th year even though
    pete for overall.                                                                      they are not home to care for the livestock on a day-to-day basis.
                                                                                       9. 4-H member must be present to sell their gallon of milk or forfeit sale.
                  CAT EDUCATIONAL EXHIBIT                                              10. Champion and reserve champion gallon of milk from each breed will
                                                                                           be sold.
                     Posters due at June 6th meeting
                                                                                       CLASS 1   - BROWN SWISS DATE OF BIRTH
1. Any cat project member may complete the cat poster project without                  Section 1 - Spring Calf       March 1, 2011 - April 30, 2011
   exhibiting a cat in the regular cat show. Posters MUST be turned in on              Section 2 - Winter Calf       Dec. 1, 2010 - Feb. 28, 2011
   due date noted in the Fairbook (last cat meeting). Late posters will be             Section 3 - Fall Calf         Sept. 1, 2010 - Nov. 30, 2010
   dropped one letter grade.                                                           Section 4 - Summer Yearling Jun.1, 2010-Aug.31, 2010
2. The overall size of the poster, including any frame or backing, must be             Section 5 - Spring Yearling   March 1, 2010 - May 31, 2010
   22” X 28” displayed horizontally.
            ,                                                                          Section 6 - Winter Yearling   Dec. 1, 2009 - Feb. 28, 2010
3. The exhibit MUST be covered with acetate or clear plastic and MUST                  Section 7 - Fall Yearling     Sept. 1, 2009 - Nov. 30, 2009
   be mounted on heavy cardboard or foamcore to add stiffness. Poster                  Section 8 - Junior Two Yr.    Mar.1, 2009 - Aug.31, 2009
   board may be of any color.                                                                      Old Cow
4. Posters must display a title and must include a 2” X 4” label in the lower          Section 9 - Two Yr. Old Cow Sept.1, 2008-Feb.29, 2009
   right hand corner. Include your name, grade, club, and division.                    Section 10 -Three Yr. Old Cow Sept.1,2007-Aug. 31, 2008
5. Proper footnoting should be used with any reference material. Attach                Section 11 -Four Yr. Old Cow Sept.1,2006-Aug. 31, 2007
   a 3” X 5” card to the back of the poster listing the references. Also               Section 12 - Five Years Old   Born before Sept. 1, 2006
   include an envelope attached to the back of the poster for judging com-                       & Older Cows
   ments.                                                                                 Use section numbers listed in Class 1 according to age. The various
6. Copyrighted characters such as Garfield, Sylvester, etc. may not be                    breeds will be judged according to class order listed above.
   used.
7. Poster ideas, photos and information may not be used again for com-                 CLASS 2 - JERSEY
                                                                                  58
CLASS 3    - GUERNSEY                                                                    tion can only go through the sale with the current 4-H member. All mem-
CLASS 4    - HOLSTEIN                                                                    bers must fill out sale cards for each dairy beef animal going through the
CLASS 5     - AYRSHIRE                                                                   auction by Noon on Tuesday of fair week and turn into the superinten-
CLASS 6    - MILKING SHORTHORN                                                           dent. Any scratches from the auction after signed cards are turned in will
                                                                                         be subject to penalties as described in Livestock General Rules.
                  DAIRY BEEF STARTER CLASS                                           6. All animals must be properly de-horned and castrated by December 1st,
                                                                                         2010. If an animal shows any signs of late dehorning or late castration
            Animal ENTRY DATE & TIME TO BE ANNOUNCED                                     (i.e., inflammation or swelling, seepage, severe scabbing) or shows any
                                                                                         scur over 3/4” tall, the animal will be subject to being sent home per the
1. Any 4-H member is eligible to participate.                                            decision of the designated screener.
2. ALL dairy beef animals have to be 100% dairy blood and exhibit the                7. All animals must meet with the health requirements for the fair.
    characteristics of the following breeds: AYRSHIRE, BROWN SWISS,                  8. Dairy Beef Steers will be judged according to weight class.
    GUERNSEY, HOLSTEIN, JERSEY AND MILKING SHORTHORN. Pure-                          9. A rate of gain class will be offered.
    bred Milking Shorthorn must have validated ID papers and ear tattoo.             10. Grooming shall consist of clipping and tail brushed straight with the hair,
    Screening committee will be checking for breed characteristics before                grooming oils are permitted, but there will be no professional grooming
    animals can be weighted and tagged. The screening committee decision                 allowed.
    to eligibility for exhibition in the St. Joseph County Fair is final.            11. A member may tag four animals, but is allowed to exhibit a maximum
3. All Dairy Beef Starter Calves being weighed-in, tagged, and retinal                   of two animals. In the event both are in the same class, one must be
    scanned cannot exceed 400 pounds on the day of initial weigh-in in April.            shown by the 4-H member himself and the other by a current 4-H mem-
4. All Starter calves must be ear tagged and retinal scanned on weigh-in                 ber of the Dairy Beef Club..
    day. Any animal showing signs of warts, ringworm, or mange will have to          12. Animals will be housed in the dairy, dairy beef, and/or beef barns.
    be held away from the wash rack area until the very end of the weigh-in          13. Use of show sticks is optional.
    session.                                                                         14. A member must attend 2 dairy beef meetings to be eligible to receive a
5. The animal must be purchased by the 4-H member by April 15 of the                     trophy (workday may be substituted for a meeting).
    same year.                                                                       15. Only hard sole shoes will be allowed in the show ring (NO TENNIS
6. The weigh-in day will be April 16 from 8 a.m. - 11a.m.                                SHOES).
7. For the safety and welfare of the animal, all animals should be dehorned          16. Only leather show halters will be allowed on animals in the show arena.
    as soon as possible. Any animal, whether de-horned or not, will not be               (NO NYLON OR ROPE HALTERS).
    allowed to stay at the fair if the base of the horn is bigger than 1” or the     17. Superintendents can hold any animal until checked by veterinarian.
    height is taller than 3/4” All calves must be castrated by May 1st and if
                                .                                                    18. At weigh-in, if you have extra calves only immediate siblings in the same
    showing signs of late castration or de-horning (i.e. inflammation or swell-          household can share extra calves tagged. The only time a name or
    ing, seepage, severe scabbing), the animal will be subject to being sent             names can be added is at weigh in. Example: Jack, John, and Julie
    home per the designated screener.                                                    Abbott
8. All animals must meet with the health requirements for the Fair.                  19. Showmanship - see general showmanship guidelines. NOTE: member
9. Starter calves will be judged according to weight classes.                            may show a steer or starter calf.
10. A rate of gain class will be offered.
11. Grooming shall consist of clipping and tail brushed straight with the hair,      ATTITUDE AWARD
    grooming oils are permitted, but there will be no professional grooming            Dairy Beef members of all grades will be eligible and considered for the
    allowed.                                                                           attitude award. In case of a tie, two awards will be presented. An award
12. A member may tag four animals, but is allowed to exhibit a maximum                 will be presented only when merited. 4-H member will be evaluated on
    of two animals. In the event both are in the same class, one must be               observation throughout the year’s 4-H activities.
    shown by the 4-H member himself and the other by a current 4-H mem-
    ber of the Dairy Beef Club..                                                                                DOG OBEDIENCE
13. Animals will be housed in the dairy, dairy beef and/or beef barns.
14. Use of show sticks is optional.                                                             Mandatory meeting for ALL Dog club Divisions on
15. A member must attend 2 dairy beef meetings to be eligible to receive a                  Tuesday, March 8th at 6:30 PM in the Esther Singer Building.
    trophy (workday may be substituted for a meeting).                                                NO DOGS ATTEND THIS MEETING.
16. Only hard sole shoes will be allowed in the show ring (NO TENNIS
    SHOES).                                                                          There is a $10.00 fee for Obedience per 4-H member and dog and a $5.00
17. Only leather show halters will be allowed on animals in the show arena           fee for Agility per 4-H’er and dog, and a $5.00 fee for Showmanship per 4-H
    (NO NYLON OR ROPE HALTERS).                                                      member and dog and a $5.00 fee for the Dog Drill Team per 4-H member
18. Superintendents can hold any animal until checked by veterinarian.               and dog.
19. At weigh-in, if you have extra calves only immediate siblings in the
    same household can share extra calves tagged. The only time a name               **ALL vet forms and fees must be paid on or before this night in order to
    or names can be added is at weigh in. Example: Jack, John, and Julie             bring your dog onto the fairgrounds the following week.
    Abbott.
                                                                                     You MUST BE Participating in Dog Obedience in order to participate in Dog
                         DAIRY BEEF STEER                                            Agility, Dog Showmanship or Dog Drill Team programs.

            Animal ENTRY DATE & TIME TO BE ANNOUNCED                                 In order to complete the 4-H Dog Club Program we require three things:
                                                                                         1. You MUST make the attendance requirement.
1. Any 4-H member is eligible to participate.                                            2. You MUST attend and compete in the 4-H Dog Show
2. ALL dairy beef animals have to be 100% dairy blood and exhibit the                    3. You MUST turn in a Dog Notebook OR a Dog Poster.
   characteristics of the following breeds: AYRSHIRE, BROWN SWISS,
   GUERNSEY, HOLSTEIN, JERSEY AND MILKING SHORTHORN. Pure-                           Drill Team
   bred Milking Shorthorn must have validated ID papers and ear tattoo.                 New! To our Club. This will be an additional class that will include meet-
   Screening committee will be checking for breed characteristics before                ing on Monday nights and continuing after the St. Joseph County Fair.
   animals can be weighted and tagged. The screening committee decision                 4-H’ers who wish to be part of our drill team, need approval from the
   to eligibility for exhibition in the St. Joseph County Fair is final.                Superintendent and the Leaders involved. Our 1st meeting for this class
3. All Dairy Beef Steers must be ear tagged, weighed, and retinal scanned               will be on Monday March 21st.
   on September 17th. All new steers and those shown as starters in 2011                Requirements for this class are:
   must be brought in for re-weighing. Any animal showing signs of warts,                     Must attend and compete in the 4-H Dog Obedience Show.
   ringworm, or mange will have to be held away from the wash rack area                       Must attend at minimum 10 of 14 of our scheduled meetings.
   until the very end of the weigh-in session.                                                Must complete all required 4-H Dog Club Program requirements.
4. The animal must be in the possession of the 4-H member by Fall                             Must complete and perform the routine at Dog Demo Night July 5th
   weigh-in.                                                                                  during fair week.
5. All animals to be eligible to show and sell must weigh a minimum of 850                    Must ATTEND and COMPLETE in the State Fair Obedience Class
   pounds or have gained at least 475 pounds between initial weigh-in in                      and perform with the Team at State Fair. This will be mid-August.
   the fall and the final weigh-in at fair. Each animal sold through the auc-                 (Please refer to the Drill Team rules for further rules and regulations.)

                                                                                59
BEHAVIOR POLICY:                                                                           4-H members are allowed to miss 2 training sessions. If you miss
  1st incident - a warning is given & the 4-H member will be told how to                   more.....
  change the behavior                                                                            --- You can make a session by phoning your leader or speaking
  2nd incident - 4-H member will be asked to leave                                               with them at a session.
   All decisions are made with the Leader and Superintendent’s discre-                           --- The missed session must be made up within TWO weeks.
  tion.                                                                                          --- The leaders will not help make up more than two missed ses-
                                                                                                 sions.
Fun Match is Saturday, May 7th, registration begins at 7:30 am and ends                          --- 4-H members may make up two sessions by participating in the
   at 8:30 am. No exceptions will be made after 8:30 am. Judging will                            Fun Match.
   begin at 8:00 am. We will be asking for donations to help raise money                         --- You can make up 1 missed session by being present at out
   for the Dog Club. Agility and Showmanship judging will take place too.                        booth at AG Days.
                                                                                           ** If the sessions are not made up, the dog will not be allowed to show
Costume Class judging is Monday, June 6th at 7:00 PM, registration                         at the Dog Show.
  begins at 6:30 PM. After the Costume contest will be the end of the
  season party.                                                                         IF YOU NEED TO ATTEND ANOTHER 4-H CLUB MEETING DURING
                                                                                        THE TIME OF YOUR SESSION (EXAMPLE: CAT MEETING). IF YOU
Dog Agility Judging is Friday, June 10th, registration is at 5:00 pm for                SHOW UP TO YOUR LEADER ON THE FAIRGROUNDS AND LET THEM
  ALL DIVISIONS, behind the Dairy Br. Judging to begin on or about                      KNOW OF THE CONFLICT WITH ANOTHER MEETING THEY WILL
  6:00 pm                                                                               COUNT YOU AS BEING PRESENT FOR THAT SESSION.

Dog Obedience Judging                                                                   ATTIRE - WHAT TO WEAR FOR TRAINING SESSIONS
                                                                                          All leaders and 4-H members will be expected to dress appropriately
Divisions 1A, 1B, 2A, & 2B is Saturday, June 11th. Registration is at 7:30                for training dogs. Proper attire includes shirts that cover your stom-
   am and ENDS at 8:00 am, Judging to begin at 8:00 am in the Nilus                       ach and do not expose your chest, shorts are to cover thighs (short
   Arena.                                                                                 shorts are not permitted), long pants that don’t drag the ground, and
Divisions 3A and UP is Saturday, June 11th. Registration for these ad-                    proper foot attire. Proper foot attire is a shoe that covers the entire foot.
   vanced 4-H’ers starts at 10:00 am. Judging to start shortly thereafter.                Sandals, clogs, flip flops, or bare feet are NOT permitted. It is very
                                                                                          important that we are representing 4-H and proper attire is necessary.
Dog Showmanship Judging for All Divisions is Saturday, Jun 11th reg-                      4-H Dog Club T-shirts/sweatshirts will be sold at select meetings if you
  istration is at 7:30 am and ENDS at 8:00 am, judging to follow shortly                  want to purchase one and you may wear these for judging. If a child is
  in the Nilus Arena.                                                                     not dressed properly, they will be asked to sit out and they will not get
                                                                                          credit for the class.
ALL AWARDS will be presented on Tuesday, July 5th at 7:30 PM during
  our Dog Demonstration. This is during he 4-H Fair week and will be in                 OBEDIENCE
  the Nilus Arena. If you bring your dog, it must arrive on leash and be                FIRST YEAR - Division 1A
  kept on leash at all times. You will need to leave the 4-H Fairgrounds af-               4-H’ers with no previous formal dog training experience, with a dog
  ter the demonstration is done. You cannot walk around the Fairgrounds                    which has received no obedience training. All training is judged on
  with your dog or keep your dog in your car.                                              leash.

The 4-H Dog Club Project is based upon the humane care and obedience                    FIRST YEAR - Division 1B
training of the 4-H’ers dog. Dogs do not need to be purebred and we find                   4-H’ers with previous dog training experience (4-H or otherwise) com-
mixed breeds make up a bigger part of the program.                                         ing back with a new dog, or for 4-H’ers with no experience whose dogs
                                                                                           have had training which disqualified them from 1A. All training is done
The dog must be aged 6 months or older by the start of the program. The                    on leash with the exception of recall, sit stay, and down stay. These will
first training session with dogs is March 22nd, 2011.                                      be judged off leash.
                                                                                        SECOND YEAR - Division 2A
All obedience training follows the guidelines set forth by the Indian State
                                                                                          4-H’ers that have completed first year work. All training will be judged
Fair. All 4-H dogs are to use a well fitted slip collar made of leather, fabric,
                                                                                          off leash.
or chain in order to participate in obedience training or judging. The leash
must be a 6 foot leather lead. Collar tags will not be allowed during train-            SECOND YEAR - Division 2B
ing sessions or judging. Judges do count down for tags on collars. Using                  4-H’ers and dogs that have spent a year in 2A, but are not ready for 3rd
food/treats is acceptable during training but judges will take off pints of you           year work. Also, any dogs that previously trained in 2A with a different
use any during actual judging.                                                            4-H member. All training will be judged off leash.
Training more than one dog:                                                             THIRD YEAR - Division 3A
Only a 4-H member that has a dog in 3rd year or above is allowed to train                  4-H’ers and dogs that have completed second year work. All training
more than one dog in any given year. This is allowed only if the dogs are                  will be judged off leash.
in different divisions and the 4-H member can meet the requirements of
both divisions.                                                                         THIRD YEAR - Division 3B
                                                                                           4-H’ers and dogs which have spent a year in 3A, but are not ready for
HOW TRAINING WILL BREAK DOWN:                                                              4th year work. Also, any dogs that previously trained in 3A with a dif-
   Showmanship: 6:00 pm - 7:00 pm                                                          ferent 4-H member. All training will be judged off leash.
   Agility: 6:00 pm - 9:00 pm                                                           FOURTH YEAR - Division 4A
   1A, 1B, 2A, 2B: 7:00 pm - 8:00 pm                                                      4-H’ers and dogs that have completed third year work. All training will
   3A & UP: 8:00 pm - 9:00 pm                                                             be judged off leash.
When working 2 dogs:
   Showmanship: 6:00 pm - 6:30 pm                                                       FOURTH YEAR - Division 4B
   Agility 1st dog: 6:30 pm - 7:00 pm                                                     For 4-H’ers and dogs which have spent a year in 4A, but are not ready
   Agility 2nd dog: 7:45 pm - 8:15 pm                                                     for 5th year work. Also, any dogs that previously trained in 4A with a
   Obedience (3A & up): 8:15 pm - 9:00 pm                                                 different 4-H member. All training will be judged off leash.
Also if you are just showing 2 dogs in obedience, but only one in Agility
   then you MUST spend a whole Hour in Agility with that Dog.                           FIFTH YEAR - Division 5A
   Agility 6-7 PM                                                                          4-H’ers and dogs which have completed fourth year work. All training
   Obedience(1B-2B) 7-8pm                                                                  will be judged off leash.
   Obedience(3A and up) 8-9pm                                                           FIFTH YEAR - Division 5B
                                                                                           4-H’ers and dogs which have spent a year in 5A but are not ready for
ATTENDANCE                                                                                 6th year work. Also, any dogs that previously trained in 5A with a dif-
  Perfect attendance - you cannot miss any meetings (this includes the                     ferent 4-H member. All training will be judged off leash.
  1st mandatory meeting of the year-4h member must attend) to receive
  a “Perfect Attendance” Ribbon.
                                                                                   60
SIXTH YEAR - Division 6A                                                            DOG POSTERS & DOG NOTEBOOKS
4-H’ers and dogs which have completed fifth year work. All training will be
   judged off leash.                                                                It is mandatory for all 4-Her’s to turn in a notebook OR a poster. You will
                                                                                    not permitted to show your dog if you don’t turn in a notebook OR a poster.
SIXTH YEAR - Division 6B                                                            Notebooks and posters are due Monday, June 6th from 6:30 pm to 7:30
  4-H’ers and dogs which have spent a year in 6A. Also, any dogs that               pm
   previously trained in 6A with a different 4-H member. All training will
   be judged off leash.                                                             DOG POSTERS
                                                                                    An educational poster should be designed to teach those who view it,
VETERAN’S CLASS                                                                     about the selected topic. Choose topics of interest to the 4-H’er, then
  4-H’ers whose dogs whose dogs are at least 7 years old or are physi-              apply your imagination. This must be a 22” X 28” educational poster dis-
  cally challenged. The dog must have completed at least 2B in previous             played horizontally with a stiff backing, and a clear protective covering.
  years. Dogs who are physically challenged must be accompanied by                  4-H’ers must be actively participating in Obedience in order to enter a
  a letter from a veterinarian stating that the dog is unable to perform            Dog Poster. The following are suggestions of poster topics that can be
  jumping and/or retrieving exercises. A dog may not be shown in any                chosen. You are not limited to these suggestions and remember the more
  other obedience class at county or at state once they have competed               advanced division you are in the harder your poster subject should be.
  in the Veteran’s Class.                                                           Repeating the subject from one year to the next is not permissible.
AGILITY                                                                             JUNIOR DIVISON - Grades 3 - 5
   The 4-H Dog Agility Program is based on guidelines set forth by the                 Dog Care
  Indiana State Fair. Agility classes will be entered as Beginning, Inter-             Dog Breeds
  mediate, and Advanced. Awards will be given by that classification,                  Me and My Dog
  regardless of dog size. The show committee will place dogs in the                    Helping the Handicapped
  appropriate size division based on the height reported on the entry                 First aid Kit for a Dog. What is involved, why & how each item is used.
  form. Dogs may be measured at the show to verify accuracy of the                     Dogs belong to groups. What are the groups, breed members of the
  reported height.                                                                    groups, and the different uses of the group?
                                                                                    INTERMEDIATE DIVISION - Grades 6 - 8
   All dogs training and showing in Agility must meet all requirements of
                                                                                        Purpose of Dogs
   Obedience and show in the Obedience show.                                            Responsible Dog Ownership
                                                                                        Uses of Dogs
1. Each class will offer 3 divisions based on the dog’s height at the with-             Disease/Parasite Prevention
   ers.                                                                                 Careers with Dogs
        *Division 1 - Dogs 14” and under and will jump 8” hurdles.                       General History of the Dog Family, canis lupis. How it began to the
        *Division 2 - Dogs over 14” through 20” will jump 14” hurdles.                 present day animal.
        *Division 3 - Dogs over 20” will jump 20” hurdles. Except Beginner             A disease of dogs: it’s discovery, effects, treatments, etc.
        A, which will jump 14” hurdles).                                               A parasite of dogs: it’s discovery, effects, treatments, etc.
        The Pause Table will be at the hurdle height for each division.                 Draw a diagram of a dog and label parts of the body and explain the
2. All agility work will be done on a flat, buckle collar. NO SLIP COLLARS             function of each.
   ARE ALLOWED. Beginning level A must use a 6-Foot lead. All other
   levels will be off lead.                                                         SENIOR DIVISION - Grades 9 - 12
3. Scoring will be based on the UKC rules, starting with 200 points and               Learning Life Skills With the Dog Project
   subtracting Performance Faults based on a set Course Time. Time                    Your Dog and the Law
   faults for course exceeding the set time will be deducted.                         Food
4. Agility regulations not covered by these terms and conditions will be              A Dog’s Sense of Smell
   based on the regulations of the United Kennel Club.                                Dog Over-Population Problems
5. Missed Agility Training: You will need to speak with the Agility Super-            Animal Health
   intendent in order to make up any of your missed time as you are not               Animal Welfare
   able to make up any missed time at the Fuun Match.                                  The Diet and Nutrition of Raising a Healthy Dog from Puppyhood to
                                                                                          Adult
BEGINNING                                                                               A Vocation Involving Dogs. Type of Work and Preparation for the
    BA - 4-H member has not previously participated in Beginning Agility.                 Vocation
   (Must use a 6’ leash).                                                              Some Phase of Dog Training: Novice, Open, Utility, Tracking, Guard,
    BB - 4-H member has participated in Beginning Agility before, either                  Narcotic, Blind People’s Guide Dogs, Herding. Whatever You
   with the current dog, or a different dog. (Must be on lead) Div 1 and 2.               Choose, give a little history, theory, value, pertinence for today.
INTERMEDIATE (must be off leash)                                                       Kennel Clubs, Obedience Clubs, Breed Clubs, Local, National, etc.
   IA - 4-H member has not previously participated in Intermediate Agility.               Explain functions of different types.
    IB - 4-H member has participated in Intermediate Agility before, either                                      ,
                                                                                      Explain “Breed Standards” Their Purpose and How to Set Up.
   with the current dog or a different dog.
                                                                                    DOG NOTEBOOKS
ADVANCED (must be off leash)                                                        A dog notebook is designed to show off you, your dog, and your accom-
   AA - 4-H member has not previously participated in Advanced Agility.             plishments together. The following guidelines are provided to help you put
    AB - 4-H member has participated in Advanced Agility before, either             together the best notebook you can! 4-H’er must be actively participating
   with the current dog, or a different dog.                                        in Obedience to enter a Dog Notebook.
SHOWMANSHIP
  Junior Showmanship - Grades 3rd, 4th, and 5th                                     All books are judged by the following Divisions:
  Intermediate Showmanship - Grades 6th, 7th, and 8th                                   Jr. Division - Grades 3rd, 4th, 5th
  Senior Showmanship - Grades 9th, 10th, 11th, and 12th                                 Intermediate Division - Grades 6th, 7th, 8th
                                                                                        Senior Division 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th.
Proper Attire: Girls - dress, skirt and blouse, culottes, or dress pants            All notebooks must contain the following:
      Boys - dress pants, dress shirts (coat & tie are optional)                    1. A story about your dog and you. This story should be about you and
                                                                                        your dog at home and in 4-H. No more than 2 pages (front and back
Inappropriate Attire: smooth soled boots, high heels, slip-on, loose fitting            or 4 one-sided pages).
   shoes or other unsafe footwear.                                                       The story should show your dog’s progress throughout your 4-H Dog
                                                                                        Obedience career. If you are in Div 1, tell about your progress this year.
There will be judging at the Fun Match, Saturday, May 1st.                              If you are above Div 1, tell about your total progress, not only this year,
                                                                                        but years in the past.
The Dog Show Judging for Showmanship is on Saturday, June 12th at                   2. Pictures of you and your dog during 4-H training and at home. No more
   8:00 AM, or as soon as possible.                                                     than 2 pages (front and back or 4 one-sided pages).
                                                                                    3. Any fun match score sheets or other shows that you have participated
                                                                                        in this year.
                                                                               61
4. For anyone above Div 1, include your previous year’s record sheets,                  ing the Dog Club Sessions. All 4-H members have been given shots by
   score sheets, and pictures from past years.                                          a licensed veterinarian and that are required by the State 4-H Program.
                                                                                        There is a “Certificate of Completion” on file with each leader prov-
All notebooks must be in a 3 ring binder.                                               ing shots have been given. With this being said, any “Visiting” dogs
You will be counted down if you DO NOT use a 3 ring binder.                             are NOT ALLOWED!! They could spread diseases to our dogs or 4-H
You will be marked down if you use more pages than described above.                     members. All “Visiting” dogs will be asked to leave the Fairgrounds im-
Dog notebooks and posters are picked up in the Esther Singer Building                   mediately!
    during regular project release times. If you miss the Dog Club Demon-
    stration and Awards Night during the Fair, your score sheet and ribbon           USE OF LEADS
    will be put in your dog notebook or attached to your poster. Therefore,            All 4-H dogs and instructor dogs must be on a lead and controlled by
    you do not need to contact anyone for picking up your ribbon.                      the owner at all times. The only time a dog is to be off leash is by the
                                                                                       direction of the instructor.
COSTUME CLASS
  Anyone that is currently participating in obedience and is interested              GENTLE LEADS
  in participating in the costume class must sign-up no later than June                Gentle Leads may be used during the training sessions. It is best if you
  1st. All entry sheets must be turned into your leader by that time. 4-H              start with the gentle lead and then use it less during the training ses-
  members are required to let their instructor know if they are going to be            sions so that your dog gets used to you correcting him or her without
  participating in this event.                                                         the use of a gentle lead. YOU MAY NOT DO THE FUN MATCH OR
                                                                                       THE DOG SHOW USING A GENTLE LEAD.
   Contestants must also write a paragraph (story) of the significance
   of their costume that they will read at the time of judging. If you are a         PARASITES
   repeating costume member, make your costume be a different theme                    If it’s visible that your dog has parasites, you and your dog will be
   than previous years.                                                                asked to leave the training sesson. Your dog will be examined upon re-
                                                                                       turning in order to re-join the training sessions. If there is a 2nd offense,
AGGRESSIVE DOGS                                                                        you and your dog may be dismissed from the Dog Club program. If
  We cannot assume risk injury to 4-H members or their dogs. Therefore,                your dog has parasites then leave him or her at home and the 4-H’er
  any act of aggression and the animal will be dismissed. No muzzled                   can come to the training session so that you will not have a “missed
  animals will be allowed.                                                             class” .
TRANSPORTATION OF DOG                                                                BLEACHERS
  Dogs should be brought to the fairgrounds in an enclosed vehicle. They               No dogs are allowed on the bleachers. A 4-H member can receive a
  are not allowed to ride in the back of an open pick-up truck or hanging              1st warning if caught taking their dog up and down the bleachers. The
  out of a car window.                                                                 bleachers are for people and can be harmful to your dog.
VACCINES
  Shots Required: Rabies, Distemper/Parvo (DHPP), Leptospirosis, Bor-                                        DONKEYS & MULES
  detella (Kennel Cough)                                                                               Show to be held on July 2nd at 8:00 am
  Not required, but recommended: Heartworm Test, Flea Preventative,
  and a Fecal Parasite Exam.                                                         1. A member may enroll in the St. Joseph County Donkey & Mule project
  All vaccines must be given by a licensed veterinarian. The Leptospiro-                when in the 3rd grade, but not beyond the 12th grade as determined
  sis shot is required in order to join the 4-H Dog Club. This is a shot that           by the current 4-H enrollment policy. Grade is determined by the grade
  helps prevent our 4-H’ers from getting a disease from the dogs. There                 enrolled in during the 2009-2010 school year.
  are NO EXEPTIONS! This is required by the State 4-H Program.                       2. Members have until May 15 to enroll in the project or have approval of
  PLEASE NOTE: Certain required vaccinations have not been proven                       the project superintendent(s) and the Extension Office after May 15th.
  effective in wolf-hybrids. Therefore, because wolf cannot meet the vac-            3. All donkeys and mules must be vaccinated against rhino and flu within
  cination requirements of the Indiana Board of Animal Health, wolf-hy-                 a time period of 6 months to 2 weeks prior to the Fair. Proof of vaccina-
  brid dogs cannot be shown in the 4-H Dog Club Program.                                tion is required.
LEVEL OF TRAINING                                                                    4. The animal shown by the member may be owned or leased by the
  Training level is at the discretion and will be determined by the Super-              member.
  intendent, Officers, and Leader of the class. Any previous training of             5. Each member may bring six (6) animals to the Fair, but may not show
  the 4-H member or dog requires a “B” class.                                           more than two (2) animals per class. If the member has more than one
                                                                                        animal in a class they may enlist the help of another 4-H member to
4-H MEMBER AND DOG                                                                      help show the other animal.
   All 4-H members are required to physically handle their dog. If they              6. No Jacks will be shown at the Fair.
   can’t handle their dog, the 4-H member will be asked to return next               7. This will be a one day pull in type show. The show will be held in the
   year and try again.                                                                  Nilus Show Arena.
                                                                                     8. See General Rules for Showmanship.
EQUIPMENT
  All equipment used by the advanced classes must be returned to the                 CLASSES:
  Dog Club Building. No borrowing the equipment is allowed. Any equip-                  1. 2010 Donkey Foals
  ment that is defaced will result in charges for the damages.                          2. 2010 Mule Foals
                                                                                        3. Yearling Donkeys
WANDERING                                                                               4. Yearling Mules
  4-H members must stay with their assigned class. No wandering                                                        ,
                                                                                        5. Donkey, Jennets - up to 38” over 2 years old
  around the fairgrounds. If your ride is not there when the class ends,                                                 ,
                                                                                        6. Donkey, Geldings - up to 38” over 2 years old
  you are to wait by the grandstands area.                                              7. Mules - under 48” over 2 years old
SIGN-UP FOR DOG CLUB                                                                                                                ,
                                                                                        8. Donkey, Jennets - over 38” and under 56” over 2 years old
   The cut-off date for signing up for the Dog Club for any Obedience,                                                                ,
                                                                                        9. Donkey, Geldings - over 38” and under 56” over 2 years old
   Agility, or Showmanship class is by March 23, 2010.                                                                        ,
                                                                                        10. Mules - 48” and over and under 56” over 2 years old
                                                                                        11. Donkey, Jennets - 56” and over, over 2 years old
CHANGE IN CLASS STATUS                                                                  12. Donkey, Gelding - 56” and over, over 2 years old
  If the 4-H member and dog need to be moved into a different level in                  13. Saddle mules - 56” and over, over 2 years old
  the Dog Club, it needs to be done No Later than the 2nd week of train-                14. Draft type mule - Any size
  ing classes by notifying your Leader and the Superintendent.                          15. Jennet & Foal - Any size
                                                                                        16. Champion & Reserve Champion Donkey
WASTE                                                                                   17. Champion & Reserve Champion Mule
  4-H members are RESPONSIBLE for cleaning up any messes left by                        18. Donkey Color Class - 100% Color
  their dog. If a 4-H member is caught not cleaning up after their dog can              19. Mule Color Class - 100% Color
  be cause for dismissal from the Dog Club.                                             20. Showmanship -
DOGS THAT ARE NOT IN DOG CLUB                                                              Beginner - Grades 3 - 5
  Our Club does NOT allow any dogs in or around the Fairgrounds dur-                       Junior - Grades 6 - 8
                                                                                           Senior - Grades 9 - 12
                                                                                62
     21. Driving Classes                                                                 member is limited to entering two (2) market goats.
        Donkeys any size, any age                                                        15.     The 4-H Goat Superintendent, Adult Leaders, County Advisory
     22. Driving Classes                                                                 Council, and Extension Educators will rule on any special problems
        Mules any size, any age                                                          arising at the Fair, and the decision will be final.
     23. Coon Mule Jump                                                                  16.     Member’s clothes and person should be neat and clean for
        Donkeys and Mules any size, any age                                              showing and for the auction.. White attire is preferred for showmanship
     24. Mini 4-H Show                                                                   classes. No shorts will be allowed. White tops and jeans are accept-
                                                                                         able for classes. Collared shirts or club shirts are recommended if you
                                 GOATS                                                   are selling an animal through the auction.
                                                                                     17. Each member will be allowed to show and sell only (2) market goats.
Dairy & Market Goats entered Saturday, July 2nd 10:00 am - 12:00 Noon                18. All market goats must be born after December 1 of current year. Goats
       Pygmy Goats entered Sunday, July 3th 12 Noon - 2:00 pm                            may be does or wethers. If doe goats are shown as market goats, they
             Market goats weighed at 1:00 pm, July 2nd                                   cannot be shown in the breeding classes. Auction Sales Cards must
                                                                                         be turned into the superintendent no later than 6:00 p.m. on Wednes-
 *THESE ARE REQUIRED TO BE ELIGIBLE TO RECEIVE CLUB TRO-                                 day. If a card is not turned in, the animal will not go through the sale
PHIES                                                                                    ring. No withdraws/scratches are allowed.
   1.      *Animals entered in this project must be owned by the club                19. The goat classes will be broken down into Swiss, Nubian, Boer, and
   member or owned jointly by the club member and parent or guardian                     Pygmy type and shown accordingly. Age is determined on the date of
   by May 15 of the current year. An application for Livestock Housing                   the show
   will need to be completed for livestock animals housed at any location            20. Any animal that develops signs of any sickness during exhibition, as
   other than 4-Her’s primary residence. This form will need to be turned                determined by the superintendent and a veterinarian, must be re-
   into the Extension Office by June 1st.                                                moved from the premises including the surrounding exhibit grounds.
                                                                                     21. NO BUCKS WILL BE ALLOWED TO SHOW AT THE COUNTY FAIR.
   2.     *ALL Animals must have an official Premises Number recorded                    BOER BREEDING GOATS MAY SHOW WITH OR WITHOUT HORNS.
   with the Board of Animal Health and a copy of the Indiana 4-H enroll-                 ALL OTHER CLASSES OF GOATS MUST BE DISBUDED.
   ment form must be turned into the Extension Office by May 15th of the
   current year.                                                                                      CLASS 30 - SHOWMANSHIP CLASSES:
                                                                                     A 4-H member who has won showmanship honors in one class of goats
   3.      *All market goats must be tagged on the assigned registration             will not be eligible to compete for the same honor until the third year af-
   day from 8:00 am to 12 Noon (see schedule). Each 4-H member will be               ter the original honor was won. (As stated in the general rules of the
   allowed to tag up to 4 market animals, but only 2 will be allowed to be           Fair Book). Showmanship classes will begin with Senior Showmanship.
   shown at the fair. Market goats will need to weight-in at a minimum of            Pygmy and Dairy Showmanship will show together according to individual
   35 lbs in order to show at the fair. Goats under 35 lbs will be sent home.        grade of 4-H member. Senior pygmy and senior dairy will compete for
                                                                                     round robin.
   A Dairy Whether Market Class will be offered (ribbons only). It will                  Senior Showmanship - Grade 9 through 12 - previous winners of the
   be limited to pure dairy breeds or dairy crosses. No boar crossbreed                  Junior class move to Senior Class.
   animals will be allowed to show in this class. Any animal that shows                  Junior Showmanship - Grade 6 through 8
   questionable breed characteristics will be determined by the Superin-                 Beginner Showmanship - Grade 3, 4, & 5
   tendent and the Goat Tagging Committee as to its eligibility.                     (Grade determined by grade during the 2009-2010 school year)

   A rate of gain class will be offered.                                                                CLASS 31 - HARNESS GOAT CLASS
                                                                                     The Harness Goat project can be a multi-year project. The first year of
   Once an animal is tagged as a market animal, it cannot be enrolled                the project it is suggested that a 4-H’er take a kid in the harness Goat
   in another class. ALL Goat Ownership Enrollment & Entry Forms for                 Class. However, it is up to the 4-H’er to determine what class to place his
   market goats MUST be turned in to the superintendent at that time. NO             animal. The third and succeeding years, the wether will be in the Senior
   additions to the market class will be added after that date. ALL Market           Harness Class.
   Animals will be required to turn in a notarized Animal Affidavit when the                Section 1     First year Harness Goat - Goat must be halter broken
   animals are entered at the fair.                                                                       and led with either one or two lead straps. Animal
                                                                                                          should respond to voice commands to stop, go and
   4.      *The Goat Ownership Enrollment and Entry Forms for all non-                                    back. 4-H’er may use a doe or wether.
   market goats MUST be turned in to the superintendent by June 1st of                      Section 2     Second year Harness Goat - Goat will be harnessed
   the current year. Each member MUST complete his or her own form                                        and pull an empty cart. The animals should respond
   listing which animals are to be shown by that member.                                                  to voice commands of stop, go, back, left and right.
   5.      *Members must attend at least three (3) county meetings and                      Section 3     SENIOR HARNESS - Goat will be harnessed and
   encouraged to participate in the club fund raiser to be eligible for goat                              pull the exhibitor in the cart. The animal must re-
   club trophies. (Attendance will be taken at each meeting and at the                                    spond to commands of stop, go, back, left and right
   fund raiser).                                                                                          while pulling the cart through an obstacle course.
   6.      Registered and non-registered goats will be shown in the same
   classes.                                                                                 Section 4     CHAMPION HARNESS GOAT AND RESERVE
   7.      NO BUCKS are allowed at the Fair.                                                              HARNESS GOAT.
   8.      Every goat must have a collar and tie chain available. Dairy &
   Boer Goats should be shown with a choker chain. Pygmy goats should                Good grooming is important in all sections. Judging will be done as fol-
   be shown with a black collar and a short black lead.                              lows by the point system:
   9.      Boer Breeding Stock ONLY will be allowed to show with horns.                 1.     Appearance of animal.....................................20 points
   All other breeds and classes must be free of horns.                                  2.     Appearance of exhibitor..................................20 points
   10.     All goats in milk, must be milked twice a day in the milking area            3.     Overall appearance of cart and harness.........20 points
   between 5:00 am and 8:30 am and 5:00 pm and 8:30 pm during the                       4.     Performance of animal in show ring
   Fair. All milking goats should be milked dry between the hours of 5:00                      (following commands).....................................40 points
   p.m. and 8:30 p.m. the evening before judging. Goats will be checked
   by the Superintendent.                                                            The Health Requirements and Goat Club Rules will apply to the Harness
   11.     All goats competing for champion honors that are in milk may be           Goats. Any wether signed up for Harness Class will not be allowed to
   required to be milked before final awards are made.                               show as a Market Animal. Project books are available.
   12.     All goats should be fed and pens cleaned by 8:30 a.m. and 8:30
   p.m. during the Fair by the 4-H Goat Club Member. Rope feeders will                                    CLASS 32 - DAIRY NUBIAN TYPE
   not be allowed at the fair.                                                              Section   1    Junior Doe Kid (0 - under 3 months)
   13.     Members must do own showing or have the assistance of other                      Section   2    Intermediate Doe Kid (3 months - under 6 months)
   4-H Goat Club members. Parents will be required to stay clear of the
   staging area to allow the staff to facilitate the show.                                  Section   3    Senior Doe Kid (6 months - under 12 months)
   14.     Members may exhibit only two entries per section and/or one                      Section   4    Un-freshened Junior Yearling Doe (12 months - under
   (1) harness goat per section, but will be limited to ten (10) animals. A                                18 months)
                                                                                63
      Section 5     Un-freshened Senior Yearling Doe (18 months - un-                               CLASS 36A - MARKET GOAT
                    der 24 months)                                                               Boer and Boer Crossbreed animals
                    (Un-freshened doe is a doe that has never been in                Section 1     Market Goat - Lightweight – 35 - 50 lbs.
                    milk or given birth)                                             Section 2     Champion Lightweight Market Goat and Reserve
      Section 6     Champion Junior Doe and Reserve Champion Junior                                Champion Lightweight Market Goat.
                    Doe (Selected from Sections 1-5).                                Section 3     Market Goat – Intermediate weight – 51 to 75 lbs.
      Section 8     One-Year-Old Doe milking (12 months - under 24                   Section 4     Champion Intermediate Weight Market Goat and Re-
                    months)                                                                        serve Champion Intermediate Weight Market Goat.
      Section 9     Two-Year-Old Doe milking (24 months - under 36                   Section 5     Market Goat – Heavyweight – 76 lbs. and over.
                    months)                                                          Section 6     Champion Heavyweight Market Goat and Reserve
      Section 10    Three-Year Old to Five -Year Old Doe milking (36                               Champion Heavyweight Market Goat.
                    months - under 60 months)                                        Section 7     Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion
      Section 11    Five-Year Old and Over Doe milking five (60 months                             Market Goat selected from Champion Lightweight,
                    and over)                                                                      Champion Intermediate Weight, and Champion
                    (A milking Doe is a doe that is currently producing                            Heavyweight.
                    milk)
                                                                                                    CLASS 36B - MARKET GOAT
      Section 12    Champion Senior Doe and Reserve Champion Se-                                        Dairy Breed Whether
                    nior Doe (Selected from Sections 8-11).                          Section 1     Market Goat – Lightweight ( 35 lbs to 50 lbs)
                  CLASS 33 - DAIRY SWISS TYPE                                        Section 2     Champion Lightweight Market Goat and Reserve
      Section 1-6  Same as for Dairy Nubian Type                                                   Champion Lightweight Market Goat
      Section 7    Grand Champion Junior Doe and Reserve Grand                       Section 3     Market Goat – Intermediate weight (51 lbs – 75 lbs)
                   Champion Junior Doe, selected from Champion Ju-                   Section 4     Champion Intermediate weight Market Goat and Re-
                   nior Nubian Doe and Champion Junior Swiss Doe                                   serve Champion Intermediate weight Market Goat.
                   (Section 6).
                                                                                     Section 5     Market Goat – Heavyweight (76 lbs and over)
      Section 8-12 Same as for Dairy Nubian Type
                                                                                     Section 6     Champion Heavyweight Market Goat and Reserve
      Section 13 Grand Champion Senior Doe and Reserve Grand                                       Champion Heavyweight Market Goat
                   Champion Senior Doe, selected from Champion Se-
                                                                                     Section 7     Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion
                   nior Nubian Doe and Champion Swiss Doe (Section
                                                                                                   Market Goat, selected from Champion Lightweight,
                   12).
                                                                                                   Champion Intermediate weight, and Champion
The Grand and Reserve Grand Champion Milk will be sold at the Auction.                             Heavyweight
           CLASS 34 - DAIRY MOTHER AND DAUGHTER                                (Ribbons Only)
      Section 1  Dairy Mother and Daughter Class. Mother and                   Rate of Gain
                 Daughter need to be shown in their respective class-
                 es. Daughter can be either dry or milking.                    The market goat gaining the most weight between tagging weght and
      Section 2  Champion Mother/Daughter and Reserve Champion                 show weight will be awarded ribbon.
                 Mother/Daughter (Chosen from 1st and 2nd place
                 winners)                                                                           CLASS 37 - PYGMY CLASS
                                                                               The Health Requirements and Goat Club Rules will apply to the Pygmy
                        CLASS 35 - BOER TYPE                                   Goat class. The member must own the animals by May 15th of current
      Section 1     Junior Boer Doe (0 - under 3 months)                       year. Age is determined at the date of show. The Pygmy Goats will be
      Section 2     Intermediate Boer Doe (3 months - under 6 months)          shown separate from the Dairy/Boer Goats as follows:
                                                                                     Section 1    Junior Doe Kid (under 3 months)
      Section 3     Senior Boer Doe (6 months - under 12 months)
                                                                                     Section 2    Intermediate Doe Kid (3 months to under 6 months)
      Section 4     Champion Junior Boer Doe and Reserve Champion
                    Junior Boer Doe (Selected from Sections 1-3)                     Section 3    Senior Doe Kid (6 months to under 12 months)
      Section 5     Junior Yearling Doe (12 months - under 15 months)                Section 4    Champion Junior Doe and Reserve Champion Junior
                                                                                                  Doe (Selected from Sections 1-3)
      Section 6     Intermediate Yearling Doe (15 months - under 18
                    months)                                                          Section 5    Junior un-freshened Yearling (12 months - under 18
                                                                                                  months)
      Section 7     Un-freshened Senior Yearling Doe (18 months - un-
                    der 24 months) (Un-freshened doe is a doe that has               Section 6    Senior un-freshened Yearling (18 months - under 24
                    never been in milk or given birth)                                            months) (Un-freshened doe is a doe that has never
                                                                                                  been in milk or given birth)
      Section 8     Champion Intermediate Boer Doe and Reserve
                    Champion Intermediate Boer Doe (Selected from                    Section 7    Champion Yearling Doe and Reserve Champion
                    Sections 5-7)                                                                 Yearling Doe (Selected from Sections 5-6)
      Section 9     Freshened Two Year Old Doe (24 months - under 36                 Section 8    Freshened Junior Doe (12 months - under 18 months)
                    months)                                                          Section 9    Freshened Senior Doe (18 months - under 24
      Section 10    Freshened Three Year Old Doe (36 months - under                               months)
                    48 months)                                                       Section 10 Freshened Two Year Old Doe (24 months - under 36
      Section 11    Freshened Four Year Old Doe (48 months and over)                              months)
      Section 12    Champion Senior Boer Doe and Reserve Champion                    Section 11 Freshened Three Year Old Doe (36 months - under
                    Senior Boer Doe (Selected from Sections 9-11)                                 48 months)
      Section 13    Grand Champion Boer Doe and Reserve Grand                        Section 12 Freshened Four Year Old Doe (48 months - under 60
                    Champion Boer Doe                                                             months)
                    (Selected from Champion and Reserve Champion                     Section 13 Freshened Does Five Years Old and Over (60 months
                    Junior, Intermediate, and Senior Boer Does)                                   and older)
      Section 14    Boer Mother and Daughter Class. Mother and Daugh-                Section 14 Champion Senior Doe and Reerve Champion Senior
                    ter need to be shown in their respective classes.                             Doe (Selected from Sections 8-13)
                    Daughter can be either freshened or un-freshened..               Section 16 Grand Champion Pygmy Doe and Reserve Grand
      Section 15    Champion Mother/Daughter and Reserve Champion                                 Champion Pygmy Doe selected from Champion Ju-
                    Mother/Daughter (Chosen from 1st and 2nd place                                nior, Yearling, and Senior Doe (Sections 4, 7, and 14)
                    winners)                                                         Section 18 Junior Pygmy Wether Class (0 - under 12 months)
                                                                          64
       Section 19    Intermediate Pygmy Wether Class (12 months - un-                 2. The overall size of the poster, including any frame or backing, must be
                     der 18 months)                                                      22” X 28” and displayed horizontally.
       Section 20    Advanced Intermediate Pygmy Wether ( 18 months -                 3. The exhibit must be covered with acetate or clear plastic. Posters must
                     under 24 months)                                                    be on stiff material or have a stiff backing (such as heavy cardboard or
                                                                                         foam core). Poster board may be of any color.
       Section 21    Champion Junior Pygmy Wether and Reserve Cham-                   4. Posters must display a title and must include a 2” X 4” label in the lower
                     pion Pygmy Wether (Selected from Sections 18-20)                    right hand corner. Include your name, club, division, and grade.
       Section 22    Two Year Old Wether (24 months - under 36 months)                5. Proper footnoting should be used with any reference material. Attach
       Section 23    Three Year Old Wether (36 months - under 48                         a 3” X 5” card to the back of the poster listing the references. Also
                     months)                                                             include an envelope attached to the back of the poster for judging com-
                                                                                         ments.
       Section 24    Four Year Old Wether (48 months and over)                        6. Poster ideas, photos, and information may not be used again for com-
       Section 25    Champion Senior Pygmy Wether and Reserve                            petition in another year.
                     Champion Senior Pygmy Wether (Selected from Sec-                 7. See “Poster Construction Hints” in the handbook for further help.
                     tions 22-24)                                                     8. Categories are:
       Section 26    Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion                                   Division 1 - Grades 3, 4, and 5
                     Pygmy Wether (Selected from Sections 21 and 25)                             Division 2 - Grades 6, 7, and 8
                                                                                                 Division 3 - Grades 9, 10, 11, and 12
                     Pygmy wether is a castrated male primarily to be a               9. The following are ideas for development of an educational cavy poster.
                     pet and will be judged on their pygmy appearance as                 4-H’ers need not be limited by or to these ideas. Nutritional needs of
                     well as their pet quality.                                          cavies, housing requirements, grooming skills, breeding cavies, rais-
       Section 27    Pygmy Mother and Daughter Class. Mother and                         ing a litter, ACBA judging of cavies, breeds of cavies, common health
                     Daughter need to be shown in their respective classes.              problems, parasites, language of the cavy, pregnancy toxemia.
                     Daughter can be either freshened or un-freshened..
       Section 28    Champion Mother/Daughter and Reserve Champion                                             HORSE AND PONY
                     Mother/Daughter (Chosen from 1st and 2nd place
                     winners)                                                                   Horses entered Monday, July 4th 8:00 am - 11:00 am

                                                                                      1. GRADE - 3 through 12 - A club member may enroll in the St. Joseph
               GUINEA PIGS (CAVIES) EXHIBIT                                              County 4-H Horse & Pony Project when in the 3rd grade, but must NOT
                                                                                         be beyond 12th grade nor have more than 10 years of enrollment in
Guinea	Pig	Registration,	July	5th	3:00	pm	-	4:00	pm.	•	Show	at	4:00	pm                   4-H. The grade is that which the child was entered as of January 1 of
  Cavy notebooks are due Tuesday, June 28th in the Singer Building                       the current year. For those that are home schooled, the grade shall be
                                                                                         assumed to be that for the child’s age following the state guidelines at
1. Each member should feed and care for his or her own (or the family’s                  first year of 4-H enrollment.
   cavy(ies).)
2. Each member is required to exhibit his or her animal(s). Completed                    STATE FAIR - To be eligible to exhibit in 4-H classes at the State Fair
   record sheet will be included in the member’s notebook(s).                            the following grade requirements are in effect:
3. Notebook requirements:                                                                        Junior - 3rd - 7th grade
     a. A completed record sheet signed by leader.                                               Senior - 8th grade and above
     b. Pictures of their cavy(ies).                                                     The State Fair ruling will be used to determine the grade break for
     c. A story about the cavy (experiences, adoption, caring for, etc.).                Junior and Senior classes at the County Show.
     d. Make one notebook with dividers to separate material pertaining
         to each cavy being shown. ** Second year and above members,                  2. OWNERSHIP OF ANIMAL - Any 4-H animal entered must be shown
         use last year’s notebook and include and include 4-H Cavy Show                  and owned by the 4-H member, owned in a family corporation, or
         page(s), score sheets, pictures, story, ribbons and awards for cavy             owned in partnership with the member’s father, mother, brother, sister,
         notebook.                                                                       grandparent or legal guardian. The exception is a leased animal that
     e. Categories are:                                                                  may be shown subject to the approval of both the County 4-H Horse
         Division 1 - Grades 3, 4, and 5                                                 & Pony Committee and the Extension Agent in the county. A member
         Division 2 - Grades 6, 7, and 8                                                 may lease only one horse regardless of whether you own a horse or
         Division 3 - Grades 9, 10, 11, and 12                                           not.
4. Cavies will be divided into two classes: Pet Class and Show Class.
   Show Class and Pet Class will both consist of: Junior Boar, Junior Sow,               Leasing is considered the equivalent of ownership of a 4-H project
   Intermediate Boar, Intermediate Sow, Senior Boar, and Senior Sow                      animal, and must be under the lease by the animal enrollment dead-
5. Division 1 (Grades 3-5) may exhibit 2 cavies in each class (2 males                   line of May 15th until the conclusion of the County and State Fair (if
   and/or 2 females) for a total of 4 cavies. Division 2 (Grades 6-8) and                participation in the State Fair). The 4-H member should be regularly
   Division 3 (Grades 9-12) may show 4 cavies in each class (4 males                     involved in the care of the horse, regardless of where stabled, and the
   and/or 4 females) for a total of 8 cavies.                                            4-H member must have exclusive show use of the animal during the
6. All members are required to attend THREE meetings. However, two                       4-H lease period.
   work days maybe substituted for two meetings. A work day MUST be at
   least 2 hours in length. Members must turn in their completed record               2a. 4-H animals exhibited after the enrollment deadline under a different
   sheets when entering their exhibits to be eligible for club awards.                    name than the person listed on the Indiana 4-H Animal enrollment form
7. Member must have cavy(ies) in possession by May 15th.                                  shall not be eligible to be shown at the County and/or State Fair. This
8. Please remember that you are representing 4-H and proper attire is                     means that if the animal is exhibited at any show by anyone other than
   important. For all judged activities, exhibitor shall wear: unaltered shirt            a person listed on the Indiana 4-H enrollment form, the animal will not
   that does not advertise alcohol, tobacco, drugs; or contain vulgarity or               be eligible to be shown in the County Fair or in the 4-H show at the
   profanity (words or symbols); or jewelry that promotes gang, cult, or                  Indiana State Fair. This term/condition does not apply to siblings, par-
   racist activity is prohibited. Revealing shirts are not allowed. Fingertip             ents, grandparents, or guardians who may show each other’s animals
   length or longer shorts or skirts, or slacks or jeans. The Rabbit, Poultry,            at any show during the year without jeopardizing County and State Fair
   and Cavy Club Board has the final authority to make final decisions on                 eligibility, regardless of whether or not the sibling is a 4-H member. This
   all dress code issues.                                                                 term/condition does not apply to the horse and pony program where
                                                                                          a mini or peewee may also show the horse or pony after it has been
                 CAVY EDUCATIONAL POSTER                                                  enrolled in the 4-H program.

     Cavy posters are due Tuesday, June 28th in the Singer Building                   3. OBTAINING ANIMAL - Members have until May 15th to enroll their
                                                                                         animals to qualify for State Fair.
1. Any cavy project member may complete the cavy educational poster                   3a. May 15 will be the last day to sign-up a horse for entry to the County
   project without exhibiting a cavy in the regular cavy show. The cavy                  Fair. Registrations after this date will not be guaranteed a stall or show
   educational poster is not a requirement to complete the cavy project. It              number at the County Fair.
   is optional.
                                                                                 65
4.    Any animal 56” and under must be measured by an official county                  15. The 4-H Horse & Pony Ambassador Program will have 2 divisions:
     measurer every year until the animal reaches 7 years of age. This                             Juniors - Grades 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
     measurement must be recorded on the Horse & Pony enrollment form.                             Senior - Grades 8, 9, 10, 11, 12
     Animals over 56” need not be measured. Weanlings & yearlings will be                  There will be two winners in each division. Program will consist of an
     shown at the height of the dam. If the height of the dam is unknown,                  interview, Horsemanship Class, and a Contesting Class.
     the weanling or yearling will be shown in the 56” and over classes.                  The award for these classes will be presented at the Fair upon comple-
                                                                                           tion of requirements. Contestants must complete 4-H Horse and Pony
5. CARE OF ANIMAL - Member must care for animal from enrollment                            project.
   date thru the last day of the County Fair and State Fair.
                                                                                       16. Current 4-H Horse & Pony members are the only ones allowed to ride
6. All animals must pass a veterinarian Health Check within seven days                     or exercise Horse and Pony projects at the fair.
   of the Fair. The veterinarian shall be presented with documentation that
   the animals have been vaccinated against Rhino and Flu within a time                17. The 4-H Horse & Pony Board of Directors reserves the right to limit
   period of 6 months to 2 weeks before the starting date of the fair. Any                 equine entries to accommodate stall availability. In general, the limita-
   animal found to be in poor health or poor condition (such as thin) will                 tions will be applied to Junior grade members first with the exception
   NOT be admitted to the Fair. The Coggins Test will not be required for                  where a Junior member may have time limited, exclusive use of more
   the County Fair Show for horses stabled in Indiana. Out of state horses                 than one stall as per donation agreement.
   must produce a negative Coggins Test dated within one year of the Fair
   date. A copy of the Coggins Test shall be submitted with the horse’s                18. In order to be eligible for club sponsored awards, members are re-
   enrollment.                                                                             quired to attend a minimum of two(2) documented township meetings
                                                                                           and fulfill the minimum county work requirements as required by their
7. The larger box stalls at the fair are for Draft Horses, mares and foals                 township leaders.
   only. The smaller box stalls shall be assigned by the Show Committee,
   by drawing, if not used by the original contributor of the box stall for            4-H HORSE AND PONY SHOW RULES
   that Fair year. All other animals should be taught to tie before coming                All 4-H Horse and Pony entries are to be brought to the 4-H Fair on
   to the Fair. Animals under a veterinarians care can be in a larger box                 Monday, July 4th from 8:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m. If arrival is delayed
   stall, if available, for up to 12 hours. After the 12 hours a decision must            because of emergency beyond the above stated times, show commit-
   be made if the animal is to be removed from the Fair or placed back                    tee chairman or a board of director member must be notified. Without
   in a tie stall. Exception: unless the 12 hours falls in the middle of the              the notification, admission is not guaranteed. Animals are not to be
   night a decision must be may by 8:00 AM the next morning. The show                     removed from the 4-H Fairgrounds prior to the set release date and
   committee should be informed of this use of the stall.                                 time without authorization from the Board of Directors, County Advi-
                                                                                          sory Council, or a veterinarian release. Animals with consecutive early
8. In order to be eligible for a lottery stall, all county paper-work(including           releases must be brought before the Board of Directors and County
   the state enrollment form) must be turned by the deadline date for                     Advisory Council before being allowed to show at subsequent fairs.
   county paperwork, as well as the minimum work requirement as
   should be required by their township leaders.                                       Show Rules and Regulations:

9. If a member has one animal signed up and it dies or becomes un-                     1. Each member may bring two animals to the Fair. Mares and foal count
   sound, the member may substitute another horse. If a member has                         as one. One member can bring two mares and two foals, but may only
   two animals signed up and one dies or becomes unsound, he must                          show in only (1) mare/foal class.
   show the other animal he has signed up. Exception: If the one remain-               2. An animal cannot be shown at more than one county 4-H Fair in any
   ing is a yearling or weanling, he may then substitute a rideable animal.                one calendar year.
   Any substitutions must be approved by the 4-H Horse and Pony Board                  3. There will be no re-running in gaming events because of tack failure,
   of Directors, the member’s township leader and the Extension Educa-                     so check your equipment.
   tor. The member must provide a written statement, with verification                 4. Any yearlings to be shown may be brought to the Fair the day of show-
   from a veterinarian, that all vaccinations are current. A member must                   ing and taken home after its class. This also applies to mares and foals
   provide a note from a veterinarian regarding the unsoundness of the                     and animals showing in one (1) halter class.
   animal. Any animal substituted may not be shown at State Fair.                      5. Participants may bring two equine to the 4-H Fair. However, there shall
                                                                                           be only one equine per rider per discipline that will compete in any
10. STABLING OF ANIMALS - An animal must be under the 4-H member’s                         championship/grand championship eligible classes.
    ownership or lease during the enrollment period and this ownership                 6a. Unruly gaming horses will be subject to dismissal from the ring by the
    must be maintained continuously until the completion of the County                     Show Committee or Ring Committee
    Fair. Leasing is considered the equivalent of ownership. The 4-H’er                6b. All gaming and pleasure contestants must be astride their horse when
    should be regularly involved in the care of the equine, regardless of                  entering the ring, with the exception of those in showmanship or halter
    where it is stabled.                                                                   classes,. Contestant’s show numbers may be worn on their back or
                                                                                           on both sides of the saddle pad. Only one show number is to be worn
11. One tack box will be permitted for each equine having base dimen-                      when entering the ring, and that number must be the correct number
    sions not to exceed 2’ X 3’ The tack box height shall not be greater than
                               .                                                           assigned to the horse entering the ring, or the contestant may be dis-
    that reachable by the 4-H member standing on the ground, without any                   qualified. If a horse needs to be led into the ring, it must be done by
    aid of ladder, stool, or any climbing accessory.                                       a member of the Ring Committee. TRAINERS AND PARENTS ARE
                                                                                           NOT ALLOWED IN THE RING DURING GAMING CLASSES.
12. Rules as outlined in the current INDIANA 4-H HORSE & PONY HAND-                    6c. Animals that are deemed dangerous are subject to removal at the dis-
    BOOK will be followed at the St. Joseph County 4-H Fair Horse & Pony                   cretion of the Show Committee and Board of Directors.
    Show unless otherwise stated by St. Joseph County rules. Any viola-                6d. In the event that a participant is showing other livestock during their
    tions of these rules by an exhibitor or a representative of an exhibitor               contesting class that class will only be held until the end of that event,
    will be subject to penalties as outlined in the General Livestock Rules                in which the class will be placed before the start of the next event.
    of the 4-H Handbook.                                                               7. Be ready for your classes. Each class will be called three times. Check
                                                                                           your entry on the master sheet and be there for your class. If not ready
13. If the animal is leased, a copy of the lease agreement must be submit-                 to enter after third call, gate will be closed and you will not be allowed
    ted with the equine’s enrollment. If the equine is not boarded on the                  in unless there exists a notification of a tack change.
    property of the member’s parents, then the stable, and its address,                8. CLOTHING: All members shall wear appropriate attire in the show ring
    must be submitted with the equine’s registration. (Eligibility forms are               while showing. Example: WESTERN CLASSES – Western style long
    available from leader or County Extension Office).                                     pants, long sleeved shirt with collar (band, standup, tuxedo, etc.) and
                                                                                           western boots with a heel. Approved protective headgear is required
14. All participants, leaders, guests, and visitors are expected to follow the             in all Western Classes when the exhibitor is mounted. (See rule 9 for
    4-H code of conduct while at the Fairgrounds. Disruptive and unsports-                 approved headgear). HUNTER CLASSES - The exhibitor must wear
    manlike behavior will not be tolerated. Extreme or continued inappro-                  knee-high hunt boots or jodhpur boots, and hunt breeches or jodhpurs
    priate behavior will be dealt with through the proper authorities.                     in traditional shades of buff, gray, rust, or canary (not white or dark
                                                                                           colors). A long sleeved shirt or blouse is required when a coat is not
                                                                                           worn, but a short sleeve may be worn under a hunt coat. A hunt coat is
                                                                                  66
    recommended, but not required. Hunt coats must be of a conservative                     PROJECT REQUIREMENTS:
    color, preferably dark and never red. Tie, stock, or choker is required.                1. Members will study the following:
    Hair must be neat and contained, as in a braid or hairnet and must                         a. Safety rules and precautions
    not obscure exhibitor number. ENGLISH SADDLE ATTIRE - Minimum                              b. Glossary of horse terms
    requirements are tailored long pants, a long sleeved shirt or blouse                       c. Parts of a horse
    with a tie, and Jodhpur boots. If a coat is worn, a short sleeve shirt                     d. Proper veterinarian care
    or blouse is permitted. A suitable coat is recommended. A traditional                      e. Proper hoof care
    saddle suit with matching jacket and pants is preferred, especially in                     f. Breed of light horses and ponies
    equitation and showmanship. Hair must be restrained. Boots are re-                      2. Complete each of the following:
    quired at all times while 4-H members are working with horses on the                       a. Give a demonstration related to the information studied
    ground and mounted. Any questions regarding appropriate show attire                        b. Go on a tour of a stable
    will be directed to the show committee and Indiana 4-H Horse & Pony                        c. Attend and help at a township or county horse show
    Handbook will used to determine answer.                                                    d. Prepare a horse for a horse show
9. All 4-H members are required to wear a properly fitted ASTM or SEI                          e. Thoroughly complete your project manual
    standard F1163 (or above) certified equestrian helmet whenever                          3. Exhibit at the county fair your project manual WITH your 22” X 28”
    mounted, or driving, at a 4-H Horse & Pony event, show, or activity.                       poster, displayed horizontally, containing information studied in the
    The 4-H member is responsible to see that this specified headgear is                       project manual.
    properly fitted with the approved harness fastened in place whenever                    4. Complete each township’s individual requirements to be eligible for a
    mounted. Original tags must be present in all approved helmets. This                       township award.
    policy will be in effect beginning with the 2003 program year and ap-
    plies to all county, area, and state 4-H Horse & Pony events, shows,                    All handbooks must be completed in its entirety to receive a placement
    and activities.                                                                         ribbon at the fair. If the handbook is not completed, the member will only
10. Ambassadors and Junior Ambassadors must ride their own 4-H Horse                        receive a project completion ribbon and will be ineligible for a county
    or Pony project in the ambassador classes. That animal must be en-                      champion or reserve champion award.
    rolled and exhibited at the county fair.
    Ambassadors may show in English or Western attire, and may show                                                 POULTRY EXHIBIT
    in their normal riding equipment ( contesters may use their contesting                       ALL Poultry entered on Friday, July 1st from 8:00 am - 4:30 pm
    gear for the horsemanship class without penalties or disqualification,                           Poultry Display and Poultry Science posters are due
    as well as pleasure contestants may use their pleasures gear for the                               Tuesday, June 28th in the Esther Singer Building
    barrel class without penalties or disqualification).
11. In the case of timer failure, participant is entitled to a rerun. If the initial        All poultry must be pre-entered by the June 9th general 4-H meeting. En-
    run was a clean round and rerun was a penalty round, the participant                    try forms will be mailed out the last week of May. Entry forms must be
    is allowed one more rerun. The last round must be the official time.                    completed and returned to the poultry superintendent by June 9th in order
                                                                                            to be registered and entered in the fair. Entry forms not received or post-
Team Tournament                                                                             marked by the June 9th deadline will be considered a late entry and will
   Being a representative of the St. Joseph County 4-H Horse and Pony                       not be considered for any awards higher that an A There will be no guar-
   Mid States Team Tournament is a privilege and must meet the follow-                      antee that cage space will be available for late entries. All members must
   ing requirements:                                                                        pay a pen fee of $2.00/member or $5.00/family at check in.
          Meet all enrollment requirements.
          Horse must be enrolled and shown at the County Fair                               New this Year!! The Rabbit/Poultry barn will be closed up at 10:30 pm each
          Meet minimum work requirement                                                     night of the fair. Please make arrangements to have your animals taken
                                                                                            care of and exit the barn by then.
   Pleasure participants will be chosen using a high point system form
   qualifying shows (to be determined by the Team Tournament Commit-                        1. ALL POULTRY WILL BE ENTERED ON FRIDAY. All birds must be en-
   tee).                                                                                       tered AND CAGED by 5 PM. Late entries entered and/or caged after 5
                                                                                               PM will be judged one letter grade lower. ALL poultry (except broilers &
   Contesting participants will be chosen by the fastest time in each event                    waterfowl) must be blood-tested, or show proof of prior blood testing, or
   from qualifying shows (to be determined by the Team Tournament                              have documentation from the certified NPIP hatchery where they were
   Committee)                                                                                  purchased. Individual animals (except Rooster Crowing & Chicken Fly
                                                                                               Off) may be shown in only one class.
*ANY MEMBER MEETING THE ABOVE REQUIREMENT, MUST RE-                                         2. Judging will take place in the poultry barn, Sunday, July 3rd at 8:30
SPOND TO THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE TEAM TOURNAMENT COM-                                           a.m. All animals receiving either a Grand or Reserve Grand Cham-
MITTEE, THEIR INTENTIONS WITHIN 24 HOURS OF NOTIFICATION                                       pion are to be moved into the Kristin Schalliol Championship Barn after
OF ELIGIBILITY FROM THE CHAIRPERSON.                                                           judging, and must remain in the Championship Barn until 9:00 p.m. on
                                                                                               Saturday, July 9th. Animals (including those entered in the State Fair)
*EACH MEMBER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL FEES                                            removed from the Championship Barn before 9:00 PM on Saturday will
(GEAR, ATTIRE, STALL RENT AND TRANSPORTATION. MONIES DUE                                       forfeit all awards: trophies and any premiums (above the market value)
WITHIN 24 HOURS OF ACCEPTANCE.                                                                 from the sale of any of their animals.
                                                                                            3. Release of animals is from 9:00 - 9:30 a.m., Saturday July 9th. Any
                                                                                               poultry left after 11:00 a.m. will become the property of the poultry
The Show Committee reserves the right to consolidate or eliminate any                          club. Clean-up will begin at 9:30 a.m. following the release of ani-
breed, performance or contest class due to less than four entries and/                         mals. Grand and Reserve Grand Champion animals exhibited in the
or lack of time. There will be, however, a performance and a halter class                      Kristin Schalliol Championship Barn (including those entered in the
open to every exhibitor. The classes for State Fair entries and High Point                     State Fair) may not be removed until 9:00 p.m., Saturday, July 9th. All
contest animals will take precedence over other classes. It may be neces-                      pens in the Championship barns must be cleaned after the animals
sary that we revise the schedule due to rain or lack of time, or to show in                    removed.
a different ring.                                                                           4. The club member will be responsible for care and feeding of his own
                                                                                               exhibit. Cages and feed/water containers will be furnished by the Poul-
                                                                                               try and Rabbit Club. Material for bedding will be provided by the 4-H
                 HORSEMEN WITHOUT HORSES                                                       Fair. Any 4-H member that receives three warnings for dirty pens and/
                                                                                               or no feed or water will not receive any club awards for a completed
                      Projects entered Monday, June 27                                         project.
                                                                                            5. All exhibits must have been raised by the exhibitor. ALL birds must be
The purpose of the project is:                                                                 washed and clean and be lice free, lice case (nit) free, and free of leg
1. To develop an appreciation of horses and the needs one requires when                        mites, or they will not be allowed in the barn. ALL BIRDS MUST BE
    in ownership of a horse.                                                                   INSPECTED BEFORE ENTRY. Wet birds will not be admitted to the
2. To learn proper care and understand the need of such care as veteri-                        Fair. Any poultry showing signs of sickness or disease shall be sent
    narian and blacksmith.                                                                     home at the discretion of the superintendent.
3. To promote one’s love for horses and humane attitude toward them.                        6. All eggs laid by hens at the Fair will become the property of the Poultry
                                                                                       67
    Club. Eggs will be collected daily by the adult leaders.                              Division 1 - Junior Showmanship (Grades 3 -5)
7. NOTE: All members are required to attend THREE meetings. Two                           Division 2 - Intermediate Showmanship (Grades 6-8)
    workdays maybe substituted for two of the three meetings. A workday                   Division 3 - Senior Showmanship (Grades 9-12)
    must be at least 2 hours in length. Members must turn in their record
    sheets when entering their exhibits to be eligible for awards by the                                        CLASS #4 - EGG DISPLAY
    Rabbit and Poultry Club.                                                           Exhibit six (6) eggs from your flock of poultry. An egg carton will be pro-
8. Classes will be judged according to the American Poultry Association                vided for your display when they are checked in the morning of the show.
    Standards (preferably by licensed judges) except Class #7-Commercial               Member may only have two entries of eggs which must be from two differ-
    Egg Production and Class #6 Pullets.                                               ent divisions. Entries must be brought in and entered by the 4-H member,
            Hen: a female bird over one year of age                                    parent, or guardian before 8:30 a.m. on Sunday morning before judging.
            Pullet: a female bird less than one year of age                            Eggs will be judged on size, uniformity, and shell texture.
            Cock: a male bird over one year of age                                         Division 1 - Ducks           Division 4 - Geese
            Cockerel: a male bird less than one year of age                                Division 2 - Guinea          Division 5 - Bantam chicken
9. All birds must be in members possession by May 15th of this year. The                   Division 3 - Turkey          Division 6 - Large chicken
    only exception is broilers.                                                                                   CLASS #5 - BROILERS
10. Member may auction a maximum of 4 entries. The following classes                   County-wide project. Each member must order a minimum of 10 birds.
    to be auctioned off include: #5 Broilers, #11 Pekin Ducks, #12 Fancy               Each member is to exhibit two cockerels from the chicks purchased in May
    Duck Pair, #13 Single Standard Duck, #17 Geese Pair, #18 Single                    at the start of the project.
    Goose, #20 Commercial Meat Turkey Pair, #21 Exhibition Turkey Pair.
    To be eligible to auction of your entries, your sale card must be com-                                         CLASS #6 - PULLETS
    pleted and turned in to the Poultry Supt. (or Poultry Office) by 5:00 PM,          Exhibit 2 Standard Breed pullets (female birds) less than one year of age.
    Sunday evening, July 3rd.                                                          Pullets show best at 5 to 6 months of age at tfair time. A club member may
11. Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Trophies and ribbons                     enter pullets from two different divisions.
    will be awarded during the judging on Tuesday. Division and reserve                    Division 1 - Leghorn                    Division 5 - Australorp
    division champions will receive small rosette ribbons. Grand and Re-                   Division 2 - Plymouth Rock              Division 6 - Orpington
    serve Grand Champions will receive large rosette ribbons. Ribbon                       Division 3 - New Hampshire              Division 7 - All other breeds
    packets for all other awards will be available in the Poultry Barn Office              Division 4 - Rhode Island Red
    after 3:00 pm on Thursday.                                                                      CLASS #7 - COMMERCIAL EGG PRODUCTION
12. Please remember that you are representing 4-H and proper attire is                 Exhibit 2 hens per division. A member may enter hens from two different
    important. For all judged activities, exhibitor shall wear: unaltered shirt        divisions. Hens will be judged mainly on their laying and overall condition
    that does not advertise alcohol, tobacco, drugs; or contain vulgarity or           and not on the American Standard of Perfection.
    profanity (words or symbols); or jewelry that promotes gang, cult, or                  Division 1 - Leghorn                    Division 5 - Australorp
    racist activity is prohibited. Revealing shirts are not allowed. Fingertip             Division 2 - Plymouth Rock              Division 6 - Orpington
    length or longer shorts or skirts, or slacks or jeans. The Rabbit, Poultry             Division 3 - New Hampshire              Division 7 - All other breeds
    , and Cavy Club Board has the final authority to make final decisions                  Division 4 - Rhode Island Red
    on all dress code issues.                                                                        CLASS #8 - SINGLE BIRD (STANDARD SIZE)
13. EACH MEMBER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING THEIR OWN                                  Member may show a maximum of 4 birds from the four divisions listed
    PENS AND ANY SAWDUST UNDER THEIR CAGES. Please be con-                             below. Judging will be according to the American Poultry Association Stan-
    siderate and not expect others to clean your pens. Please bring ap-                dard of Perfection classes - American, Asiatic, English, Mediterranean,
    propriate tools to clean with. ALL AUCTIONED ANIMAL PENS ARE                       Continental, and All Other Standard Breeds. The judge will choose the top
    TO BE CLEANED AFTER THE BIRDS ARE REMOVED ON FRIDAY.                               two birds from each class and then will pick the Grand Champion from the
                                                                                       Class/Division Champions and the Reserve Grand Champion from the
                CLASS #1 - POULTRY DISPLAY BOARD                                       remaining Class/Division Champions and the Reserve Champion from the
                                                                                       Class/Division that the Grand Champion was selected from..
   Poultry Displays are due Tuesday, June 28th in the Singer Building                      Division 1 - Amercian Class             Division 4 - Mediterranean Class
                                                                                           Division 2 - Asiatic Class              Division 5 - Continental Class
Poster project - Includes poultry barbecue and poultry display. Display                    Division 3 - English Class              Division 6 - All Other Standard
board must be 22” x 28” and displayed horizontally. Will follow State Fair                                                         Breeds
guidelines. There will be three divisions: Division 1 - Junior (Grades 3-5),
Division 2 - Intermediate (Grades 6 - 8), and Division 3 - Senior (Grades                              CLASS #9 - SINGLE BIRD (BANTAM SIZE)
9 - 12). Each division will have a Division and Reserve Division Champion.             Member may show a maximum of 4 birds from the four divisions listed
The Grand Champion and the Reserve Grand Champion will be selected                     below. Judging will be according to the American Poultry Association Stan-
from the Division Champions and the Reserve Division Champions. See                    dard of Perfection classes - Game Bantams, Single Comb Clean Legged
general schedule for entry time in the Singer Building.                                Other Than Game Bantams, Rose Comb Clean Legged Bantams, Feath-
                                                                                       er Legged Bantams, and All Other Combs Clean Legged Bantams. The
                     CLASS #2 - POULTRY SCIENCE                                        judge will choose the top two birds from each class and then will pick the
                                                                                       Grand Champion from the Class/Division Champions and the Reserve
   Poultry Science posters are due Tues., June 28th in the Singer Bldg                 Grand Champion from the remaining Class/Division Champions and the
                                                                                       Reserve Champion from the Class/Division that the Grand Champion was
Develop an idea and build it into an attractive display as well as learn               selected from..
the technical aspect of some part of the poultry industry. Poultry Sci-                    Division 1 - Game Bantams
ence displays must occupy a space no larger than 30” deep x 48” wide x                     Division 2 - Single Comb Clean Legged Bantams
72” high. A three dimensional exhibit is preferred for the Poultry Science                 Division 3 - Rose Comb Clean Legged Bantams
project. Will follow State Fair guidelines. There will be three divisions:                 Division 4 - Feather Legged Bantams
Division 1 - Junior (Grades 3-5), Division 2 - Intermediate (Grades 6 - 8),                Division 5 - All Other Combs Clean Legged Bantams
and Division 3 - Senior (Grades 9 - 12). Each division will have a Division                              CLASS #10 - BANTAM CHICKEN PAIRS
and Reserve Division Champion. The Grand Champion and the Reserve                      Exhibit 1 male and 1 female per pen hatched by April 1, of the current
Grand Champion will be selected from the Division Champions and the                    calendar year. This class is for a pair of bantams and both birds maybe
Reserve Division Champions. See general schedule for entry time in the                 placed together in the same cage. Divisions will be considered by Classes
Singer Building.                                                                       (see Single Bird Bantams). Members can show ONE pair of Bantams.
                                                                                       NOTE: Class #9 shows best at about 1 year of age or older.
CLASS # 3 - POULTRY SHOWMANSHIP - Division is determined by the                            Division 1 - Game Bantams
  grade enrolled in the current school year. Member must show a bird                       Division 2 - Single Comb Clean Legged Bantams
  that they have entered in one of the Poultry classes. A member who                       Division 3 - Rose Comb Clean Legged Bantams
  has won a division in Showmanship will not be eligible to compete for                    Division 4 - Feather Legged Bantams
  the same honor until the third year after the original honor was won or                  Division 5 - All Other Combs Clean Legged Bantams
  unless they move up to the next grade category. State Fair Grade clas-                                       CLASS #11 - GUINEA PAIRS
  sifications will be followed. Showmanship judging will take place Mon-               1. Exhibit will be brought to the fair on Sunday and stay entire week as
  day, July 6th during the Poultry Show. Each division will have a Grand                   other exhibits.
  and Reserve Grand Champion winner and each receiving a trophy.                       2. Member should have Guinea in possession by April 1, in order for birds
                                                                                  68
    to be at least 4 months of age by fair time.                                                          CLASS #19 - GEESE PAIRS
3. Member may show two pair of different varieties. (One male and one              Exhibit 1 male and 1 female GOOSE hatched from January 1 to April 30,
    female.)                                                                       of the current calendar year. Members may show a maximum of ONE
4. Member must raise and show his own birds.                                       Pair of Geese from the following Divisions. The judge will pick the top TWO
A Grand and Reserve Grand Champion Overall will be selected.                       Pairs of Geese from each weight class (division) and then will pick the
                        CLASS #12 - PEKIN DUCKS                                    Grand and Reserve Grand Champion from these six pairs of Geese. The
Exhibit 1 male and 1 female DUCK hatched from March 1 to April 30 of the           Grand Champion will come from the Class/Division Champions and the
current calendar year.                                                             Reserve Grand Champion from the remaining Class/Division Champions
                                                                                   and the Reserve Champion from the Class/Division that the Grand Cham-
                 CLASS #13 - SINGLE STANDARD DUCK                                  pion was selected from..
   Member may show 2 entries from the following Divisions. The judge will                        Division 1 - Light weight geese: Chinese, Tufted Roman,
pick the top TWO ducks from each weight class (division) and then will                                  Canadian, Egyptian
pick the Grand and Reserve Grand Champion from these six ducks. The
Grand Champion will come from the Class/Division Champions and the                               Division 2 - Medium weight geese: Sebastopol, Pilgrim,
Reserve Grand Champion from the remaining Class/Division Champions                                      American Buff, Saddleback Pomeranian
and the Reserve Champion from the Class/Division that the Grand Cham-                            Division 3 - Heavy weight geese: Toulouse, Embden, African
pion was selected from.
    Division 1 - Light weight ducks: Runners, Khaki Campbell, Magpie                               CLASS #20 - BREEDER GEESE PAIRS
    Division 2 - Med. weight ducks: Crested, Blue Swedish, Cayuga, Buff            Exhibit one male and one female goose hatched prior to January 1 of cur-
    Division 3 - Heavy weight ducks: Pekin, Aylesbury, Rouen, Muscovy                 rent year. Breeder Geese will not be sold at the auction. Member may
                                                                                      show a maximum of ONE Pair of Breeder Geese from the following
                     CLASS #14 - FANCY DUCK PAIRS                                     Divisions. The judge will pick the top TWO Pairs of Breeder Geese from
Exhibit 1 male and 1 female fancy breed duck hatched from January 1 to                each weight class (division) and then will pick the Grand and Reserve
April 30 of the current calendar year. Members may show a maximum of                  Grand Champion from these six pairs of Geese. The Grand Champion
ONE Pair of fancy ducks from the following Divisions. The judge will pick             will come from the Class/Division Champions and the Reserve Grand
the top TWO Pairs of Ducks from each weight class (division) and then                 Champion from the remaining Class/Division Champions and the Re-
will pick the Grand and Reserve Grand Champion from these six pairs of                serve Champion from the Class/Division that the Grand Champion
Ducks. The Grand Champion will come from the Class/Division Champi-                   was selected from..
ons and the Reserve Grand Champion from the remaining Class/Division                             Division 1 - Light weight geese: Chinese, Tufted Roman, Ca-
Champions and the Reserve Champion from the Class/Division that the                                     nadian, Egyptian
Grand Champion was selected from.
    Division 1 - Light weight ducks: Runners, Khaki Campbell, Magpie                             Division 2 - Medium weight geese: Sebastopol, Pilgrim,
    Division 2 - Med. weight ducks: Crested, Blue Swedish, Cayuga, Buff                                 American Buff, Saddleback Pomeranian
    Division 3 - Heavy weight ducks: Pekin, Aylesbury, Rouen, Muscovy                            Division 3 - Heavy weight geese: Toulouse, Embden, African
                   CLASS #15 - BREEDER DUCK PAIRS                                                 CLASS #21 - COMMERCIAL MEAT TURKEY
Exhibit one male and one female duck (fancy or pekin) hatched prior to             A member may show a maximum of TWO Pair of turkeys hatched be-
January 1 of current year. Breeder Ducks will not be sold at the auc-              tween January 1 and April 30 of the current calendar year. A pair may
tion. Members may show a maximum of ONE Pair of Breeder ducks from                 consist of either two hens, two toms, or one hen and one tom turkey. If
the following Divisions. The judge will pick the top TWO Pairs of Breed-           more than one pair is shown, they must be of different breeds.
er Ducks from each weight class (division) and then will pick the Grand                       Division 1 - White               Division 2 - Bronze
and Reserve Grand Champion from these six pairs of Ducks. The Grand
Champion will come from the Class/Division Champions and the Reserve                               CLASS #22 - EXHIBITION TURKEY PAIRS
Grand Champion from the remaining Class/Division Champions and the                 Exhibit1 male and 1 female EXHIBITION TURKEY. Member may show
Reserve Champion from the Class/Division that the Grand Champion was               two pairs of two different varieties. One pair may be sold at the auction. All
selected from..                                                                    breeds (Except the heavy commercial meat turkeys) from the Standard of
    Division 1 - Light weight ducks: Runners, Khaki Campbell, Magpie               Perfection Book may be shown.
    Division 2 - Med. weight ducks: Crested, Blue Swedish, Cayuga, Buff                          CLASS #23 - ROOSTER CROWING CONTEST
    Division 3 - Heavy weight ducks: Pekin, Aylesbury, Rouen, Muscovy                Set-up for Rooster Crowing competition will begin immediately following
                   CLASS #16 - SINGLE BANTAM DUCK                                  the conclusion of poultry judging.
Member may show a maximum of 4 birds. The females will be judged                   1. Member must own his own rooster.
against each other in each Division and the males will be judges against           2. The rooster has to be at the fair the entire week.
each other in each division. The judge will pick the Grand Champion and            3. The member can take any type of gimmick to make the rooster crow
Reserve Grand Champion from the four divisions. The Grand Champion                    as long as it meets with the approval of the Poultry Club. They cannot
will come from the Class/Division Champions and the Reserve Grand                     touch or harm the bird, put another bird in the cage or touch the cage.
Champion from the remaining Class/Division Champions and the Reserve                  They may use another bird to entice the rooster to crow; however, an-
Champion from the Class/Division that the Grand Champion was selected                 other bird cannot be brought from home - it can only be one that is
from..Entries must be from the following three breeds: Call, Black East               entered in another project. No banging on tables or cages. It will be
Indies, or Mallard Ducks.                                                             OK to drop feed to the rooster.
    Division 1-Young duck (female, less than 1 year old)                           4. A member can show only one rooster for the crowing contest.
    Division 2-Old duck (female more than 1 year old)                              5. Birds will not be classed according to breed.
    Division 3-Young drake (Male less than 1 year old)                             6. Each rooster will have a judge who will count each full/whole crow of
    Division 4-Old drake (Male more than 1 year old)                                  the rooster during a 15 minute period.
                                                                                   7. A rooster entered in the crowing contest can also be entered in a differ-
             CLASS #17 - BREEDER BANTAM DUCK PAIRS                                    ent class.
Exhibit one male and one female Breeder Bantam Duck hatch prior to Jan-
uary 1 of current year. Breeder Bantam Ducks will not be sold at auction.                         CLASS #24 - CHICKEN FLY-OFF CONTEST
                                                                                   Contest will be held at the South end of the Esther Singer Building on
                       CLASS #18 - SINGLE GOOSE                                    Thursday, July 8th at 9:00 a.m.
A member may show TWO Geese from the following Divisions. The judge                   Will be judged by classes as followed:
will pick the top two geese from each Division and then will pick the Grand                   Division 1 - Feather Weight - 32 oz. or less
and Reserve Grand Champions from these six geese. The Grand Cham-                             Division 2 - Bantam Weight - 33 to 48 oz.
pion will come from the Class/Division Champions and the Reserve Grand                        Division 3 - Medium Weight - 48 to 64 oz.
Champion from the remaining Class/Division Champions and the Reserve                          Division 4 - Heavy Weight - 64 oz & over
Champion from the Class/Division that the Grand Champion was selected
from. A member may submit only one entry for auction.                              1. Must be enrolled in the Poultry Project. 4-h member may use one of
                                                                                      their exhibit birds or another bird for flying contest. Member may enter
             Division 1 - Light weight geese: Chinese, Tufted Roman, Ca-              2 birds – 1 per division.
                    nadian, Egyptian                                               2. Entrants must be of genus and species of Gallus domestica (has to be
             Division 2 - Medium weight geese: Sebastopol, Pilgrim,                   a chicken).
                    American Buff, Saddleback Pomeranian                           3. Each bird will be weighed in at Poultry Check-in. No late entries will be
             Division 3 - Heavy weight geese: Toulouse, Embden, African               accepted.
                                                                              69
4. Bird must be caged or held by owner at all times, except when compet-                        (or pen grades below C) for dirty pens and/or no water or feed will not
   ing.                                                                                         receive any club awards or credit for a completed project.
5. As each entrant is called for their turn, member must give bird to the                   11. Judging will begin promptly at 8:30am on Wednesday of fair week..
   official at launching site.                                                                  Members should be early so they are prepared and their rabbits are
   6.       If after 30 seconds, the bird does not leave the launch roost of                    ready to be shown. Licensed ARBA judges judge rabbits according
   its own will, the official will gently nudge bird.                                           to the American Rabbit Breeders Association Standards. All rabbits
   7.       After bird has flown, measurement will be taken from base of                        receiving either a Grand or Reserve Grand Champion are to be moved
   launch roost to where the bird first touches. Measurement is a straight                      into the Kristin Schalliol Championship Barn after judging, and must
   line between these two points. Longest distance measured by judge is                         remain in the Championship Barn until 9:00 p.m. on Saturday, August
   winner. Decision of officials is final. No broilers may be used in Fly-off.                  2nd.
   8.       We reserve the right to disqualify a bird if it will be hurt in Fly-Off.        12. Each club member is responsible for carrying their rabbits to and from
   9.       The first and second place bird in each division will receive Divi-                 the judging tables on the day of the show. No adult may carry or show
   sion and Reserve Division Champion ribbons. The longest two flights                          rabbits at the show. Other 4-H members will be available to aid the
   out of all divisions will receive the Grand and Reserve Grand Cham-                          club member who is showing other livestock at the same time. Only
   pion trophies and large rosette ribbons.                                                     Rabbit, Poultry, and Cavy Club Leaders, board members, and 4-H
                                                                                                members are allowed in the barn during Judging. Parents/family mem-
                                  RABBITS                                                       bers are not allowed in the barn during judging.
                                                                                            13. Those animals sold at auction on Friday will be released to their buyers
      ALL Rabbits entered on Friday, July 1st, 8:00 am - 4:00 pm                                only after the sale. No other animals will be released for any reason
      Rabbit Ambassador Contest, Saturday, June 11th, 9:00 am                                   until from 9:00am to 9:30am on Saturday. Any animals that remain
  Rabbit Meat Class Tattooing, Saturday, June 11th, 8:00 am - 11:30am                           after release become the property of the club and will be disposed of.
    Rabbit Posters due: Tuesday, June 28th Esther Singer Building                               Clean-up will begin at 9:30am Saturday and will be followed by a pizza
         Rabbit Showmanship is Tuesday, July 5th at 10:00 am                                    party for all who work.
         Rabbit Costume Class is Tuesday, July 5th at 1:00 pm                               14. Please remember that you are representing 4-H and proper attire is
      Rabbit Meat Class Judging is Tuesday, July 5th at 7:00 pm                                 important. For all judged activities, exhibitor shall wear: unaltered shirt
      Rabbit Judging -- all other classes-- Wed., July 6th 8:30 am                              that does not advertise alcohol, tobacco, drugs; or contain vulgarity or
                                                                                                profanity (words or symbols); or jewelry that promotes gang, cult, or
GENERAL RULES                                                                                   racist activity is prohibited. Revealing shirts are not allowed. Fingertip
                                                                                                length or longer shorts or skirts, or slacks or jeans. The Rabbit, Poultry,
New this Year!! The Rabbit/Poultry barn will be closed up at 10:30pm each                       and Cavy Club Board has the final authority to make final decisions on
night of the fair. Please make arrangements to have your animals taken                          all dress code issues.
care of and exit the barn by then.                                                          15. EACH MEMBER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING THEIR OWN
1. County Rabbit Club meetings are held monthly, beginning in Febru-                            PENS AND ANY SAWDUST UNDER THEIR CAGES. Be considerate
    ary. The exact dates, place, and times of these meetings will be an-                        and do not expect others to clean your pens. Bring appropriate tools to
    nounced. In order to qualify for club sponsored awards, all members                         clean with. ALL AUCTIONED ANIMAL PENS ARE TO BE CLEANED
    are required to attend three meetings. Attendance at one of the royalty/                    AFTER THE ANIMALS ARE REMOVED ON FRIDAY.
    showmanship training meetings may be counted toward one of the
    three required meetings. Members may county riding on the float in                      DIVISIONS
    any parade besides the 4-H Fair parade as one meeting. However,                           ALL 4-H members may show a total of 10 classes, regardless of the
    two workdays may be substituted for two of the meetings. A workday                         member’s age. All classes are open in any combination with the excep-
    must be at least two hours in length. These work opportunities will                        tion of only one entry per class in meat pen, fryer, roaster, or stewer.
    be announced at meetings. Members must sign in at all meetings
    and workdays to receive credit. Members are encouraged to attend                        CLASSES AND DEFINITIONS
    all meetings because important information and announcements are                        1. Senior Buck- Age at date of show- over 6 months (light breeds). Over
    given each month.                                                                           8 months-(heavy breeds).
2. All rabbits must be purebred stock. Crossbreeds will be eliminated.                      2. Senior Doe- Age at date of show- over 6 months (light breeds). Over 8
3. All rabbits must be in the possession of the exhibitor by May 15.                            months (heavy breeds).
4. All rabbits must be permanently earmarked before entry in the fair, and                  3. 6-8 Buck- age at date of show- 6 to 8 months
    must be in clean, show condition. There will be a charge of $5.00 per                   4. 6-8 Doe- Age at date of show- 6 to 8 months
    rabbit for any new tattooing done by the club on rabbit entry day. The                  5. Junior Buck- Age at date of show- under 6 months
    proceeds will go into the club’s general fund. Any rabbits showing signs                6. Junior Doe- Age at date of show- under 6 months
    of disease will be sent home at the discretion of the Rabbit Superinten-                7. Doe and Litter- This entry must consist of a doe and litter owned and
    dent at any time during Fair week.                                                          bred by the 4-H member. The litter must be between 4 and 8 weeks
5. All Meat Class rabbits, including Meat Pen, Fryer, Roaster, and Stewer                       of age. This class will be judged on size, uniformity, and breed char-
    class rabbit entries will be given a special tattoo in the left ear. This is                acteristics. The breed must be an ARBA recognized breed, in good
    in addition to the usual Identification tattoo in the left ear. This tattoo                 condition. This class will be caged as a group in the barn rather than
    will be given at the fairgrounds prior to the fair at a date and time to be                 within the clubs. They will be judged in their cage rather than at the
    announced. No Meat class rabbits will be accepted at the fair without                       show tables. The purpose of this class is to show good breeding, cull-
    this tattoo. The exhibitor should have all potential meat class rabbits                     ing, and basic care skills.
    tattooed.                                                                               8. Meat Pen- 3 rabbits, of the same breed and variety, not over 10 weeks
6. Rabbits are to be entered between 8am and 4:30pm on Friday, July 1.                          of age and weighing at least 3 lbs., but not over 5 lbs. The pen will
    Entry forms available at pen set-up and at check-in day and payment                         be eliminated if any one rabbit is over or under weight. The member
    of a $2.00 per member pen fee. A family will pay no more than $5.00                         shall have owned the doe/does giving birth to the litter/s by May 15,
    in pen fees. All exhibits remain penned in the rabbit barn until release                    and must have raised the litter/s themselves. The rabbits may be from
    day and time.                                                                               different litters, so long as their dams are all owned by the member.
7. All members may take part in Rabbit Showmanship, Rabbit Ambas-                           9. Single Fryer- Not over 10 weeks of age and weighing between 3 and
    sador, and an Educational Exhibit. Each of these is discussed in detail                     5 lbs. Member shall have raised the entry out of own herd and must
    below.                                                                                      have owned its dam by May 15.
8. Only rabbits entered as exhibits will be allowed at the fair. Other rab-                 10.Roaster- Single rabbit Not over 6 months of age and weighing between
    bits may not be brought to the fair to be sold, or for any other purpose.                   5 and 8 lbs. Underweight or overweight entries will be eliminated.
9. All meat class rabbits entered in the fair have the opportunity to have                      Member shall have raised the entry out of own herd and must have
    their entry auctioned off on Friday, July 8th. Member may auction a                         owned its dam by May 15.
    maximum of 4 entries. This includes all Meat Pens, Fryers, Roasters,                    11.Stewer- Single rabbit over 6 months of age, and weighing 8 lbs. or more.
    and Stewers. To be eligible to auction of your meat class entries, your                     AS PER STANDARD. All breed disqualifications apply. Member shall
    sale card must be completed and turned in within one hour after the                         have raised the entry out of own herd and must have owned its dam.
    meat class judging on Tuesday evening, July 6th.
10. Each club member is responsible for the care and feeding of his/her                     RABBIT SHOWMANSHIP
    animals. He/she should only needs to supply feed and water for each                     Showmanship is judged on Tuesday of fair week at 10:00 AM. The mem-
    animal. No feed, water, or other equipment may be stored in the barn                    ber competes based on his/her grade level during the 2010-2011 year:
    or on the fairgrounds. Any 4-H member who receives three warnings                                Junior showmanship                       Grades 3,4,5
                                                                                       70
                     SHOW ROOM CLASSES - RANGE OF WEIGHTS (IN POUNDS)

                                             SENIOR                           6 -8                            JUNIOR
AS IN THE 2006 - 2010 STANDARD       BUCK                 DOE        BUCK               DOE            BUCK              DOE

AMERICAN                            9 - 11        10 - 12            TO 10           TO 11        4½ TO 9               4½ TO 9
AMERICAN FUZZY LOP                   TO 4             TO 4                                       1¾ TO 3½               1¾ TO 3½
AMERICAN SABLE                       7-9              8 - 10                                       4 TO 8                4 TO 9
ANGORA (ENGLISH)                     5-7              5 - 7½                                     2¾ TO 5½               2¾ TO 6
ANGORA (FRENCH)                    7½ - 10 ½     7½ - 10½                                        3¾ TO 7½               3¾ TO 7½
ANGORA (GIANT)                     9½ & UP        10 & UP                                       4¾ Minimum             4¾ Minimum
ANGORA (SATIN)                     6½ - 9½        6½ - 9½                                        3¼ TO 6½              3¼ TO 6½
BELGIAN HARE                        6 - 9½            6 - 9½                                     3 Minimum             3 Minimum
BEVEREN                             8 - 11            9 - 12         TO 9½           TO 10½        4 TO 8                4 TO 9
BRITANNIA PETITE                    TO 2½             TO 2½                                     1¼ Minimum             1¼ Minimum
CALIFORNIAN                         8 - 10       8½ - 10½            TO 9            TO 9½        5½ TO 8               5½ TO 8½
CHAMPAGNE D’ARGENT                  9 - 11        9½ - 12            TO 10           TO 10½       4½ TO 9               4½ TO 9
CHECKERED GIANT                    11 & UP        12 & UP            9 & UP          9 & UP       6 & UP                 6 & UP
CHINCHILLA (AMERICAN)               9 - 11        10 - 12            TO 10           TO 11        4½ TO 9               4½ TO 9
CHINCHILLA (GIANT)                  12 - 15       13 - 16            TO 14           TO 15        6 TO 12               6 TO 12
CHINCHILLA (STANDARD)                5-7          5½ - 7½                                        2¾ TO 5½               2¾ TO 6
CINNAMON                           8½ - 10½           9 - 11         TO 10           TO 10       4¼ TO 8½              4¼ TO 8½
CREME D’ARGENT                      8 - 10½       8½ - 11            TO 8½           TO 9½       3¾ TO 7½               3¾ TO 8
DUTCH                              3½ - 5½        3½ - 5½                                       1¾ Minimum             1¾ Minimum
DWARF HOTOT                          TO 3             TO 3                                       1¼ TO 2½               1¼ TO 2½
ENGLISH SPOT                         5-8               5 -8                                        3 TO 6                3 TO 6
FLEMISH GIANT                      13 & UP        14 & UP                                       6½ Minimum             6½ Minimum
FLORIDA WHITE                        4-6              4-6                                        2¼ TO 4½               2¼ TO 4½
HARLEQUIN                           6½ - 9            7 - 9½                                     3¾ TO 7½               3¾ TO 8
HAVANA                             4½ - 6½        4½ - 6½                                         2½ TO 5               2½ TO 5
HIMALAYAN                          2½ - 4½        2½ - 4½                                       1¼ Minimum             1¼ Minimum
HOTOT                               8 - 10            9 - 11         TO 9            TO 10         4 TO 8                4 TO 9
JERSEY WOOLY                        TO 3½             TO 3½                                       1½ TO 3               1½ TO 3
LILAC                              5½ - 7½            6-8                                          3 TO 6               3 TO 6½
LOP (ENGLISH)                       9 & UP        10 & UP            TO 10           TO 11        4½ TO 9               4½ TO 9
LOP (FRENCH)                       10½ & UP       11 & UP        TO 11½              TO 12      5¼ TO 10½              5¼ TO 10½
LOP (HOLLAND)                        TO 4             TO 4                                       2 Minimum             2 Minimum
LOP (MINI)                         4½ - 6½        4½ - 6½                                          3 TO 6                3 TO 6
MINI REX                            3–4¼         3 ¼ - 4½                                        2 TO 3 3/4            2 TO 3 3/4
NETHERLAND DWARF                    TO 2 ½            TO 2½                                        1 TO 2                1 TO 2
NEW ZEALAND                         9 - 11        10 - 12            TO 10           TO 11        4½ TO 9               4½ TO 9
PALOMINO                            8 - 10            9 - 11         TO 9            TO 9½         4 TO 8               4 TO 8½
POLISH                              TO 3½             TO 3½                                      1¼ TO 2½               1¼ TO 2½
REX                                7½ - 9½        8 - 10½                                          4 TO 8               4 TO 8½
RHINELANDER                        6½ - 9½            7 - 10                                    3¼ Minimum             3¼ Minimum
SATIN                              8½ - 10½           9 - 11         TO 9            TO 9½         4 TO 8               4 TO 8½
SATIN (MINI)                       3½ TO 4¾      3½ TO 4¾                                         2 TO 3¾               2 TO 3¾
SILVER                               4-7              4-7                                         2½ TO 5               2½ TO 5
SILVER FOX                          9 - 11        10 - 12            TO 10           TO 10½       4½ TO 9               4½ TO 9
SILVER MARTIN                       6 - 8½            7 - 9½                                     3¼ TO 6½               3¼ TO 7½
TAN                                 4 - 5½            4-6                                        2 Minimum             2 Minimum
THRIANTA                            4 TO 6            4 TO 6                                      2½ TO 5               2½ TO 5
MEAT PEN (10 Week Age Limit)                                                                                   3–5
SINGLE FRYER (10 Week Age Limit)                                                                               3-5
ROASTER (6 Month Age Limit)                                                                                   5-8
STEWER (Over 6 months of Age)                                                                 8 & UP, Per ARBA STANDARD for breed


                                                                71
           Intermediate showmanship        Grades 6,7,8                                   right hand corner. Include your name, age, club and division.
           Senior showmanship                       Grades 9,10,11,12                 5. Proper footnoting should be used with any reference material. Attach
Members are judged on their ability to judge a rabbit’s conformity to ARBA                a 3” X 5” card to the back of the poster listing the references. Also
standards in the same manner that an ARBA judge does. The member                          include an envelope attached to the back of the poster for judging com-
will use a rabbit they have entered in the show to demonstrate this ability               ments.
and will be asked questions to test their knowledge of rabbits. A member              6. Copyrighted characters, like Bugs Bunny, Pepsi, etc., may not be used.
who has won a division of Rabbit Showmanship is not eligible to compete               7. Poster ideas, photos, and information may not be used again for com-
for the same honor until the third year after the original honor was won.                 petition in another year.
That member may, however, move up to the next grade level of competi-                 8. See “Poster Construction Hints” in this manual for further help.
tion.                                                                                 9. Standards of evaluation:
                                                                                            a. Content and information (accuracy and completeness) — 40
RABBIT AMBASSADOR                                                                               points
Rabbit Ambassador Competition, following State Fair rules, will take place                  b. Originality and creativeness (attracts interest, encourages
prior to the fair at a time and place to be announced. The member com-                          thought)— 25 points
petes based on his/her grade level during the 2010-2011 grade year:                         c. Overall appearance/appealing (neatness, arrangement, back-
    Novice                       Grades 3-4                                                     ground, workmanship, attention to detail) — 15 points
    Junior                       Grades 5-6                                                 d. Suitable subject and age appropriate (matches child’s age and
    Intermediate                 Grades 7-8                                                     ability) — 10 points
    Senior                       Grades 9-10                                                e. Conveys message/accomplishes purposes — 5 points
    Master                       Grades 11-12                                               f. Meets exhibit requirements — 5 points
                                                                                                TOTAL — 100 points
This competition consists of the Showmanship skills described in Rab-                 10. Categories are: Junior - Grades 3-5; Intermediate - Grades 6-8; Senior
bit Showmanship, a written test of true/false, multiple choice, matching                  - Grades 9-12. Categories are based on the grade during the 2010-
questions, and Breed identification. The member must identify the cor-                    2011 school year.
rect breed, variety, and class of multiple rabbits chosen by the judge to             11. Ribbons are awarded to each exhibit. Champion and reserve champion
complete this part of the competition. A member may compete each year                     ribbons will be awarded in each level (MUST receive a Blue ribbon to
in their grade level and county winners are eligible to participate in the                be eligible). Grand and Reserve Grand Champion Overall will be cho-
same competition at the State Fair. When a member wins in a division at                   sen from the division winners. Rabbit, Poultry, and Cavy Club awards
the State Fair, they cannot compete in that division at the county or state               will be presented if meeting attendance requirements are fulfilled.
levels until the third year after the original honor was won. However, the            12. Division champions qualify and may compete at the State Fair.
member may move up to the next grade level of competition.                            13. Please refer to general schedule for date and time of entry for the
                                                                                          poster projects into the Singer Building
RABBIT COSTUME COMPETITION
Costume competition is judged on Tuesday of fair week at 1:00 pm. In                       4-H ROUND ROBIN SHOWMANSHIP CONTEST
this competition a member and his/her rabbit/s are in costume based on a
chosen theme. Members exhibit according to their grade level during the                             Contest will be Thursday, July 7th at 6:00 pm
2010-2011 school year:
    Junior                        Grades 3,4,5                                        The selected overall 4-H Showmanship Winner for beef, sheep, swine,
    Intermediate                  Grades 6,7,8                                        dairy beef, and goat will compete for the Round Robin Showmanship
    Senior                        Grades 9,10,11,12                                   Award. The Senior Champion and Senior Reserve Champion from each
      a. A member must show a rabbit at the fair in order to compete in the           specie will be selected during fair week prior to the Round Robin Show-
         costume competition.                                                         manship Contest.
      b. Rabbit/s exhibited in this competition need not be entered in the
         regular judging and need not be caged on fair premises during                RING JUDGE - selected prior to Fair, will score each participant.
         the week of the fair. However, rabbits brought from home must be             Trophies will be awarded to Champion and Reserve Champion Round
         checked by the Superintendent, or his designate, before placing              Robin Showman.
         into a cage or being judged.
      c. Member may only show one entry in the costume competition.                   Rules for 4-H Round Robin Showmanship Contest:
      d. Each of the four categories is worth 25 points for a total possible              1. Once you have won the Round Robin Contest, you become ineli-
         score of 100 points. Costumes will be judged on the following                        gible for future Round Robin competition.
         criteria:                                                                        2. If a 4-H member wins Showmanship honors in more than one
         Originality- Costumes should feature an interesting theme car-                       specie, they may select the specie they wish to represent and
         ried through the attire of both member and rabbit. The same cos-                     Reserve Winner in the other specie will represent the specie in the
         tume should not be used year after year.                                             Round Robin Contest.
         Suitability- Costumes should be in good taste with no reference                  3. No participant in the Round Robin Contest shall have an animal of
         to drugs, alcohol, racial slurs, sex, or nudity. Safety of rabbit and                their own (or immediate family member) used in the Round Robin
         member should also be considered.                                                    event
         Execution of Idea- Costumes should show good design, color,
         and fit, and should readily convey the theme portrayed.
         Condition of Rabbit- The rabbit/s must be healthy, clean (i.e. no                                      SHEEP EXHIBIT
         hutch stains, severe molt, sickness, etc.) and the rabbit should be
         comfortable in its costume and surroundings.                                        All Sheep entered Friday, July 1st from 7:00 am - 10:00 am
      e. First Place (Division Champion) and Second Place (Reserve Divi-
         sion Champion) will be selected in each division with all entrants                      Release: Any non-sale sheep will be released after
         awarded ribbons for A,B,C and P places. Grand and Reserve                                         retinal scanning is completed.
         Grand Champion will be chosen from all six Division winners.
                                                                                      1. All lambs entered in 4-H Fair classes must be owned and under the
RABBIT EDUCATIONAL EXHIBIT                                                                care of the 4-H exhibitor by tagging day and same continuous own-
                                                                                          ership until the end of the sale. All lambs must be born on or after
Rabbit Posters are due Tuesday, June 28th, between 10 am and 6pm in                       September 1, 2010 and must still have lamb teeth intact at show time.
the Singer Building                                                                       Yearling ewes must be over one year and under two years of age.
                                                                                          (Teeth will be checked).
1. Any Rabbit Club member may complete the rabbit poster project with-                2. Tagging will the Saturday May 10 & 11, 2011 from 6:00 PM to 8:00 PM.
   out exhibiting a rabbit in the regular judging.                                        71 tags will be put in the right ear, RFID tags will be put in left ear.
2. The overall size of the poster, including any frame or backing, must be            3. 4-H exhibitors may enroll not more than 10 market lambs, 10 yearling
   22” X 28” displayed horizontally.
             ,                                                                            ewes, and 10 ewe lambs. If more than this appears on the form, only
3. The exhibit MUST be covered with acetate or clear plastic and MUST                     the first 10 of each will be eligible.
   be mounted on heavy cardboard, masonite, or other material to add                  3a. 4-H members may enroll ewe lambs on their 4-H Sheep Enrollment
   stiffness. Poster board may be of any color.                                           Forms without designating whether they intend to show them as mar-
4. Posters must display a title and must include a 2” X 4” label in the lower             ket lambs or breeding ewes. However, a 4-H member may only show
                                                                                 72
    their ewe lamb(s) as a market lamb(s) or as breeding ewe(s). Lamb                   other than the 4-Her’s primary residence, an application for livestock
    must be specified at weigh in. 4-H member may not show the same                     housing MUST be turned in to the County Extension Office by June 1,
    ewe lamb as both a market lamb and breeding lamb in any given year.                 of the current year.
4. All market lambs and ewes (including registered ewes) must be indi-               21. Showmanship - See General Livestock Rules. Exhibitor must show
    vidually identified under the supervision of the county 4-H committee               his/her own animal.
    at the start of the project. County will use a retinal scan and or a RFID        22. Each exhibitor is required to attend at least TWO meetings! If he/
    tag for market lambs and commercial ewes. Registered ewes will be                   she does not fulfill this requirement, he/she will not be eligible for any
    retinal scanned and be identified by the breeder’s tag and/or RFID tag.             special awards. First year exhibitors are to attend ONE meeting after
    All sheep are subject to retinal scanning anytime after county tagging              tagging day. Besides the two regular Sheep Club Meetings and Barn
    day. The 4-H Sheep Committee reserves the right to retinal scan after               set-up, you can earn one meeting (max) for working a 2 hour shift at
    placing. Retinal scans will be read and compared to original identifica-            Ag Days and one meeting for Sheep Barn tear down.
    tion. Animals whose retinal scans cannot be matched with the original            23. All sheep must be brought to the Fairgrounds at designated check-in
    scans will be disqualified. Release of animals after the shows will be              times. All lambs must be weighed before penning. NOTE - ALL ANI-
    announced after the retinal scans are complete.                                     MALS BEING WEIGHED WILL BE DRY AND HAVE LESS THAN 1/2”
5. Carefully read the official health terms and conditions, general terms               OF WOOL ON THEM.
    and conditions in the front of the Fair Book. Especially note terms and          24. A given animal may not be enrolled by more than one 4-H member,
    conditions on tampering, misrepresentation, conduct, drugs, pumping,                except for brothers and sisters, and then only on separate entry forms.
    forced filling, etc. Animals painted or colored by any means that al-               Ownership is established the first time the animal is shown after May
    ters or misrepresents breed characteristics will be penalized under the             15th. The ownership of the animal cannot change from the first time
    fraud and deception rules.                                                          the animal is shown after May 15th until the conclusion of the 4-H show
6. Except for commercial ewes, all breeding sheep must be registered,                   at the Indiana State Fair.
    the registration number recorded with the breed association and the              25. 4-H Sheep Committee has the authority to make all final decisions
    papers (no photocopies or faxes) in the possession of the exhibitor.                concerning the St. Joseph County Sheep Club.
    The breeder’s tag and/or tattoo must be worn if required by the breed            26. Possible class and breed lots are listed below:
    association.                                                                                Border Cheviot                  Oxford
7. Records should start on the day the lamb is purchased for those mem-                         Columbia                        Rambouillet
    bers enrolled in the sheep project. Record lamb’s weight in the 4-H                         Corriedale                      Shetland
    sheep record book. (This is OPTIONAL!!)                                                     Dorper                          Shropshire
8. Officials reserve the right to require mandatory drug, steroid, saliva and                   Dorset                          Southdown
    tissue testing of animals/carcasses. 4-H’ers and parents consent to                         Hampshire                       Suffolk
    drug and/or steroid testing as a condition for entering. Refusing tests                     Icelantic                       Tunis
    will be cause for disqualification.                                                         Katahdin                        Texel
9. Pens may be subdivided to accommodate more than one (1) 4-H’ers                              Montadale                       Blackface Commercial
    animals.                                                                                    Natural Color                   Whiteface Commercial
10. 4-H’ers are responsible for keeping their pens and aisle area clean at                      North County Cheviot
    all times. Pens must be cleaned daily. Leaders will assign members to                       Any other breeds recognized by the State of Indiana
    clean aisles daily.
11. Muzzles may not be used.                                                         27. Violation of Sheep Club rules will result in disciplinary action according
12. Fans must have proper safety approved shrouds.                                       to the General Livestock Rules.
13. No generators or scales are permitted in or around the sheep barn                28. Champions eligible to be shown in the Showcase of Champions Build-
    except for scales furnished by the Fair.                                             ing must remain until Saturday at 9:00 p.m. It will be the responsibility
14. Substitute showman must be approved in writing by the 4-H show                       of the 4-H member who was/is the exhibitor of the animal to make sure
    manager. Requests will only be granted for medical emergencies, con-                 that the animal gets to its intended destination of the Buyer if sold.
    flicts with showing other animals, or desperate circumstances deemed                 Removal of these animals early is subject to penalties in the general
    unavoidable by the 4-H show manager. Failure to be excused from a                    livestock rules.
    job will NOT result in a substitute showman form. The substitute show-           29. Educational Poster Contest - Develop an educational or informational
    man must be a current St. Joseph County 4-H Sheep Club member.                       poster on foam board promoting sheep. It may be about your particular
15. Any sheep exhibitor using excessive abuse on their exhibit animals                   breed of sheep and the history of it; or general care for sheep and
    (including slapping lambs on the rump during the show) will be pe-                   lambs on a day-to-day basis. The how’s and why’s of what we do to
    nalized according to the Livestock Rules of the Fair Book. Excessive                 care for our sheep. The poster should educate the general public so
    abuse shall also include, but not limited to, burning, stabbing, gouging,            that it may be used as a learning tool. Any number of photos may be
    punching, use of electric shocks or other treatment which is consid-                 used. The poster needs to be turned in to Mike Palmer, Jennifer Millar,
    ered cruel and inhumane treatment to show animals. THE APPLICA-                      or Sandy Kleine, no later than June 21st, 2011. Awards will be given for
    TION OF ICE, ICE WATER, ALCOHOL, FREON OR ANY OTHER RE-                              all participants as well as Champion and Reserve Champion awards.
    FRIGERANT USED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ON ANY LAMB IS                                 The rules are very basic. Be as creative as possible and have fun.
    PROHIBITED!!!!!!!
16. ALL LAMBS MUST BE SHOWN DRY!!!                                                                          4-H MARKET LAMB SHOW
17. The lamb committee shall appoint a breed sifting committee which
    shall have the authority to rule out any lamb being exhibited in breed           1. Exhibitors may show a maximum of 3 market lambs. The market lambs
    classes which they feel are not properly bred or which carry too few                 need not be of the same breed as the exhibitor’s breeding animals.
    characteristics for the particular breed. A committee member may not             2. Any lambs showing evidence of testicular tissue are ineligible.
    serve where brothers, sisters, nieces, nephews, children or grandchil-           3. All lambs must be born on or after September 1, 2010 and must still
    dren that are showing have a lamb in question. In such a case, it is the             have lamb teeth intact at show time..
    responsibility of the township leaders to name a replacement that they           4. All market lambs must be slick sheared to show (no butt wool).
    will support. Animals not qualifying for their breed class will show in          5. ALL Market lambs must weigh a minimum of 70 pounds to show or sell
    the appropriate crossbred class. The decision of the committee shall             6. The 4-H Sheep Committee reserves the right to re-retinal scan lambs.
    be final. The final decision will be made at weigh in. We will use the               Animals whose retinal scans cannot be matched will be disqualified.
    “Market Lamb Classification Standards”    .                                      7. Purebred market lambs must be born of purebred parents of the same
18. At the St. Joseph County 4-H Fair the 4-H animal exhibitor may receive               breed and exhibit characteristics consistent with that breed.
    clipping and grooming assistance only from their immediate family (fa-           8. The Corriedale Association requires that Corriedale market lambs
    ther, mother, legal guardian, brother, sister, grandfather, grandmother,             meet requirements for registry had they been left a ram.
    aunt or uncle), current livestock project leader, or former St. Joseph           9. Commercial market lamb classes will be designated grade or cross-
    County 4-H member of the livestock project involved, and only with the               bred lambs. A blackface/mixed commercial class will be designated for
    animal owner present. Guardianships granted on a temporary basis                     blackface and predominately blackface grade, crossbred and any such
    for the purpose of circumventing these rules will not be recognized.                 market lambs sifted from a breed class. A whiteface/mixed commercial
19. There will be a Carcass Class with a weight range of 90 pounds to                    class will be designated for all whiteface (at least 60% whiteface breed-
    140 pounds live weight. Only 4-H county tagged market lambs may be                   ing) grade, crossbred and any such market lambs sifted from a breed
    used. Each exhibitor is allowed two lambs in the carcass show.                       class. All class designations by the screening committee will be final.
20. 4-H animals are expected to be in the possession and regular care of             10. The sifting judge will be available at the time of weighing market lambs.
    the 4-H member. If 4-Her’s animal(s) are housed at another location                  (See general rules).
                                                                                73
11. All breed class winners will show for breed champion market lamb and                                        SMALL ANIMALS
    the second place lamb to the breed champion may compete for re-
    serve breed champion.                                                                   Open Judging will start at 9:00 AM for animal and notebook on
12. All breed champions will show for grand champion market lamb. The                      Thursday, June 30. Registration will be from 8:00 AM - 8:45 AM.
    reserve grand champion market lamb will be selected from the remain-                         Animals released after judged, but notebooks stay.
    ing champion market lambs plus the reserve champion from the breed                         Animals will not need to be brought back in Fair week.
    that the grand champion was selected from.
13. A sale card will be given to each member at weigh-in. If the member                Project Requirements:
    wants to sell their animal through the auction ring, the cards must be             1. Read and study the Project Manual. Other materials are available from
    completed and returned to the Superintendent within one hour after                    pet shops and libraries.
    the completion of the market show. Two lambs per member may be                     2. Select one or two species of animal. You should select and care for
    sold individually through the sale ring. Exceptions to this will be in                the small animal for at least 12 weeks. Any animals discussed in this
    cases where a member has an entry in the sale of individual champi-                   manual may be selected. Any other animal must be approved. Those
    ons. A maximum of three market lambs may be sold. Only animals with                   animals used for hunting wild animals and those requiring a license to
    a written veterinary note or superintendent approval will be allowed to               be kept in captivity are not to be used for this project. You may enter
    scratch out of the auction. Any member scratching an animal from the                  two animals, but each must be from a different group. Each animal
    auction without a written veterinary note or Superintendent approval                  must also have a separate notebook.
    will be banned from selling that specie the following year. A second               3. Your 4-H Fair exhibit will be a notebook and your small animal. Only
    offense, will result in banning of sale of all species for the 4-H career.            the notebook will be judged. The notebook will show what you have
14. There will be a maximum of 10 lambs per class.                                        learned, and will provide the viewers with educational information
15. Auction premium checks will not be issued until all test results are com-             concerning small animals. Examples of subjects might include: care,
    plete.                                                                                feeding, selection, housing, or a combination of these subjects. Your
16. All Natural Colored Market Lambs must possess a minimum of 50% of                     notebook should include:
    fleece that is any color other than white, excluding the hair on their face                   a) A photograph of your pet
    and legs.                                                                                     b) Length of time you cared for your small pet
17. All Hampshire market lambs must have their heads sheared out be-                              c) Cost of your project.
    fore weighing. The sifting committee will then determine wether or not             4. You may take the project each year by adding a different topic to your
    lambs meet Hampshire breed requirements.                                              notebook or you may start with a new species every year.
18. You must sign up and designate for Pen of Market Lambs during the                  5. If your small animal should die after you have begun the project, you
    7:00 AM to 10:00 AM entry time on July 1, 2011.                                       may complete by finishing your notebook and exhibiting it. Please note
19. Please check show sheets before the market lamb show and as soon                      in your notebook that you no longer have your pet or when you re-
    as posted for breeding show for proper class designations.                            placed it.

                         BREEDING EWE RULES                                            Fair Requirements:
                                                                                       6. Small animal notebooks and animals will be judged in the Esther Sing-
1. St. Joseph County 4-H exhibitors in the breeding ewe show are limited                  er Building. Notebooks AND animal should be entered between 8:00
    to 3 breeds of sheep. (Commercial is considered a breed).                             AM - 8:45 AM. on Thursday, July 1.
2. An exhibitor may show a maximum of 8 ewes to include one pair of                    7. Notebooks will be divided into species areas for judging:
    ewe lambs and one pair of yearling ewes per breed.                                           Group 1 - Rodents Group 3 - Reptiles
3. Animals shown in pair lots must have been shown as individual ewe                             Group 2 - Birds     Group 4 - Miscellaneous
    lambs or yearling ewes. Ewe lamb pens may be a combination of fall                 A county champion will be selected for each group.
    and spring ewe lambs.
4. Ewe lambs must be born on or after September 1, 2010 and must
    still have lamb teeth intact at show time. Yearling ewes must be born
                                                                                                                       SWINE
    before January 1 of the current year. Yearling ewes must be over one
                                                                                                 Animal ENTRY DATE & TIME TO BE ANNOUNCED
    year and under two years of age.
5. Animals exhibited in the lamb lots must show their lamb teeth. Lambs
                                                                                                   Tagging of Pigs will take place at the fairgrounds
    with broken mouth or evidence of yearling teeth, will show in the year-
                                                                                                   Sunday May 1 from 1:00 PM to 3:00 PM, and on
    ling lot. Determination of yearling ewes’ teeth will be at the discretion
                                                                                                     Tuesday May 3nd from 6:30 PM to 9:00 PM.
    of the judge.
6. A pair of lambs in breeding lots must both be ewes.
                                                                                            Release: Breeding stock and non-sale animals will be released
7. Lambs/yearlings shown in pair classes must be entered and shown by
                                                                                               at 9:00 PM, Tuesday, July 6th and must be removed from
    the same exhibitor.
                                                                                                    the grounds by 11:00 PM, Wednesday, July 7th.
8. All breeding sheep may be exhibited either shorn or with full fleece,
    except for the Shropshire and Southdown breeds. All Shropshire and
                                                                                       See Livestock General Rules
    Southdown ewes must be slick shorn for exhibition. Commercial ewes
    must be slick shorn.
                                                                                       1. All pigs are to be entered at the designated time. Health guidelines
9. All ewes must be identified by a retinal scan and an RFID tag.
                                                                                          listed under Swine in the 2010 Indiana Exhibition Digest will be fol-
     Registration papers must show ownership date by the tagging date of
                                                                                          lowed.
    the current year..
                                                                                       2. Only pigs farrowed December 1, 2010 or after are eligible to show.
10. All commercial ewes and yearlings will be weighed for class designa-
                                                                                          Barrows and gilts must be identified with County 4-H Swine Tags and
    tions. We will limit class size to 10 animals per class. If needed, regis-
                                                                                          ear notched by the last tagging date to show. Registered gilts should
    tered ewe classes will be split by age.
                                                                                          be identified as shown on registration papers. Registration papers for
11. The 4-H Sheep Committee reserves the right to re-retinal scan lambs
                                                                                          purebred swine will be checked at weigh-in. YOU MUST BRING REG-
    after placing. Animals whose retinal scans cannot be matched with the
                                                                                          ISTRATION PAPERS WITH YOU IN ORDER TO SHOW IN BREED-
    original retinal scan will be disqualified.
                                                                                          ING CLASS.
12.You must sign-up and designate Pen of Ewe Lambs and Pen of Year-
                                                                                       3. REGISTERED GILTS AND BARROWS will be shown in classes by
    ling Ewes during the 7:00 AM to 10:00 AM entry time on July 1, 2011.
                                                                                          breed. Papers are required to be in club member’s name or as listed
13. Please check show sheets as soon as posted for proper class designa-
                                                                                          under Livestock General Rules. Crossbred gilts and barrows will be
    tions.
                                                                                          divided into classes by weight, if over 10 (TEN) gilts/barrows.
14. All breeding ewe pens must be completely cleaned before leaving after
                                                                                       4. ALL barrows to be shown as purebred barrows must have registration
    the breeding show.
                                                                                          papers at time of weigh in.
                                                                                       5. If a member is not enrolled in the litter project, a maximum of 6 pigs
                                                                                          may be tagged with no more than 4 of one sex being identified for
                                                                                          exhibition. (Example: you may tag either 4 barrows & 2 gilts, or 4 gilts
                                                                                          & 2 barrows, or 3 gilts & 3 barrows.) Of these, a member may exhibit 3
                                                                                          pigs, no more than 2 of either sex. Any family that has 2 or more swine
                                                                                          club members that each tag less than the maximum allowed, the family
                                                                                          may tag 1 extra pig as a family pig. If a member is enrolled in the LIT-
                                                                                  74
    TER PROJECT, a maximum of 9 (nine) pigs may be tagged. AT TIME                      23. Grand and Reserve Grand champion barrows must stay in the cham-
    OF TAGGING, A LITTER MEMBER MAY NOMINATE 4-6 PIGS FOR                                   pion barn until 9:00 p.m. on Saturday.
    HIS/HER LITTER AND 3 PIGS OF EITHER SEX FOR INDIVIDUALS                             24. Violations to any of the rules will result in disciplinary action according
    TO BE SHOWN. Exhibition is limited to 8 (eight) animals per member.                     to the general livestock rules.
6. Swine club members must care for animals on a daily basis after May                  25. The swine club will not be responsible for the death or injury of any
    3.Swine club members will be subject to a housing spot check. This is                   swine.
    to verify that pigs are being kept at the members home or at the loca-
    tion stated on the housing form.                                                                             SWINE CARCASS SHOW
7. If a member’s animals are not housed at the member’s home, then
    the member must complete a special eligibility form. The form must                  1. All animals shown at the carcass show are ineligible to show at the 4-H
    be submitted to the township leader by May 3th for review by the St.                    Show.
    Joseph County Swine Committee.                                                      2. Members may enter any eligible animal that comes within weight limits.
8. Barrows, gilts and litters will be judged by breeds. Barrows will be di-                 Eligible pigs are any swine tagged under Rule #5 or Rule #6 of Swine
    vided into weight classes after weigh-in, at the discretion of the Swine                Rules.
    Committee.                                                                          3. Weights 230-280# - Weight brackets may be shifted in order to satisfy
9. All pigs weighing less than 200 pounds will be sent home. Any barrow                     packer guarantee.
    weighing more than 295 pounds will show at that weight at weigh-                    4. Champion and Reserve Champion, and largest loin carcasses will re-
    in, but any barrow going through the auction that weighs more than                      ceive trophies. The St. Joseph County Swine Committee will determine
    295 pounds will be sold at 295 pounds and the member will be paid                       the Index to be used in the carcass evaluation and placing. Plaques
    based upon the 295 pounds. All barrow classes 200-219 pounds will                       will be presented to the champion and reserve champion on foot ani-
    be placed 1-10 only and will not be eligible to show for Champion bar-                  mals.
    row.                                                                                5. Animals entered in the Carcass Show will be sold to the processor at
10. Two (2) animals per member may be sold individually through the sale                    the prevailing market price. Sale weight will be the judging weight of
    ring. EXCEPTIONS TO THIS WILL BE IN CASES WHERE A MEM-                                  the animal. All qualifying pork loins will be brought back for auction
    BER HAS AN ENTRY IN THE SALE OF INDIVIDUAL CHAMPIONS,                                   during the swine sale.
    then that individual champion barrow or gilt may be sold. One animal                6. Expenses for the carcass show will be deducted from the market price.
    from each of the breed champion litters are eligible to sell as an individ-         7. Loins sold at auction will be charged for processing.
    ual. Swine members that have completed 10 years of the swine project                8. There will be a charge for cutting at the packing plant.
    will sell their individual animal directly following the breed champions.           9. A packing plant will do the carcass show.
    (This is not 10 year 4-H members but 10 year swine members only). All               10. The swine committee and carcass committee will set the guidelines for
    other animals to be sold will sell in groups as determined by the Swine                 the carcass show.
    Committee.                                                                          11. No body shaving of animals. ABSOLUTELY NO CLIPPING OF ANY
11. No body shaving of animals. ABSOLUTELY NO CLIPPING OF ANY                               KIND IS ALLOWED AT THE FAIR! Members that have pigs with body
    KIND IS ALLOWED AT THE FAIR! Members that have pigs with body                           hair too short to suit the turn buyer, may be docked by the turn buyer, or
    hair too short to suit the turn buyer, may be docked by the turn buyer, or              may even result in having their carcass declared unusable and receive
    may even result in having their carcass declared unusable and receive                   no money for their pig.
    no money for their pig.                                                             12. All non selected animals may be sold to a turn buyer
12. No fans allowed.                                                                    13. Violations to these rules will result in disciplinary action according to
13. Clothing: All members are expected to show their swine in appropriate                   the general livestock rules.
    show attire: this would include all swine shows, round robin competi-               14. There will be a charge for trucking.
    tion, as well as the sale ring. Examples of inappropriate show attire
    are: halter tops, spaghetti straps, midriffs showing, shorts, and tee-                                             LITTER SHOW
    shirts with writing on them.
14. Members with Grand and Reserve Grand Champion will be required                      1. To be eligible to exhibit show a litter at the Fair, a member must have
    to take animal through the sale ring (if selling animal), all others will be           ownership of sow or gilt by December 1, and must farrow December 1
    member only.                                                                           or after. Member must care for litter on day-to-day basis.
15. All members are responsible to feed, water and maintain cleanliness of              2. Weights for litter show is a minimum of 200# and no barrow may weigh
    animals and pens until loaded out by the buyer. A 4-Her with a failing                 may weigh more than 295#.
    pen grade on 2 or more days will not be eligible to sell any pig as an              3. If a member’s animals are not housed at the member’s home, then the
    individual. Pens will be graded Saturday thru Thursday after 12 PM.                    member must complete a special eligibility form.
16. If a member wishes to go out for showmanship they will need to sign                 4. All animals and members participating in the litter project are subject to
    up by 12:00 noon. All swine club members are encouraged to go out                      the same rules and guidelines as the general swine rules.
    for showmanship and this is a way for the swine committee to make                   5. Animals not returning to the 4-H show will have the option of selling
    sure classes are not too overcrowded. The place to sign up will be                     to a turn buyer and being listed in a group for the fair auction or going
    announced show day. Members shall use their own animals. Fair                          home and being disposed of by member.
    showmanship rules shall apply as noted in the general livestock rules.              6. Please note that animals that would have normally been in the auction
    Senior showmanship the member is encouraged to be available to                         as group animals will still be eligible to do so.
    compete in the round robin contest.                                                 7. Violations to any of the rules will result in disciplinary action according
17. All swine must be shown by a St. Joseph County 4-H Swine member.                       to the general livestock rules.
18. Pigs on sale sheet may not be scratched.                                            8. No body shaving of animals. ABSOLUTELY NO CLIPPING OF ANY
19. A card will be given each member during the fair. If member wants to                   KIND IS ALLOWED AT THE FAIR! Members that have pigs with body
    sell animal through the auction ring (individual or group), a card MUST                hair too short to suit the turn buyer, may be docked by the turn buyer, or
    be completed and placed in the designated area by 8:00 p.m. show                       may even result in having their carcass declared unusable and receive
    day.                                                                                   no money for their pig.
20. Swine members must attend 2 of the swine meetings to be eligible for                9. There will be a charge for trucking.
    awards. There will be 3 regular meetings and setup of pens in July.
    There will be sign-up sheets at each one of the activities which mem-
    bers will be required to sign to receive credit for a meeting. First year
    members and college students must attend at least one meeting.
21. Grand and Reserve Grand Champion gilt and barrow selections will
    follow this procedure: Once the Grand Champion is selected the Re-
    serve Champion from that breed will be brought in for the selection of
    the Reserve Grand Champion. After the Reserve Grand Champion is
    selected, the judge will select the three next best three from what is left
    in the show ring.
22. The Swine Committee will assign an equal amount of swine members
    enrolled to assist with setup, tear-down, and clean-up.
23. All registered purebred swine will be evaluated for breed character-
    istics by a breed screening committee. The committee’s decision of
    breed eligibility is FINAL!
                                                                                   75
                                                                4-H Year__2011___

                APPLICATION FOR LIVESTOCK HOUSING
This application is for housing of St. Joseph County 4-H livestock animals at a location other
than 4-H’ers primary residence.
             THIS FORM DUE IN THE EXTENSION OFFICE BY JUNE 1, 2011
                        Check below which species this application is for:
Beef _____           Dairy Beef _____             Goats _____            Poultry _____
                 Rabbits _____          Sheep _____                   Swine _____
*A different form must be completed for each species. Each year a new form must be completed.
Member’s Name____________________________________________________________________
Member’s Address__________________________________________________________________
Grade in School _______ Years in this Project _______ 4-H Club ________________________
Name of Person housing animals______________________________________________________
Address of where animals are housed __________________________________________________
How far from your house is this? ______________________________________________________
Relationship of person housing animals to 4-H member (grandparents, cousin, friend, etc.)
__________________________________________________________________________________
Why are your animals being housed here, instead of at your home? _________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________

Animals will be housed here from (date) __________________to ___________________________
How often will you, the 4-H’er be able to take care of these animals while you are in school?
__________________________________________________________________________________

Once school is out, will you be living at the address where the animals are? If not, please answer
the next question.___________________________________________________________________
Once school is out, how often will you be able to care for your animals?______________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Other comments ____________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Feel free to use the back of this form to provide more information.
Signature of 4-H Member_____________________________________________Date___________
Signature of Parent/Guardian__________________________________________Date___________

Signature of Person Where Animals Are Housed__________________________Date___________
                                                76
4-H MEMBER’S NAME__________________________________________________
                                 (Please Print)

                  ST. JOSEPH COUNTY FAIR 4-H ANIMAL AFFIDAVIT(1)
CHECK ONE SPECIE:

          _____BEEF               _____DAIRY BEEF                   _____GOAT (MARKET ONLY)                     _____HORSE
                                   (STEERS ONLY)

               _____POULTRY                               _____RABBIT    _____SHEEP                              _____SWINE
            (PEKIN, FANCY DUCK,                        ( STEWER, FRYER
             TURKEYS, BROILER)                        ROASTER, MEAT PEN)

I hereby certify that:
1. My 4-H animal has been in my continuous ownership since the date printed on the respective 4-H
enrollment Form; (except for Poultry and Rabbits, which do not have such a form).

2. The exhibitor and the exhibitor’s parents and/or legal guardians agree that they are the people absolutely
responsible for the care and custody of their animals in preparation for and while at the St. Joseph County 4-
H Fair; including, but not limited to, policies regarding drug use and animal well being.

3. I am responsible for: adhering to withdrawal times on all drugs administered to my animal, only giving
my animal drugs that are approved by the FDA, and keeping my animal free of illegal drugs prior to and
during the St. Joseph County 4-H Fair.

4. My 4-H animal has not been maintained at a professional fitter’s facilities:

5. My submission of a 4-H entry expressly binds me to all terms and conditions contained in any and all parts
of the St. Joseph County 4-H Handbook, to include, but not limited to, consent to drug, steroid, tissue tests,
examination of my animal’s carcass and insertion of a micro chip for identification as a condition of entering
the St. Joseph County 4-H Fair.

                Violation of Indiana Health Requirements for the exhibition of domestic animals,
                              is punishable under Indiana law. (code 15-2.1-21-9) (2)


I swear or affirm under the penalties of perjury                    (3) (4)   that I have read, understand, and accept the above
statements to be true, accurate, and complete.

__________________________________                                                _________________________________
Parent/Guardian Signature                             Date                        4-H Exhibitor Signature                       Date

OATH      (5)

Before me, _____________________________________________________a Notary Public in and for______________________County,

State of Indiana, personally appeared_____________________________________ and he being first duly sworn by me upon his oath,

says that the facts alleged in the foregoing instrument are true.

(Signed)______________________________________________________                   My commission expires:________________________________

Print your name________________________________________________                    County in which you reside:__________________________

    (SEAL)
     1.  Affidavit – a written statement of fact which is sworn to as the truth before an authorized officer.
     2.  (code 15-2.1-21-9) – A person who knowingly or intentionally violates or fails to comply with this article commits a Class D
         Felony. (6)
     3.  Perjury – knowingly making a false material statement under oath or affirmation. In Indiana, a person who commits perjury
         commits a Class D felony (6), which may be punishable by imprisonment, fine or restitution. (Indiana Code 35-44-2-1 and 35-
         50-2-7).
     4.  Prosecution for violations of Indiana law will be referred to the proper authorities.
     5.  Oath – An affirmation of truth of a statement before an authorized person.
     6.  Felony – A crime of graver or more serious nature than those designated as misdemeanors.
                                                                       77
(A) My animals listed below have not received any drug(s), steroids(s) or other
medication(s) within the past 30 days:

ANIMAL I.D. NUMBER               ANIMAL I.D. NUMBER             ANIMAL I.D. NUMBER

______________________           _____________________          ______________________

______________________           _____________________          ______________________

______________________           _____________________          ______________________

______________________           _____________________          ______________________

______________________           _____________________          ______________________

______________________           _____________________          ______________________

______________________           _____________________          ______________________

______________________           _____________________          ______________________

______________________           _____________________          ______________________

______________________           _____________________          ______________________

(B) Below is a complete list of all drug(s) steroid(s) and/or medications(s) given to each of
my animals listed within the past 30 days:

ANIMAL I.D. NUMBER                 DRUGS, STERIODS, MEDICATIONS

_____________________               _______________________________________________

_____________________               _______________________________________________

_____________________               _______________________________________________

_____________________               _______________________________________________

_____________________               _______________________________________________

_____________________               _______________________________________________

_____________________               _______________________________________________

_____________________               _______________________________________________

_____________________               _______________________________________________

_____________________               _______________________________________________


                                             78
                           St. Joseph County
                       4-H CLUB RECORD
                                          List specific art or crafts

                                          ________________________DIVISION________
Check area of interest selected

       Fine Arts
        Needlecraft

        Basic Crafts

NAME__________________________________________________________GRADE______

NAME OF 4-H CLUB_____________________________YEARS IN CLUB WORK_______


I have reviewed this record and believe it to be correct:
_________________________________________________________________
   SIGNATURE OF LEADER                                   DATE


How have you helped others to learn your selected art or craft (Give brief description of
demonstrations, new articles or other activities)




Where did you receive information or instruction in this project?
(List persons who gave instruction; reference material, etc.)




                                          -OVER-



                                             79
  4-H ARTS AND CRAFTS RECORD
NAME OF ARTICLE__________________________________________________________

   MATERIAL PURCHASED                        WHERE                 COST




                                                             Total Cost:


When was the article started?_________________________

When finished?___________________________

Total hours spent on article?_____________

How is the article to be used?_________________________________________




                                      80
                    ST. JOSEPH COUNTY
                COLLECTIONS RECORD SHEET
        (TO BE EXHIBITED WITH YOUR PROJECT AT THE ST. JOSEPH COUNTY FAIR)
                                  (CIRCLE ONE)

INTRODUCTORY    BEGINNER      INTERMEDIATE             ADVANCED
Div.1-3rd Grade Div.3-5th Grade Div.5-7th Grade        Div.8-10th Grade
Div.2-4th Grade Div.4-6th Grade Div.6-8th Grade        Div.9-11th Grade
                                 Div.7-9th Grade       Div.10-12th Grade & UP

  NAME____________________________________________GRADE______YEAR_______

  ADDRESS_____________________________TOWNSHIP__________________________
  NAME OF CLUB____________________________________NO. YEARS IN 4-H______

  I HAVE REVIEWED THIS RECORD AND BELIEVE IT TO BE CORRECT.

  ________________________________________________________
  MEMBER’S SIGNATURE
  ________________________________________________________         __________
  LEADER’S SIGNATURE                                                  DATE

  List items added to your collection since the last fair:______________
  ______________________________________________________________________
  ______________________________________________________________________

  ______________________________________________________________________
  ______________________________________________________________________

  ______________________________________________________________________
  ______________________________________________________________________
  I started my collection in____________of 20_____because_______________
                               (Month)       (Year)

  ______________________________________________________________________

  ______________________________________________________________________

  ______________________________________________________________________

  ______________________________________________________________________
  ______________________________________________________________________

  ______________________________________________________________________
  ______________________________________________________________________
                                  -over-



                                       81
                   PROJECT QUESTION SHEET
Do you expect your collection to become more valuable?       If so, what
leads you to believe so?




Should other people become interested in collecting this item?        Why?




List 2 people to whom you have shown your collection.
________________________________ _____________________________________

Of the many articles in your collection, which is your favorite?



Select 3 items from your collection that mean the most to you & tell why.
            ITEM                                WHY IS IT IMPORTANT TO ME

1.________________________________     ______________________________________

2.________________________________     ______________________________________
3.________________________________     ______________________________________


What resource books have you read or purchased to help you with your
collection? What have you learned from them?




Update your 4-H collections record sheet as new items are added to
your collection. The entire collection should be accounted for on
these sheets. Add pages as needed. Continue adding the current years
material and record sheet to the front of your notebook yearly.


                                      82
                      4-H COLLECTORS RECORD SHEET
                      ACCURAGE RECORDS ARE IMPORTANT IN COLLECTING.
Your records will help you keep track of your collections, what items you have, when and where you obtained
them and the value of your collection.

                                       DATE
  NAME OR DESCRIPTION OF            PURCHASED         APPROX. COST                LOCATION OF
   ARTICLE (BE COMPLETE              OR ADDED          OR VALUE                 PURCHASE OR FIND




                                                     83
                         4-H RECYCLED ARTICLES
        Recycled articles is a way of being creative and economical. A person may enter an
article in one of the following categories--
        a) clothing items (woven or knitted)           c) bottles or cans
        b) furniture items                             d) miscellaneous

       Judged by grade:
       Div. 1 - 3rd Grade              Div. 4 - 6th Grade              Div. 7 - 9th Grade
       Div. 2 - 4th Grade              Div. 5 - 7th Grade              Div. 8 - 10th Grade
       Div. 3 - 5th Grade              Div. 6 - 8th Grade              Div. 9 - 11th Grade
                                                                       Div. 10 - 12th Grade & Up

Ideas for recycled articles--Magazines, books, stores, friends, neighbors, etc. Examples for
each category--
             a) clothing - hats and purses from blue jeans
             b) furniture - coke cases made into end tables
             c) bottles - cans - canister set
             d) miscellaneous - greeting cards as baskets, etc.

           **ARTICLE MUST HAVE A RECORD SHEET WHICH IS THE
               BEFORE AND AFTER PICTURE TAPED OR GLUED
            ONTO THIS SHEET AND MUST ACCOMPANY PROJECT**
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ****************
Name _____________________________________________________________Grade ______
4-H Club _____________________________________________________________________
Category article fits into ________________________________________________________
                                (furniture, clothing, bottles, cans or miscellaneous)
Cost of remodeling articles _____________________________________________________
Article was obtained from _____________________________________________________
                                   (home, Goodwill, Salvation Army, Sale, etc.)
Purpose of new article _________________________________________________________

       Before Picture                                          After Picture




                                                      84
                                        4-H FASHION REVUE REGISTRATION
        This Form Due at Penn High School Registration on Monday, June 27th! Any questions please,
contact your clothing leader, your Superintendent, Ginger Moritz, at 272-9469, consult your 4-H fair book or
on-line fair book at www.extension.purdue.edu/stjoseph or call the Extension 4-H Office at 235-9604.
JUNIOR FASHION REVUE: Mon, June 27 Check-in/Register 8:30 - 9:30 AM 9:30 AM Judging
Judging will be at PENN HIGH SCHOOL LG1-A, enter Door A (front of school) or Door J (back of school) at 56100
Bittersweet Rd. in MISHAWAKA - (CORNER OF BITTERSWEET & JEFFERSON in MISHAWAKA)

SENIOR FASHION REVUE: Mon, June 27 Check-in/Register 12:30 PM                                    1:00 PM Judging

FASHION REVUE PRACTICE: Fri, July 1 10:00 AM Grandstand
FASHION REVUE SHOW: Fri, July 1 Approx. 7:00 PM (after Opening Ceremonies/Grandstand)
CONSTRUCTION SEWING JUDGING: Tuesday, June 28 8:30 AM – 10:00 AM Esther Singer Bldg.

Please circle one:                JUNIOR (3rd – 7th)          OR        SENIOR (8th – 12th)
NAME_________________________________GRADE JUST COMPLETED______BIRTH DATE______________
YEARS IN CLOTHING_____PHONE NUMBER____________________4-H CLUB TOWNSHIP______________



Juniors – May enter one outfit (Wearable or Non-wearable) per Division!
The judging order will be: 1st) Sewing 1 2nd) Sewing 2 3rd) Sewing 3 4th) Sewing 4                                  5th) Sewing 5
6th) Children’s Clothes
CHECK THE DIVISION/CATEGORY YOU WILL BE PARTICIPATING IN:
_____DIVISION I – Please circle what you will model
                  Wearable – elastic shorts, skirt or pants
                  Non-wearable – tote bag
_____DIVISION II – Please circle what you will model
                   Wearable – simple shirt or top, shorts, pants, skirts, or BBQ apron
_____DIVISION III – Please circle what you will model
                    Wearable – sundress, shirt, jumper or 2 piece pajamas
                    Non-wearable – duffel bag, tote bag, or hat
_____DIVISION IV – Please circle what you will model
                   Wearable – 2 garments that can be worm together
                   Non-wearable – tote bag or duffel bag
_____DIVISION V – Wearable – School or sports outfit, one or more pieces
***************************************************************************************************************************************
_____KNITTED OR CROCHETED GARMENT – Briefly describe garment and division your project is
in enrolled in _____________________________________________________________________________
***************************************************************************************************************************************

_____CHILDREN’S CLOTHES – An outfit made by the 4-H member that completes division
requirements and coordinating outfits, also made by the 4-H member, made for one or more youth (19
and younger). Garments for the youth(s) should coordinate with the 4-H member’s fabric and/or style.
PRINT Child’s Name:______________________________________________________
                                                               -OVER-


                                                                  85
SENIOR PARTICIPANTS – MUST FILL OUT ONE FORM FOR EACH OUTFIT TO BE MODELED.
*Except Childrens Wear – Check Childrens Wear Blank and Senior Category.

*Champion Senior Participants have until the day of local construction judging to inform the Fashion Revue
Coordinator if they are unable to attend the State Fair Fashion Revue Judging.

DEFINITION OF AN OUTFIT: An outfit is a garment or garments that when put together make a
complete look – such as one or two piece dress, or one or two piece pant suit, or a three piece
combination, such as pants, vest, and blouse or shirt. The entire outfit must be made by 4-H’er.

_____SEPARATES – Consists of three garments that must be worn as a coordinated complete outfit.
Each piece should be versatile enough to be worn with other garments in your wardrobe.

_____DRESS-UP – This is suitable for special, church or social occasions that are not considered to be
formal. It may be an outfit of one or more pieces with or without its own costume coat or jacket (lined or
unlined). This is not an outfit that would be worn to school, weekend, casual or formal activities.

_____SUIT OR COAT – The suit consists of two pieces including a skirt or pants and its own lined
jacket. It is not a dress with jacket as in “dress up wear.” The coat is a separate lined coat for your
wardrobe. It will be judged separately as a coat with its own accessories.

_____FORMAL WEAR – This outfit may be one or more pieces suitable for any formal occasion such as
proms, weddings, and formal evening functions.

_____FREE CHOICE – These are garments that do not fit in the other classifications. Examples include:
tennis wear; swim wear or other active sportswear, lounge wear, riding habits, historic, dance, theatrical
or international costumes, and unlined coats and capes.

_____CASUAL WEAR – A complete outfit of one or two pieces suitable for school, weekend, casual and
informal activites.
******************************************************************************************
*FOR ALL PARTICPANTS* DESCRIBE YOUR OUTFIT AND INTERESTING THINGS ABOUT
YOU!




__________________________________________________________________________________________




FABRIC SWATCHES: STAPLE 1 ¼” x 1 ¼” FABRIC SAMPLES IN THE SPACE PROVIDED ABOVE.
**STAPLE A PHOTO COPY OF YOUR PATTERN ENVELOPE/ENVELOPES, AND CIRCLE VIEW
OF YOUR GARMENT, TO THIS FORM. NO PATTERN ENVELOPES WILL BE ACCEPTED. **

                                                     86
                                                                                                 4-H 621A-W
                                          INDIANA
                                          4-H PHOTOGRAPHY
                                          RECORD SHEET


Name _____________________________________________________________                    Year _____________

Grade _______________        Year in 4-H __________________         Year in Photography _______________

Club Name _________________________________________                 Number of Pictures Taken ___________

Check One:                                       Check One:

       Beginner (grades 3-5)                                Black and White Prints
       Intermediate grades( -8)    6                        Color rints P
       Advanced (grades 9 and up)                           Color Slides
                                                            Black & White Salon Print
    Type of camera used:                                    Color Salon Print
    Digital _____________________
                                                            Creative/Experimental B       alon rint P
                                                                                        W & S
    Standard 35mm ______________                                                             S
                                                            Creative/Experimental Color alon Print
                                                            Video


SUMMARY OF EXPENSES:
Include only expenses for this year. These might include camera, film, processing, software, computer disks,
paper, dark-room supplies, etc.

Date                  Type of Expense                                                           Cost




                                                                                      Total:

List the kind and model of the camera(s) that you used this year:

_______________________________________________________________________________________
                                                     87
                                                                                           Page 1 of 2
List the kinds of film you have used this year:

_______________________________________________________________________________________

Did you process/develop your own pictures?          Yes __________       No __________

Tell what was the most useful thing that you learned in your project this year.

_______________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

How or what did you do to help another member or friend to learn more about pictures and photography this
year?

_______________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

What efforts did you make to learn about photography this year?

_______________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

Describe how you captured the best photograph (your favorite) that you took this year.

_______________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

For digital, what program software did you use to print your pictures? ______________________________


This is an accurate record of my project for this year.

4-H Member's Signature ___________________________________________                Date ________________

4-H Leader's Signature ____________________________________________               Date ________________

                                                                                             Page 2 of 2
                                                                                            Revised 9/07
                                                      88
Drive Home                                                                  11

The Message                                                    2 011


 B      y purchasing your customized 2010 Indiana 4-H license plate, you can
        drive home the message that Indiana’s 4-H programs are important to
        you, your family and your state.

 Help us make the 4-H emblem visible across the state as we celebrate the 44th
 anniversary of the Indiana 4-H Foundation, which enhances the lives of 4-H
 members and adult volunteers in Indiana.
 Your support has real benefits to the 4-H program. Forty percent of your con-
 tribution goes back to your county support:
 	     •		4-H	Junior	Leader	and	adult	volunteer	leader	development
 	     •		4-H	Junior	leader	and	adult	volunteer	leader	recognition
 	     •		4-H	educational	materials
 	     •		4-H	promotion	and	visibility
 Sixty percent of your contribution is used by the Indiana 4-H Foundation for
 statewide programs such as:
 	     •		Junior	Leader	Conference
 	     •		Indiana	4-H	Congress
 	     •		Adult	Leader	Recognition	Day
 	     •		Master	Leader	Training
 4-H is important to the lives of young people everywhere in Indiana…
 And	your	support	is	important	to	4-H.
        Fill out the application. Send it in today. Reserve your plate.
                           Drive	Home	the	Message.



     Support 4-H Every Day!
      While Driving Home
         The Message.
                                      89
                       “Ten Commandments”
                          for 4-H Parents
The following “Ten Commandments” can guide parents when it comes to teaching their
youngsters about raising and showing animals.

 1)   Thou shalt not feed, train and care for the animal, for thou art trying to teach the child
      responsibility.
 2)   Thou shalt forgive a child for making mistakes in the show ring, for thou hath made
      mistakes too.
 3)   Thou shalt not get mad when thy child forgets items in the showbox, for one day thou
      may forget the showbox.
 4)   Thou shalt help the show management, for they are doing a job that thou would not
      want to do.
 5)   Thou shalt see that thy child is on time for all show activities, for thou would not want
      to wait on another.
 6)   Thou shalt be sure that thy child has the animals entered and the registration papers
      in order by the designated time.
 7)   Thou shalt teach the child that winning a blue ribbon is a desirable goal, but making
      friends along the way is a more worthy goal.
 8)   Thou shalt not complain about the judge, for it is his opinion that has been sought.
 9)   Thou shalt remember that livestock projects are teaching projects, not necessarily
      money-making projects.
 10) Thou shalt remember that the livestock project is a family project that shall be en-
     joyed and supported by the entire family.
                                                                Clyde D. Lane, Jr.
                              Extension specialist & professor of animal sciences
                                                          University of Tennessee



                                      A BIG Thank You to all
                                  of the Buyers for making the
                                              2010
                                     4-H Sale of Champions
                                            a success!
                                              90
      To all 4-Her’s, Parents and Friends
     who use and enjoy the 4-H handbook;
               Please take the time to thank
           St. Joseph County Farm Bureau, Inc.
                 & Farm Bureau Insurance
           for their assistance in helping cover
                  the costs of printing this
           2011 Edition of the 4-H Handbook.
                    Thank You,
Purdue Cooperative Extension, St. Joseph County Of ce




   St. Joseph County Indiana Farm Bureau Incorporated
                             5605 US 31 Suite 1
                            South Bend, IN 46614
                               (574) 291-3840


    St. Joseph County Indiana Farm Bureau Insurance
        Granger Of ce                               South Bend Of ce
     1012 E. University Drive                          5605 US 31, S.
    Granger, IN 46530-4468                         South Bend, IN 46614
      Phone: 574-277-5633                           Phone: 574-291-3840

                                     91
The Farmer’s Exchange
                                        L uc k t
 Pr oud Supporter of             o od              o




                             G
   e St. Joseph County




                                                       A ll
th




                                                   4-H’e
  4-H Fair Program!




                                                        r
                                                   s

               Auctions
                 Classifieds
               Farm Equipment
                    Local Events
              County Fairs
                                  News
                                   When it
                                comes to the
                                information
                                  you want
                        The Farmer’s Exchange
                           has you covered.
                          574-831-2138
                    Call to Subscribe Today!

  The Farmer’s Exchange
                   92
                4-H PLEDGE                                        THE 4-H COLORS
I Pledge —                                                GREEN: Nature’s most common color is emblematic
    My HEAD to clearer thinking,                                 of springtime, life, and youth.

    My HEART to greater loyalty,                          WHITE: Symbolizes purity and high ideals

    My HANDS to larger service,
    My HEALTH to better living, for my club, my
       community, my country and my world.
                                                          4-H Club work is a major and important part of the Coopera-

          4-H CLUB MOTTO                                  tive Extension Service. The primary aim of the 4-H Program is to
                                                          provide opportunities for mental, social, physical and spiritual
     “TO MAKE THE BEST BETTER”                            growth.

                                                          4-H members “learn by doing” projects offer many opportuni-
                                                          ties for 4-H members to purposefully use their hands and minds.
                                                          Projects are the useful tasks by which youth are challenged and
                                                          the medium through which their solid growth occurs. Today’s
                                                          youth will be tomorrow’s leaders!

                                                          4-H members “learn by doing.” 4-H is a practical, informal,
                                                          primarily out-of-classroom educational program. “Learn by
                                                          doing” projects offer many opportunities for 4-H members to
                                                          purposefully use their hands and minds. Projects are the useful
                                                          tasks by which youth are challenged and the medium through
                                                          which their solid growth occurs. Today’s youth will be tomor-
                                                          row’s leaders!

                                                          The purpose of this handbook is to provide information on the
                                                          4-H organization within the county and to list the general rules
            4-H CLUB                                      that govern 4-H work. Specific rules pertaining to only the 4-H
                                                          project involved will be listed separately under the headings of
                                                          the particular project.
         MEMBER’S CREED                                                     EXTENSION EDUCATORS
  I believe in Club work for the opportunity it will            Maryanne Denisi, 4-H Youth Development Educator
      give me to become a useful citizen.                          Matt Bellina, 4-H Youth Development Educator
                                                                     Diana Mendelsohn, 4-H Program Assistant
  I believe in the training of my Head for the power               Phil Sutton, Ag & Natural Resources Educator
      it will give me to think, plan and reason.                  Edie Sutton, Health & Human Sciences Educator
                                                              Liz Bozell, Family Nutrition Program Assistant, Bilingual
  I believe in the training of my Heart for the no-              Tama Crisovan, Family Nutrition Program Assistant
      bleness it will give me to become kind, sym-            Erin Cataldo, Family Nutrition Program Assistant, Youth
      pathetic and true.                                          Susan Yozze, Family Nutrition Program Assistant
                                                              Heather Frye, Family Nutrition Program Assistant, Youth
  I believe in the training of my Hands for the abil-
                                                                Helena Williams, Family Nutrition Program Assistant
      ity it will give me to be helpful, useful and
      skillful.                                                                    SECRETARIES
                                                                                    Sylvia Schoen
  I believe in the training of my Health for the                                    Eileen Nowak
      strength it will give me to enjoy life, to resist                           Julynne Freeland
      disease and to work efficiently.
                                                                               EXTENSION OFFICE
  I believe in my country, my state, and my com-                               227 W. Jefferson Blvd.
      munity, and in my responsibility for their de-           Room 336 County City Building, South Bend, IN 46601
      velopment.                                              (If there are any unanswered questions, please call the
                                                           Superintendents or the Cooperative Extension Service Office)
  In all these things, I believe, and I am willing to                         Telephone: 574/235-9604
      dedicate my efforts to their fulfillment.             Office Hours: 8:00 A.M. to 4:30 P.M. - Monday through Friday


               For more information about 4-H or Purdue Extension:
             www.extension.purdue.edu/stjoseph • www.4hfair.com
              or find us on Facebook: St. Joseph County 4-H (Indiana)

				
DOCUMENT INFO